eia/emp report · nitric acid. project proponent paradeep phosphate limited, jagatsinghpur, odisha...

For

Proposed Expansion of DAP and Proposal of

Coal Handling Plant, Ammonia, Ammonium

Nitrate, Urea, GSSP, Ammonium Fluoride,

Nitric Acid.

Project Proponent

Paradeep Phosphate Limited, Jagatsinghpur, Odisha

August 2018

EIA Consultant:

EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. INDIA

304-305, 3rd Floor, Plot No. 16, Rishabh Corporate Tower,

Community Centre, Karkardooma, Delhi – 110092

Phone: 011-30003200, 30003219; Fax: 011-22374775

Website: www.eqmsindia.com ; E-mail – [email protected]

EIA/EMP REPORT

mailto:[email protected]

EIA/EMP Report of Proposed Expansion Project of Paradeep Phosphate Limited

EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. i

Table of Contents

Executive Summary ...................................................................................................................... viii Chapter 1. Introduction and Background ................................................................................ 22

1.1. ProjectProponent .......................................................................................................... 22 1.2. PPL- Location & Salient Points ..................................................................................... 23 1.3. Purpose of the Study .................................................................................................... 25 1.4. Benefits of the Project ................................................................................................... 26 1.5. Scope & Methodology of the study ............................................................................... 26 1.6. Public Hearing ............................................................................................................... 27 1.7. Approved ToR for EIA Study by MOEF&CC ................................................................ 28 1.8. Structure of the Report ................................................................................................. 35

Chapter 2. Project Description ................................................................................................ 37 2.1. About the Project .......................................................................................................... 37 2.2. PPL- Existing Operation ............................................................................................... 38 2.3. Process Description (Existing) ...................................................................................... 39 2.4. New Project under Construction ................................................................................... 73 2.5. Proposed Expansion Project ........................................................................................ 73 2.6. Process description:...................................................................................................... 74 2.7. Raw Material ............................................................................................................... 117 2.8. Utilities ......................................................................................................................... 120 2.9. Other Offsite Facilities ................................................................................................ 123 2.10. Env. Aspects: Emissions, Effluents & Solid Waste Details from Proposed Plants: .. 123 2.11. Total Cost .................................................................................................................... 134 2.12. Project Implementationschedule: ............................................................................... 135 2.13. Pre-ProjectActivities .................................................................................................... 135

Chapter 3. : DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................... 137 3.1. Background ................................................................................................................. 137 3.2. Study Area and Period ................................................................................................ 137 3.3. Environment & Social Settings of the Study Area ...................................................... 142 3.4. Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures ......... 145 3.5. Physical Environment ................................................................................................. 147 3.6. Land Environment ....................................................................................................... 152 3.7. Meteorology (Based on Past Historical Data) ............................................................ 161 3.8. Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................................................... 170 3.9. Noise Environment ...................................................................................................... 177 3.10. Water Quality .............................................................................................................. 180 3.11. Ecological Environment .............................................................................................. 188 3.12. Socio-Economic Environment .................................................................................... 194 3.13. Education Facilities ..................................................................................................... 211 3.14. Medical Facilities ......................................................................................................... 212 3.15. Potable Water Facilities .............................................................................................. 212 3.16. Communication, Road & Transport Facilities ............................................................. 212 3.17. Banking Facility ........................................................................................................... 213 3.18. Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 213 3.19. Traffic Study: ............................................................................................................... 218

Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........................... 221 4.1. General ....................................................................................................................... 221 4.2. Air Environment .......................................................................................................... 221 4.3. Noise Environment ...................................................................................................... 235 4.4. Water Environment ..................................................................................................... 235 4.5. Land Environment ....................................................................................................... 236 4.6. Biological Environment ............................................................................................... 237 4.7. Socio – Economic Environment .................................................................................. 237 4.8. Traffic Study ................................................................................................................ 238


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. ii

Chapter 5. Environmental Management Plan & Environmental Monitoring Program ......... 239 5.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 239 5.2. Objectives of EMP ...................................................................................................... 239 5.3. Components of EMP ................................................................................................... 239 5.4. Central Pollution Control Board {CPCB} Guide Lines for Fertiliser Industry ............. 240

Chapter 6. Hazards Evaluation and Risk Assessment ........................................................ 247 6.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 247 6.2. Hazard Identification ................................................................................................... 247 6.3. Effect & Consequence Analysis ................................................................................. 254 6.4. Recommendations ...................................................................................................... 259 6.5. Occupational Exposure Mitigation Planning ............................................................... 261 6.6. Other Recommended Measures for Safe Operation of the Plant .............................. 261

Chapter 7. Additional Studies ............................................................................................... 265 7.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 265

Chapter 8. summary and conclusions .................................................................................. 266 8.1. Prelude ........................................................................................................................ 266 8.2. Regulatory Compliance .............................................................................................. 266 8.3. Baseline Conditions .................................................................................................... 266 8.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...................................................... 266 8.5. Recommendations ...................................................................................................... 267

Chapter 9. DISCLOSURE of CONSULTANTS .................................................................... 269


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. iii

List of Tables

Table 1.1 : Financial growth of PPL ............................................................................................. 22 Table 1.2 : Salient Points .............................................................................................................. 23 Table 1.3 : Capacities of Existing and Expansion ........................................................................ 25 Table 1.4 : ToR Compliance Status ............................................................................................. 28 Table 2.1 : Surrounding Area Profile ............................................................................................ 37 Table 2.2 : Details of existing land use in core areas in PPL premises are ................................ 39 Table 2.3 : Raw Material Requirement, Linkages & Specific Consumption ................................ 49 Table 2.4 : Specific Consumption for PAP ................................................................................... 50 Table 2.5 : Specific Consumption for SAP ................................................................................... 50 Table 2.6 : Specific Consumption for DAP/Other complex Fertilizer ........................................... 51 Table 2.7 : Air Emission from Existing plant ................................................................................. 55 : Stack emission Data in Existing phase ..................................................................................... 56 Table 2.8 ....................................................................................................................................... 56 Table 2.9 : Solid/ Hazardous Waste from Existing plant .............................................................. 61 Table 2.10 : Monitoring of Effluent, Emission and Ambient Air Quality (Inhouse/third party) ..... 72 Table 2.11 : Land Requirement for the Expansion Project .......................................................... 73 Table 2.12 : Steam Network in the Urea Plant ............................................................................. 91 Table 2.13 : Various Processes for Ammonium Nitrate ............................................................... 98 Table 2.14 : Raw Material Consumption for Ammonia/Gasification (SES Based) .................... 117 Table 2.15 : Raw Material Consumption of Urea Plant .............................................................. 117 Table 2.16 : Raw Material Consumption of Nitric Acid............................................................... 118 Table 2.17 : Raw Material Consumption of Ammonium Nitrate ................................................. 118 Table 2.18 : Raw Material Consumption of Di Ammonium Phophates ..................................... 118 Table 2.19 : Raw Material Consumption of GSSP ..................................................................... 119 Table 2.20 : Raw Material Consumption of Ammonium Flouride .............................................. 119 Table 2.21 : Plant-wise Water Requirement .............................................................................. 120 Table 2.22 : Plant-wise Power Requirement .............................................................................. 122 Table 2.23 : Plant-wise Land Requirement ................................................................................ 122 Table 2.24 : Plant-wise Manpower Requirement ....................................................................... 123 Table 2.25 : Effluent Details ....................................................................................................... 123 Table 2.26 : Liquid Effluents ....................................................................................................... 124 Table 2.27 : Solid Disposal ......................................................................................................... 125 Table 2.28 : Typical composition (Volume/Volume) ................................................................... 128 Table 2.29 : Off-gas .................................................................................................................... 132 Table 2.30 : Effluent - Wastewater ............................................................................................. 132 Table 2.31 : Diluted Sulphuric Acid ............................................................................................ 132 Table 2.32 : Silica ....................................................................................................................... 132 Table 2.33 : Wastewater sludge (synthetic fluorspar) ................................................................ 133 Table 2.34 : Proposed Plant Stacks ........................................................................................... 133 Table 2.35 : Project Cost ............................................................................................................ 134 Table 2.36 : Expenditure of Environmental Safeguards ............................................................ 134 Table 2.37 : Project Implementation Period ............................................................................... 136 Table 3.1 : Salient Environmental Features of Proposed Site ................................................... 142 Table 3.2 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection .......... 145 Table 3.3 : Sub-surface Stratigraphy in the Paradeep Depression of Mahanadi onshore areas

............................................................................................................................................. 148 Table 3.4 : Stage of Block wise Ground water Development of Jagatsinghpur District (As on

31st March 2009) ................................................................................................................. 149 Table 3.5 : Land use of the Study Area ...................................................................................... 153 Table 3.6 : Soil Sampling Locations ........................................................................................... 157 Table 3.7 : Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil (Pre-monsoon Season, 2018) ................. 157 Table 3.8 : Area under Major Field Crops (As per latest figures 2008-09) ................................ 160 Table 3.9 : Production and Productivity of Major Crops ............................................................ 161


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. iv

Table 3.10 : Long Term Meteorological Data of Paradeep Port, 1981-2010 (30 years average) ............................................................................................................................................. 162

Table 3.11 : No. of Days with Zero Oktas of Cloud Cover (Paradeep Port) .............................. 163 Table 3.12 : Site Specific Meteorological Data .......................................................................... 167 Table 3.13 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (Dec, 2013-March,2014) ..................... 171 Table 3.14 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (March to May 2018) ........................... 171 Table 3.15 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) (Dec,2013-Feb,2014)171 Table 3.16 : Ambient Air Quality Data around the project site in 10 km radius (March-May,

2018) .................................................................................................................................... 172 Table 3.17 : Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ......................................................... 178 Table 3.18 : Ambient Noise Quality Results (Post monsoon Season, 2013-14) ....................... 178 Table 3.19 : Ambient Noise Quality Results (Pre monsoon Season, 2018) .............................. 179 Table 3.20 : Ground Water Sampling Locations ........................................................................ 180 Table 3.21 : Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Ground Water Samples (Post monsoon

season 2018) ....................................................................................................................... 181 Table 3.22 : CPCB Best Designated Use Standard (Source-CPCB) ........................................ 184 Table 3.23 : Surface Water Sampling Locations ........................................................................ 185 Table 3.24 : Surface Water Quality in the Study Area (Pre monsoon Season, 2018) .............. 185 Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Surface Water Samples (Pre monsoon Season-2018)

contd... ................................................................................................................................. 187 Table 3.25 : Receiving Sea Water Standards for SW-II Category ............................................. 187 Table 3.26 : List of Flora present in Study Area ......................................................................... 189 Table 3.27 : List of Herbs & Shrubs ........................................................................................... 191 Table 3.28 : List of the Fauna Recorded in Study Area ............................................................. 192 Table 3.29 : List of the Birds Surveyed / Recorded in the Study Area ...................................... 193 Table 3.30 : Caste-wise Population Distribution of 2.0-km Radial Zone ................................... 195 Table 3.31 : Village-wise Population Distribution of Study Area ................................................ 196 Table 3.32 : Village-wise SC & SC Population Distribution of Study Area ................................ 198 Table 3.33 : Male-female wise Urban & Rural Population Distribution in the Study Area ........ 201 Table 3.34 : SC & ST Population Distribution in the Urban & Rural Parts of the Study Area ... 202 Table 3.35 : Male-female wise Literates & Illiterates ................................................................. 203 Table 3.36 : Village-wise Occupational Pattern in the Study Area (0-10km) ............................ 206 Table 3.37 : Distribution of Work Participation Rate .................................................................. 209 Table 3.38 : Composition of Non-Workers ................................................................................. 211 Table 3.39 : Village-wise details of Basic facilities in Study Area .............................................. 214 Table 3.40 : Transportation route at Project Site ....................................................................... 219 Table 3.41 : Quantitative Details of vehicle used for export and Import .................................... 219 : 220 Table 3.42 Traffic study at PPL Plant road ................................................................................ 220 Table 4.1 : Emission Data and Stack Parameters for Proposed Expansion ............................. 225 Table 4.2 : Summary of Maximum Cumulative 24 hr. GLC (Proposed Expansion Project) ..... 226 Table 4.3 : Summary of Maximum 24-hour GLC for HF ............................................................ 226 Table 4.4 : Summary of Maximum Cumulative GLC at Monitoring Locations ........................... 226 Table 4.5 : Summary of Maximum GLC at Monitoring Locations for HF ................................... 228 Table 5.1 : Compliance Status ................................................................................................... 240 Table 5.2 : List of Plant species to be planted ........................................................................... 243 Table 5.3 : Environmental Monitoring Program.......................................................................... 245 Table 6.1 : Characteristics of Hazardous materials ................................................................... 247 Table 6.2 : Environmental Monitoring Program.......................................................................... 249 Table 6.3 : Petroleum Products in PPL and hazardous nature ................................................. 252 Table 6.4 : Different Failure Scenarios ....................................................................................... 254 Table 6.5 : Hazards Scenario Impact ......................................................................................... 254


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. v

List of Figures

Figure 1.1 : Project Location ......................................................................................................... 24 Figure 1.2 : Satellite View of the Site ........................................................................................... 24 Figure 1.3 : EIA Methodology ....................................................................................................... 27 Figure 2.1 : Process Flow diagram of Sulphuric Acid Plant ......................................................... 41 Figure 2.2 : Process Flow diagram of Phosphoric Acid Plant ...................................................... 44 Figure 2.3 : Process Flow diagram of DAP/NPK Plant ................................................................ 46 Figure 2.4 : Water Balance (Existing) ........................................................................................... 48 Figure 2.5 : Schematic Diagram of ETP ....................................................................................... 58 Figure 2.6 : Schematic Diagram of Project for Reuse of Treated Water of ETP ......................... 59 Figure 2.7 : Gypsum Pond ............................................................................................................ 60 Figure 2.8 : Existing Green Belt in the Plant Area ....................................................................... 71 Figure 2.9 : PFD Coal Handling Plant ........................................................................................... 75 Figure 2.10 : Ammonia Plant Block Diagram ................................................................................ 76 Figure 2.11 : PFD Urea Plant ........................................................................................................ 82 Figure 2.12 : Process flow scheme Weak Nitric Acid (WNA) ........................................................ 94 Figure 2.13 : PFD of Concentrated Nitric Acid .............................................................................. 98 Figure 2.14 : PFD of Ammonium Nitrate ..................................................................................... 100 Figure 2.15 : Block Diagram for production of SSP .................................................................... 110 Figure 2.16 : GSSP ..................................................................................................................... 112 Figure 2.17 : Anhydrous hydrofluoric acid (AHF) from FSA ........................................................ 114 Figure 2.18 : High-bulk-density Aluminium Fluorides (HBD AlF3) from HF ................................. 115 Figure 2.19 : Water Balance in Existing and Expansion Phase .................................................. 120 Figure 2.20 : Water Balance (Proposed Expansion) ................................................................... 121 Figure 2.21 : Emission Details of Urea plant ............................................................................... 126 Figure 3.1 : Road Connectivity Map ........................................................................................... 138 Figure 3.2 : Location Map of Study area .................................................................................... 139 Figure 3.3 : Geographical Cordinates of Existing and Expansion Project Site ......................... 140 Figure 3.4 : Toposheet Map of the 10 km Study area................................................................ 141 Figure 3.5 : Google Map showing environment sensitive features of 10 km Study area .......... 144 Figure 3.6 : Environment Sampling Location Map ..................................................................... 146 Figure 3.7 : Contour Map of the Study Area .............................................................................. 147 Figure 3.8 : Drainage Map of the Study Area ............................................................................. 148 Figure 3.9 : Ground Water Resources of Jagatsinghpur District ............................................... 150 Figure 3.10 : Depth to Water Level (Pre-Monsoon Season)...................................................... 151 Figure 3.11 : Depth to Water Level (Post-Monsoon Season) .................................................... 151 Figure 3.12 : Seismic Zones Map of Odisha .............................................................................. 152 Figure 3.13 : Graphical representation of Landuse of 10 km study area .................................. 153 Figure 3.14 : Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone) ....................................... 154 Figure 3.15 : Soil Map of Jagatsinghpur District ........................................................................ 156 Figure 3.16 :Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Pre-monsoon Season) ..................... 164 Figure 3.17 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Monsoon Season) ........................... 165 Figure 3.18 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Post-monsoon Season)................... 166 Figure 3.19 : Wind Class Frequency distribution ....................................................................... 168 Figure 3.20 : Windrose Diagram ................................................................................................. 170 Figure 3.21 : Statistical Comparison of PM2.5 Concentration ..................................................... 174 Figure 3.22 : Statistical Comparison of PM10 Concentration ..................................................... 175 SO2 Concentration (Winter Season): .......................................................................................... 175 Figure 3.23 : Statistical Comparison of SO2 Concentration ....................................................... 176 Figure 3.24 : Statistical Comparison of NOx Concentration ...................................................... 177 Figure 3.25 : Male-Female Wise Population Distribution ........................................................... 202 Figure 3.26 : Percentage of SC/ST Population in Study Area ................................................... 203 Figure 3.27 : Male-Female wise Distribution of Literates & Illiterates ....................................... 203 Figure 3.28 : Workers Scenario of Study Area........................................................................... 209 Figure 3.29 : Gender-wise Distribution of Workers .................................................................... 210 Figure 3.30 : Composition of Marginal Workers ......................................................................... 210


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. vi

Figure 3.31 : Composition of Non-Workers ................................................................................ 211 Figure 4.1 : Isoplethsfor Cumulative PM10 GLC ......................................................................... 229 Figure 4.2 : Isopleths for Cumulative PM2.5 GLC ........................................................................ 230 Figure 4.3 : Isopleths for Cumulative SOx GLC ......................................................................... 231 Figure 4.4 : Isopleth for Cumulative NOx GLC ........................................................................... 232 Figure 4.5 : Isopleth for Cumulative HFGLC .............................................................................. 233 Figure 4.6 : Isopleth for Cumulative NH3 GLC ............................................................................ 234 Figure 6.1 : Ammonia Tank [200 m Puddle] ............................................................................... 255 Figure 6.2 : Ammonia Tank [200 m Puddle] ............................................................................... 256 Figure 6.3 : Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage .................................................................. 256 Figure 6.4 : Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage .................................................................. 257 Figure 6.5 : Nitric (conc.) Acid Tank Leakage ............................................................................ 257 Figure 6.6 : Chlorine Cylinder/Pipe Line Leakage ..................................................................... 258 Figure 6.7 : Chlorine Cylinder/Pipe Line Leakage ..................................................................... 258


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. vii

List of Annexures

Annexure 1: Copy of ToR Letter

Annexure 2: Coal Linkage Documents

Annexure 3: Certified EC compliance report

Annexure 4: Project Site Layout Plans

Annexure 5: Petrological and Chemical analysis and other chemical properties of Raw

Materials Used

Annexure 6: Mass balance for the raw material and products

Annexure 7: Energy Balance Data

Annexure 8: Permission for the drawl of water

Annexure 9: Design details of the ETP and STP

Annexure 10: Waste Water Characteristics

Annexure 11: Detailed Ash Management

Annexure 12: A note on Phosphogypsum

Annexure 13: Prospects of use of Gypsum

Annexure 14: Zypmite Pilot Project details

Annexure 15: Fluoride Recovery Unit Design Details

Annexure 16: Carbon Credit

Annexure 17: Monitoring Report

Annexure 18:Photographs of the proposed site

Annexure 19:Mode of trasport Raw Material & Products

Annexure 20:Rain water Harvesting

Annexure 21: Stock Pile lining

Annexure 22: Corporate Environment Policy

Annexure 23: Infrastructure facilities

Annexure 24:Impact on local infrastructure

Annexure 25:Power Grid Permission letter

Annexure 26:Public hearing report

Annexure 27:NABET certificate

Annexure 28:Achievements of PPL towards ESC

Annexure 29: Onsite Emergency Plan


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. viii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduction and Background Project Highlight

Paradeep Phosphates Limited (hence forth ‗PPL‘; incorporated in 1981) is a premier

fertilizer company engaged in manufacturing and marketing of complex Phosphatic

fertilizers. The company was initially commissioned as a joint venture between Government

of India and Republic of Nauru and subsequently, in 1993 it was changed into a wholly

owned Government of India Enterprise. After disinvestment by Government of India in

February 2002, PPL was taken over by Zuari Group the management of the company is

presently with the fertilizer majors - Zuari Group and OCP of Morocco.

PPL produces about 1.3million metric tonnes of DAP and other complex fertilizers annually.

The plant also produces intermediary products like Phosphoric Acid and Sulphuric Acid,

which are critical raw materials in the manufacture of Phosphatic fertilizers. The plant,

located in the port town of Paradeep in the district of Jagatsinghpur in Orissa, has an

installed capacity of 5000 MTPD of DAP. PPL is one of the largest integrated DAP plants in

India. With a market share varying around 13%, it has a strong presence in the complex

fertilizer market its products marketed under the popular NAVRATNA brand represent a

combination of multiple nutrients like Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potash and Sulphur etc. PPL‘s

range of products caters to almost all agricultural applications.

After disinvestment on February 28, 2002, PPL has been revived to full strength with the

employees' dedication and commitment under extremely difficult conditions. Remarkable

achievements have been achieved in terms of financial turnover. From a loss of Rs. 23,026

lakhs in the year 2001-02 the profitability of the Company has improved by achieving a profit

after tax year after year.

With a stellar turnaround, PPL is a case study in favour of privatization. The company‘s

focus on performance and continuous efforts towards development are reflected in the FAI

Awards for Improvement in Overall Performance of the company in 2002-03, 2005-06, 2008-

09 and the ―Best Technical Innovation‖ in the year 2005-06. PPL received the

ISO14001:2004 certification in May 2006 for good environment management systems,

reflecting the fact that along with technical advancement, the company also values

maintaining and working towards a clean and safe environment.

PPL is a leading fertilizer company with an annual turnover close to Rs. 3,800 Crores.

Its primary focus is the production and marketing of complex Phosphatic fertilizers. It is

committed to improve agriculture productivity and to betterment of the farming community.

Project Categorization

As per the EIA Notification 2006 of Ministry of Environment & Forests and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), Government of India and its further amendments, PPL proposed Expansion of

project (Ammonia, Urea, Nitric Acid, DAP, GSSP, Coal Handling Plant, Ammonium Nitrate

&Aluminum Flouride) has to require prior environmental clearance for commissioning the

plant. The proposed project is covered under Category 'A' as per the Schedule of EIA

Notification and hence requires environmental clearance from EAC of Ministry of

Environment & Forest and Climate Change, New Delhi.

Project Location

PPL is located at Paradeep in Jagatsinghpur District, Orissa. It is 90kms from Cuttack. The

site is located at 20º16‘56‖ North Latitude and 86º38‘52‖ East Longitude, west side of


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. ix

Paradeep Port. The plant encompasses 2282.4acresarea. Mahanadi River is 5km from the

plant site and meets Bay of Bengal, which is 5.3 km away from the site. Atharbanki creek is

flowing along the boundary wall of the site and is in between Paradeep Port site and the

factory. Location map of the project site is shown in EIA.

Project Description

Existing Operation: The fertilizer complex consists of following manufacturing units.

4400MTPD of Sulphuric Acid Plant(2stream)

1400 MTPD of Phosphoric Acid Plant

5000 MTPD of Di Ammonium Phosphate Plant/NPK Plant (4 trains)

2X16 MW + 1X23 MW Captive Power Plant

240 TPD of Zypmite Plant

The fertilizer complex is using imported Sulphur& rock phosphates to produce Sulphuric

acid and phosphoric acid, along with imported MOP for NPK complex production. Since

captive production of phosphoric acid cannot cater to the four streams of DAP plant, part of

the phosphoric acid requirement is made through imports. The entire ammonia requirement

is met through imports.

New Project under Construction: PPL is carrying out expansion (construction/

commissioning) of existing plant facilities. Some of the projects under execution are:

New Gypsum Pond

Proposed Project:

Coal Handling Plant: Unloading System

Ammonia plant (coal based): [Capacity – 2200 MTPD]

Urea Plant: [Capacity – 3850 MTPD]

Nitric acid plant: [Capacity – 1000 MTPD]

Ammonium Nitrate plant: [Capacity – 1100 MTPD]

DAP PLANT: [Capacity - 0.4 Million tonnes per annum by capacity expansion of

existing DAP plants] – 1300 MTPD

GSSP PLANT: [Capacity – 1650 MTPD]

Aluminium fluoride plant: [Capacity – 9500MTP Annum]

Resources Requirement

Land: Paradeep already have enough Land. The detail requirement of land for Proposed

Plant is 174.82 acres and the total land area of the plant is 2282.4 acres.

Raw Material:

Existing: Basic raw materials handled are rock phosphates, sulphur, MOP, ammonia,

sulphuric acid and phosphoric acids.

Expansion: Basic raw materials handled are Coal/petcake, ammonia, nitric acid, sulphuric

acid and phosphoric acid, rock phosphate, H2SiF6, etc.

Water:

Existing: Existing raw water requirement of the PPL is met from the Taladanda Canal

flowing in the west – north – north east direction of the project site. PPL is permitted to

withdraw 5 MGD (947.08 m3/hr) water from Taladanda canal. The existing plant is utilizing


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. x

approximately 776m3/hr of water. Extra water required if any for the proposed upcoming

plants will be clarified & resolved and approvals and permissions would be taken for the

same.

Proposed: The water requirement of the proposed expansion project is ~1610 m3/Hr and

total water requirement in both existing and expansion phase is 1840 m3/hr. The water will

be made available from the existing source i.e. Taladanda canal. The necessary approval

for the additional water is being obtained.

Power:

Existing: PPL has captive power generation facilities. Captive generation of power is

through co-generation from the waste steam of SAP. In addition, there are three Turbo

Generators. These are extraction cum condensate type, manufactured by BHEL, each

having capacity of 16 MW (one standby) & new TG with 23 MW generation capacity. When

one TG is under operation, other works as spare and vice versa.

Total power requirement in the plant is 34 MW. PPL is capable to generate 39 MW. We are

self-sufficient for our existing requirement and also have grid supply from state electricity

grid for emergency.

In case of total power failure, the backup HT power is supplied through 5 MVA DG set and

LT power through two numbers of 1 KVA DG sets

Proposed: The total power requirement for the proposed project will be ~ 239 MW. The

plant wise requirements are as given below:

The power will be sourced from:

Captive generation

DG set

State grid

Manpower:

Existing:Competent and qualified personnel are employed for various jobs. Direct

employment is around 931. Out of this 540 are executives and 391 are non-executives.

Indirect employment is to the tune of 905 deployed through contractors. Temporary

employment is around 30.

Summing up the figures, PPL has manpower of 1866 as of 30.09.2017.

PPL has provided housing facilities to all its personnel. Maintenance of the colony is taken

care by the civil department. The complex is having all basic minimum amenities like

shopping complex, school, playground, jogging trail, gymnasium, recreational club &

hospital etc.

Proposed:Direct employment shall be around 1017 (133 in DAP Plant, 200 in Coal

Handling plant, 210 in Gasification, 170 in Urea plant, 110 in Ammonium nitrate plant, 80 in

Nitric acid plant, 64 in GSSP, 50 in Aluminium Fluoride)

Environmental Aspects:

Air Emission:

Details of existing stacks and its air emission from existing plant is described in EIA report.


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. xi

Water Pollution

The major sources of waste water generation from PPL are;

Sulphuric Acid Plant

Phosphoric Acid Plant

DAP Plant

Captive Power Plant

Offsite and Bagging Plant

Domestic Waste Water

Scrubbers, condensers of the vacuum evaporators, leakage from pumps, spills, floor

washings, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down and wash water mainly contribute to

waste water stream from the above-mentioned units. It is apparent that several substances

during the processing of the product are discharged with the effluent that primarily includes

phosphates and fluorides.

PPL plant has been designed with provision of maximum recycling of the wastewater

generated from some of the units like DAP plant and PAP. Water from gypsum pump oil

cooler and filter pump is used in Ball Mill for grinding purpose to the tune of 90 M3/hr.

The total waste water generation from the existing plants to ETP is around 66.6 M3/hr

andwaste water generation from both existing and proposed facilities will be

approx.842M3/hr.

Total waste water generation from domestic use will be 39M3/hrin both existing and

expansion phase.

Noise Pollution

Present noise levels in study area are below the standards except near a station close to

Railway crossing. As all the plant equipment are adequate noise control measures thus

there is not much impact to noise in the plant premises. Major transportation is by either rail

or ship.

Waste Generation

The solid waste generated in PPL can be classified into solid waste from the processing

plant and domestic refuse from the colony.

Solid wastes from the plant are by-product phosphor gypsum, sulphur muck, spent catalyst,

phosphoric acid tank sludge, ETP sludge etc.

Environmental Status of Plant Site and Study Area

Topography

The study area falls in Jagatsinghpur district. The study area is spread over alluvial plains of

the river Mahanadi. The deposit of silt of rivers has built up the present alluvium tracts at

their meeting places with the sea. Due to creation of swamp at the meeting places with the

sea, dense jungles have grown up. The study area is situated in coastal plain zone as per

agro- climatic classification and in deltaic alluvial plains of the Mahanadi river system.


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. xii

The study area being a part of Mahanadi delta is a flat land with hardly a relief. The

topography of proposed site is almost plain. The site elevation ranges between 2 to 7 m

amsl. The site is sloping towards south side.

Climate and Meteorology

Meteorology plays a vital role in affecting the dispersion of pollutants into the environment

after their discharge into the atmosphere. Jagatsinghpur District enjoys a temperate climate.

Winters are cold, while summers are hot and humid. The District is prone to cyclonic rainfalls

during the monsoons. The mean maximumtemperature of the project site is 32.7°C and

mean minimum temperature is 15.7°C. The total annual mean rainfall received at Paradeep

port IMD is about 1529.2 mm.

Seismic Considerations

Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a seismic zoning map of

Odisha State has been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of Bureau of

Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893: Part-I, 2002). According to the seismic-zoning map of

Orissa, the project area falls in Zone-III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone) of seismicity.

Hydrogeology

As per CGWB classification the 10-km study area falls in Kujang block of Jagatsinghpur

District. The annual replenishable ground water resources in the district are computed as

45029 Ham

The study area falls in Kujang block of the district. The Net Annual Ground Water

Availability in the Kujang block is computed as 6440 Ham. The Existing Gross Ground

Water Draft for all uses in the Kujang block is 3998 ham. Stage of Ground water

development in the Kajung block is 62.38%. Overall the study area including Kajungar block

fall under the safe category. The overall stage of ground water development of the district is

47.37%.

Land use Pattern

The area contains different types of land cover and land use;

Agriculture land

Human Settlement

Vegetation

Open shrub and grass land

Water body

Barren land

Marshy land

As per the land use based on satellite image, about 31.31% of the land is Agricultural land,

about 41.80% land is under water body, 10.78% land is open shrub & grass land and about

3.34% land is under settlement, 6.15% land is under vegetation and rest is other uses.

Micro Meteorology


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. xiii

The predominant wind direction at site is from SSW direction. Average Calm condition

during the entire study period of pre-monsoon season (March to May 2018) was observed

as 8.24%.

Baseline Environment

Baseline environment study was conducted in March 2018 to May 2018 and the detailed

study is mentioned in baseline of EIA report.

Air Environment

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of 24 hourly two

samples per week at eight (08) locations in (March-May 2018) phase. The baseline data of

ambient air quality has been generated for PM2.5, PM10 SO2, NOx, CO, NH3, HC and VOCs.

The average PM2.5 level in was found within the NAAQS levels for industrial, Residential,

Rural and other Areas (60 µg/m3).

The average PM10 level was found within the NAAQS levels for industrial, Residential,

Rural and other Areas (100 µg/m3). The highest PM10 levels were found at Paradeepgarh

105 µg/m3while the lowest levels were found at village. Jogidhakud (54.0 µg/m3).

The SO2 level of the study area in both the season was found well under the NAAQS

Standard of 80 µg/m3. The main source of SO2 emission is vehicular.

The NOx level of the study area was well under the NAAQS standard of 80 µg/m3. The main

source of NOx emission is industrial & vehicular.

Noise Environment

The noise level studied in March-May 2018 phase at all residential locations were found

lower than the ambient noise standards. At the project site it was found to be lower than the

ambient noise standards. Only at NH-5A (commercial/mixed use area), the equivalent day

noise level was found higher than the standard noise level day equivalent, which may be

due to heavy vehicular movement and road traffic.

Water Environment

Overall the ground water quality of the study area is found well within the permissible limit of

Indian Standard IS: 10500:2012. No metallic and bacterial contaminations were observed in

ground water samples.

Study shows the surface water quality comes under designed Class-C (Drinking Water

Sources with Conventional Treatment followed by Disinfection) of IS 2296:1982 and can be

used for domestic/ drinking use after conventional treatment and disinfection.

Soil Environment

Texturally the soils in the study area are observed as Sandy Clay and Clay Loam Soils. The

bulk density of the soils was found in the range of 1.24 to 1.46 gm/cm3. Porosity was

observed in the range of 44.9 to 53.2% in the soils of the study area. Water Holding

Capacity of study area soils was observed as 28.9 to 31.2%.

The soil pH ranges from 7.18 to 7.88, thereby indicating the soils are neutral to slightly

alkaline in nature. The organic carbon content of soil varied from 0.54 to 0.86% (0.93 to

1.48% as organic matter). Available nitrogen content in the surface soils ranges between

275.6 & 376.5 kg/ha. Available phosphorus content ranges between 16.2 & 24.5 kg/ha.

Available potassium content in these soils ranges between 87.6 & 175.4 kg/ha. The


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. xiv

available manganese content in surface soils was recorded as 1.05 to 1.44 mg/kg as the

critical limit of available manganese is 2.0 mg/kg. The available Zinc in surface soils of the

study area observed <0.6mg/kg of soil. Above description of study area soils reveals that the

soils in the study area are having moderate fertility index.

Biological Environment

Flora: There are no Reserved Forest Areas present in the project study area. In the present

primary study, a total of 29 trees, 28 shrubs, 36 herbs/grasses species were recorded in the

both core and buffer areas.

Fauna: During the primary study, a total of 23 bird species has been recorded in which

seven species were found as migratory species (V-Visitor) and rest of the species were the

resident species for the area. The common birds recorded from the study area are: Cattle

Egret (Bubulcus ibis), common Pigeon (Columba livia), Darter (Anhinga melanogaster),

Indian Cormorant (Phalacrocorax fuscicollis), Indian Pond Heron (Ardeola grayii), and

Common Myna (Acridotheres tristis).

Socio- Economic Environment

Demographic Profile

Population: As per the ‗Census Records of India, 2011‘ the total population of the study area

is observed as 136078 persons, the total number of Households (Families) are recorded as

31993. Male-Female wise population in the study area was observed as 72015 (52.9%) and

64063 (47.1%) respectively. The child population of the study area is recorded as 14779

and comprising of 7700 (52.1%) males & 7079 (47.9%) females respectively.

Sex Ratio: The Sex Ratio of the Study area is 890 Female / 1000 Male and child sex ratio

(age group 0-6 Years is 919 Female / 1000 Male.

SC / ST Population: A considerable 22% of the population in the Study Area is constituted

by SC/ST of which SC population constitutes 19% and rest 3% is constituted by ST

populations.

Literacy Rate: The literacy rate of the study area is 75.9% of which Male literate are 80.8%

and female literate are 70.4%. The illiterates are 24.1% of the total population of which

Female illiterates are 29.6.

Workers Scenario: Workers Participation Ratio of the Area is 35%. Among this 29% is the

Main workers and 6% are the marginal Workers. 54 % are Non-workers in the study area.

Main Workers: A considerable percentage of Main workers in the Study area belong to

casual labours 14%, agricultural labours 7%, household workers constitute 3% and other

workers 76% respectively.

Marginal Workers: A considerable percentage of Marginal workers in the Study area belong

to casual labours 70%, agricultural labours 9%, household workers constitute 16% and other

workers 5% respectively.

Infrastructure Details (2011)

Education facilities: There are about fifty-six (56) Primary Schools existing in the study area.

Middle Schools are twenty (20 no‘s) in the study area villages.

Medical facilities: The medical facilities are provided by different agencies like Govt. &

Private individuals and voluntary organizations in the study area.


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. xv

Potable Water Facilities: Potable water facility is available in most of the villages/towns of

the study area. The entire study area has plenty of good potable water facilities.

Communication Facilities: Apart from Post &Telegraph (P & T) services, transport is the

main communication linkage in the study area.

Banking Facilities:The study area has almost all the schedule commercial banks with ATM

facility at urban areas and the district HQ.

Environmental Impact Assessment

Air Quality:

PM10: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum PM10

concentration of 126.35µg/m3 at Project Site with project impacts of 30.35µg/m3 and

baseline contribution of 96.00µg/m3. The total impact from the project exceeds the

stipulated standard of 100 µg/m3 for industrial as well as residential areas. However, it

should be noted that the GLC for PM10 from just the proposed expansion is 30% of the

NAAQS standard and the baseline concentration in the study area is very close to the

NAAQS Standard. The high PM10 in the study area is contributed mainly by industrial

emissions, vehicular emissions, re-suspected dust from paved/unpaved roads and

open areas as well as from industrial activities.

PM2.5: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum PM2.5

concentration of 59.18 µg/m3 at Project Site with project impacts of 12.18 µg/m3 and

baseline contribution of 47.00µg/m3.The total impact from the projectis within the

stipulated standard of 60 µg/m3for industrial as well as residential areas.

NOx: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum

NOxconcentration of 48.96 µg/m3 at Project Site with project impacts of 10.96µg/m3

and baseline contribution of 38.00µg/m3.The total impact from the project is within the

stipulated standard of 80 µg/m3 for industrial as well as residential areas.

SOx: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum

Soxconcentration of 29.14µg/m3 at Project Site with project impacts of 8.94µg/m3 and

baseline contribution of 20.20µg/m3.The total impact from the project is well within the


NH3: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum NH3

concentration of 117.51 µg/m3 at Gopinath Colony with project impacts of 96.51 µg/m3

and baseline contribution of 21.00µg/m3.The total impact from the project is well within

the stipulated standard of 400 µg/m3 for industrial as well as residential areas.

HF: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum HF

concentration of 8.90µg/m3 at Gopinath Colony. The total cumulative impact from the

project is well within the stipulated standard of NCDAQ‘s AAL of 30 µg/m3.

Noise

The sources of noise during the operational phase of the plant are mainly turbines

compressors, blowers, pumps and furnaces. The other sources of noise are the movement

of vehicles along the road. The proposed expansion project will be similar but will have

advanced technology and improved equipment both in terms of energy efficiency and less

noisy.


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. xvi

Water Resources and Water Quality

The water requirement of the proposed expansion project is ~1064 m3/Hr and total water

requirement in both existing and expansion phase is 1840 m3/hr. The water will be made

available from the existing source i.e. Taladanda canal. PPL is permitted to withdraw 5 MGD

(947 m3/hour) water from the Taladanda canal. The existing plants are utilizing approx. 776

m3/hr of water. The rest amount of water required for proposed expansion project/plants

shall be sourced through treated effluent recycle and from Talanda Canal. PPL has

submitted application to Government authorities for permission to withdraw additional 5

MGD water. The necessary approval for the additional water is being obtained.

PPL will follow the philosophy of treating the effluents in the well-designed ETP plant and

recycling in the process {process condensates/ cooling/ dust suppression etc.; Refer water

balance in Ch. 2}. PPL Proposed project will be nearly is zero effluent plant. Treated

domestic water is utilized in green belt development.

Land Environment

PPL expansion project is being located within the existing premises and as such no

additional land is required. Since there is no additional land required for PPL expansion

project, no soil erosion or diversion of land is involved.

Low soil fertility is attributable to either to low levels of nutrients {e.g. nitrogen, phosphorus,

potassium etc.} in the soil or their being made unavailable for plant intake in some way. High

levels of elements or compounds being present in the soil cause soil toxicity. Some

elements, which are essential and beneficial for crops at low concentrations, become toxic

to crops at higher concentrations. There can be slight increase in phosphorus/sulphur/

nitrogen content of the soil due to limited plant emission from DAP/Urea/GSSP plants and

this elevated phosphorus / sulphur content will have positive impact on the on the plant

growing in the area. Proposed expansion project will improve the Phosphorus availability in

the area and consequently better crop yield.

The solid wastes (coal ash) generated in the plant will have intrinsic values and will be sold

to interested parties. The plant operations after PPL expansion project will be similar

emission and solid waste and as such not have any impact which is likely to affect soil, or

effluents release likely to affect soil. As such soil chemistry is not going to be affected with

PPL proposed expansion project.


The quality of soils in the premises of the PPL shows that there is no adverse effect of air,

water and solid effluents on the soil system. A special thrust has been given right from the

beginning to develop the premises into a live green belt. Process effluents after treatment

are recycled back in process. The treated domestic effluent will be used for the irrigation

purposes to the maximum extent within the PPL premises in order to conserve water.

The development of green belt will provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds, small

animals and insects. No rare or endangered species of fauna are reported to exist in the

area. Thus, no impacts on rare / endangered species are envisaged due to normal

operations. The PPL expansion project would not affect the soil and so the plant growth in

the study area.


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. xvii

Socio – Economic Environment

PPL plan to carry out lots of social work (as a part of its ‗CSR‘ objectives) through with

objectives of:

Natural Resource Management

Infrastructure Development for nearby inhabitants

Health and Hygiene of nearby inhabitants

With these objectives PPL is carrying out study about:

Assessment of local needs within the study area and identification of focus areas

Preparation of phase wise and year wise action plan in consultation with local bodies

based on identified needs

Appointment of community development officer and organize periodic meet with local

people

Establishing open and transparent communication channel with locals

Work out modalities for sustainability of activities/programs

Establishing a well-designed grievance redressal / feedback forum

Management Plan & Environmental Monitoring Program

Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP)

PPL has adopted the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection

(CREP)..

Air Environment:

The emission from PPL proposed expansion project shall be mainly from the various stacks

(in Ammonia plant, Urea plant, Acid Plants, DAP/GSSP, HRG and Auxiliary Plant) and will

be limited. Fugitive emissions while handling solid/ granular product will be recovered and

recycled (as PPL has experience of DAP dust collection and recovery system in bagging

plant) or leakages in the plant. In order to mitigate the adverse environmental impact due to

the operation proposed GSSP plant following measures is recommended:

The control measures (through proper up keep / maintenance) and good

housekeeping will considerably reduce the fugitive emission.

AAQ monitoring system of air pollutants SOx, NOx, ammonia, acid mist, fluorides

and SPM should be regularly carried out.

Regular monitoring of shop floor environment is to be carried out to control the

fugitive emission as well as shop floor safety.

Leakages {of gases / liquids/ dust} should be checked and promptly attended.

Noise Environment

The statutory national standards for noise levels at the plant boundary and at residential

areas near the plant are being and are to be met. The following mitigation measures are

proposed to meet the objectives:

The selection of any new plant equipment is to be made with specification of low

noise levels. Noise suppression measures such as acoustic enclosures / cabins,

buffers and / or protective measures are be provided (wherever noise level is around

+80 dB (A) and exposure limits to workers is likely to be more than 8 hours a day) to

limit noise levels within occupational exposure limits. Areas with high noise levels are

to be identified and segregated where possible and will include prominently

displayed caution boards.


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. xviii

However, in areas where noise levels are high and exposure time is less, employees

will be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug

should be provided to all workers where exposure level is > 85 dB (A). The exposure

of employees working in the noisy area should be monitored regularly to ensure

compliance with the regulatory requirements.

The existing practice of regularly monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the

efficacy of maintenance schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise

protection measures.

The green belt around the plant to attenuate the noise level but instead of block

plantation there should be variability in tree height and shape, as this would disperse

the sound waves more efficiently. Plant that attenuate should be planted at the noise

zone.

Water Environment

PPL plant should take ample precautions to reduce water consumptions and tackle effluents

problem. The philosophy of segregation of effluent streams and treatment near the source

and recycle back to the system will help in reducing the water consumptions and effluent

generation considerably. Efforts should continue, and new efforts should be directed to:

Possibility of increased use of treated effluents in horticulture and green belt

developments.

Recycle of treated effluents in the system as far as possible.

The treated sewage should be effectively utilized in the plant or for irrigation in green

belt.

The use of any chemical to check microbial activity should be avoided, as it would

harm the human health and fauna.

Use of pesticide and herbicide should be avoided as they can cause ground water

contamination.

PPL should install three or more piezo metric wells at selected places (one near

treated effluent pond) to see and check the ground water contamination.

Water is a precious commodity and it should be conserved.

Rain water harvesting. [Since it is coastal area the sub soil water may be saline and

rain water harvesting may not be useful].


Of the total area of the proposed project site (core zone) 33% area shall be developed as a

green belt along the periphery of the plant. The goal of installation a greenbelt would also be

to maximize both ecological functionality and scenic beauty of the project area. Some

greenery is already existed in the project area. The present greenbelt area will cover the

37% (854 acres) of the total project area and this greenbelt of different thickness will be

established systematically. Ideal size of greenbelt shall be between 10 and 50-meter-wide

and run the length of roads, major structures and open spaces. Width depends on the

availability of land.


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. xix

Land Environment

The proposed expansion project will generate the solid wastes (coal ash and gypsum)

similar (in quality as well as increase in quantity) to the existing system. Mostly the waste will

be sold to actual users. However, some wastes (oily sludge from machines/ empty bags/

paper/cotton wastes etc.) will be similar and the proposed handling philosophy for the same

is to continue. No additional measures are required.

Socio-economic Environment

As a good corporate citizen and major industry PPL may consider adopting few more

selected villages in developing them as model villages.

Awareness program are to be initiated in immediate neighbouring villages about PPL

plant activities and the various EHS measures undertaken to make the plant safe

and environment friendly.

PPL should finalize the study and start carrying out CSR activities in coordination

with district authorities.

Environmental Management Cell

PPL already have an environment management cell headed by a senior executive

supported by DGM (Env Mgt) and other supporting staff. PPL environment laboratory is

accredited by NABL.The laboratory is equipped with necessary sophisticated instruments

including:

Fine Particulate sampler (PM2.5)

Respirable dust sampler (PM10)

Digital Hygrometer

Stack Monitoring Kit

Personal dust sampler

Sound level meter

Multi Gas meter

On line weather monitor

Spectrophotometer

Electronic Balance

Electric oven

DO meter

PH meter

BOD incubator

COD digester

Oil & grease digester

Water bath

Water double distillation system

Multi parameter analyzer for water analysis

A team of well-trained and experienced staff carries out tests in the laboratory. Apart from

this a NABL accredited third party is also engaged for environmental monitoring.


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. xx

Post – Operational Monitoring Program

PPL should carry out environment monitoring and with necessary equipment and associated

facilities.

Hazards evaluation and Risk Assessment

Toxic Hazards

This facility stores hand less ammonia and chlorine, which are highly toxic in nature. Also. It

stores and handles combustible materialslike HSD and FO.The following

majoraccidentscenariosmaybevisualized as mentioned chapter 7 of EIA report.

Hazards due to individual soft spots like walking casually and noticing a pit and falling or

colliding/ stumbling or slipping (not noticing a wet place etc.).

Acid spillage-its impact will be limited to spillage area. The spillage if meets metal parts will

produce hydrogen which is highly flammable gas. Any person moving in area and getting

splash will get the injury. In addition, the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is

to be collected and neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.

Fire Hazards

Fire hazards in the proposed expansion project are much less (Fuels-coal, FO/LSHS, HSD

(limited storage only)). These fuels are not highly combustible, and their impacts are limited

only (within short distance). However, process has fire hazards due to hydrogen.

Emergency Management Plan

The organizational set-up necessary for chain of commands during emergency in the plant

is as given below.

Head (CGM-Operations) of the PPL is the Overall Site In charge and he shall be the main

guiding person directing the emergency operations. CGM (operation) will select two rooms

as Emergency Control Centres (ECC). Both these ECC rooms will be strategically

(considering wind direction, safe location, approach etc.) located and furnished. ECC will

have adequate:

Multiple communication facilities (both within and Outside plant); telephone nos. of all

essential personnel, mutual aid group organisations, district and other statutory authorities,

fire and safety and medical personnel nos., will be highlighted, emergency vehicle etc.

Plant Data [personnel working in different plants, Plant‘s Manuals, Specific safety features,

hazardous locations etc.] and documents [Statutory clearances copies, Layout drawings,

Hazardous locations and safety features, Fire circuit, Safety manual, Anti dotes for

hazardous material, MSDS etc.] as may be required during emergencies.

Conclusion:

Based on the environmental impact assessment conducted, the following recommendations

are made:

Systems of periodic auditing and reporting shall be adopted during the construction

period to ensure that the contractors adhere to the Environmental Management Plan.

The project proponent and its team of consultants and contractors are urged to

develop a strategy for effective communication with local people.


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. xxi

The construction team/ developer should effectively follow the suggestions made in

the EMP and/ or any other environmental measures so as not to damage the

environment of the project area.

The industry shall have to adhere the conditions stipulated in the environmental

clearance as well as in consent/ authorization from OSPCB.

Since regulations are fast changing in India, the project proponent must keep themselves

updated with respect to applicable laws and take appropriate actions in case the provisions

in some regulations undergo change.


EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. 22

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1. ProjectProponent

Paradeep Phosphates Limited (hence forth ‗PPL‘; incorporated in 1981) is a premier

fertilizer company engaged in manufacturing and marketing of complex Phosphatic

fertilizers. The company was initially commissioned as a joint venture between Government

of India and Republic of Nauru and subsequently, in 1993 it was changed into a wholly

owned Government of India Enterprise. After disinvestment by Government of India in

February 2002, PPL was taken over by Zuari Group the management of the company is

presently with the fertilizer majors - Zuari Group and OCP of Morocco.

PPL produces about 1.3 million metric tonnes of DAP and other complex fertilizers

annually. The plant also produces intermediary products like Phosphoric Acid and

Sulphuric Acid, which are critical raw materials in the manufacture of Phosphatic fertilizers.

The plant, located in the port town of Paradeep in the district of Jagatsinghpur in Orissa,

has an installed capacity of 15,00,000MTPA of DAP (5000 metric tones per day). PPL is

one of the largest integrated DAP plants in India. With a market share varying around 13%,

it has a strong presence in the complex fertilizer market its products marketed under the

popular NAVRATNA brand represent a combination of multiple nutrients like Nitrogen,

Phosphorus, Potash and Sulphur etc. PPL‘s range of products caters to almost all

agricultural applications.

After disinvestment on February 28, 2002, PPL has been revived to full strength with the

employees' dedication and commitment under extremely difficult conditions. Remarkable

achievements have been achieved in terms of financial turnover. From a loss of Rs. 23,026

lakhs in the year 2001-02 the profitability of the Company has improved by achieving a

profit after tax year after year.

With a stellar turnaround, PPL is a case study in favour of privatization. The company‘s

focus on performance and continuous efforts towards development are reflected in the FAI

Awards for Improvement in Overall Performance of the company in 2002-03, 2005-06,

2008-09 and the ―Best Technical Innovation‖ in the year 2005-06. PPL received the

ISO14001:2004 certification in May 2006 for good environment management systems,

reflecting the fact that along with technical advancement, the company also values

maintaining and working towards a clean and safe environment.

Table 1.1 : Financial growth of PPL

S.No. Financial Year Financial Growth

i. April ―14‖ – March ―15‖: 433.32 Million net profit after tax

ii. April ―15‖ – March ―16‖: 650.90 Million net profit after tax

iii. April ―16‖ – March ―17‖: 869.14 Million net profit after tax

This Chapter describes about the company M/s Paradeep Phosphate Ltd. and about the

project site, purpose and need of the project, and benefits of the project. It also describes

the structure of EIA and the compliance of ToR as per the detailed EIA report.



PPL is a leading fertilizer company with an annual turnover close to Rs. 3800 Crores.

Its primary focus is the production and marketing of complex Phosphatic fertilizers. It is

committed to improving agriculture productivity and to betterment of the farming

community.

1.2. PPL- Location & Salient Points

PPL is located at Paradeep in Jagatsinghpur District, Orissa. It is 90kms from Cuttack. The

site is located at 20º16‘56‖ North Latitude and 86º38‘52‖ East Longitude, west side of

Paradeep Port. The plant encompasses 950 hectares area. Mahanadi River is 5km from

the plant site and meets Bay of Bengal, which is 5.3 km away from the site. Atharbanki

creek is flowing along the boundary wall of the site and is in between Paradeep Port site

and the factory. The location of the proposed project site is shown in Figure 1.1 and Figure

1.2 and the plant layout is attached as Annexure 4.

Table 1.2 : Salient Points

Milestone Details

Date of incorporation 24th December 1981

Commissioning of Phase-1 (DAP

Plant)

February 1986

Commissioning of Phase-2

(SAP,PAP& CPP)

June 1992

Date of Disinvestment from GOI 28th February 2002

Turnover (2017-18)

3800 Crores

Designed/ Present Annual Capacity of

DAP

7,20,000 / 15,00,000 MT


PAP

2,25,000 / 4,20,000 MT


SAP

13,20,000 / 14,52,000 MT

Captive Power Plant Two units of 16 MW each+ One unit of 23 MW

Conveyor Belt 3.4 km (from port to Plant Site)

Product Manufactured DAP,NPK, grade fertilizers

Marketing Territory Products distributed in a pan-India market

covering 16 states

Systems PPL has received Integrated Management

system (IMS)certificate as per :

ISO 9001:2008

ISO 14001: 2004

BS OHSAS 18001:2007

EnMS 50001,5S, P&S certified.



Figure 1.1 : Project Location

(Source: Google Earth)

Figure 1.2 : Satellite View of the Site

(Source: Google Earth)



1.3. Purpose of the Study

In the proposed expansion project Paradeep Phosphates Limited (PPL) intends to add

some new products and also expand the capacities of existing products as given below:

Table 1.3 : Capacities of Existing and Expansion

Sl.

No.

Particulars Existing Capacity

Expansion Proposed Total Qty.

a) SAP* 0.792

MMTPA

- - 0.792 MMTPA

b) PAP** 0.42 MMTPA - - 0.42 MMTPA

c) DAP** 1.5 MMTPA 0.4

MMTPA

1.9 MMTPA

d) Coal Hand. Plant

- - 7 MTPA 7 MTPA

e) Ammonia - - 2.178 MMTPA 2.178 MMTPA

f) Urea* 1.3 MMTPA 1.3 MMTPA

g) Amm. Nitrate* - - 0.35 MTPD 0.35 MTPD

h) NitricAcid* - - 0.33 MMTPA

(0.05 MMTPA

Conc. Nit. Acid)

0.33 MMTPA

(0.05 MMTPA

Conc. Nit. Acid)

i) GSSP** - - 0.5 MTPD 0.5 MTPD

j) Alu. Fluoride**

- - 9500 MTPA 9500 MTPA

As per the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India EIA Notification

2006 and further amendments, the proposed expansion project has to take environmental

clearance prior to commissioning of the plant. The proposed expansion project is covered

under sector 16 (5a) in Category 'A' as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence

requires environmental clearance from Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC)of MoEF&CC,

New Delhi. Details of the EIA consultant including NABET accreditation is attached as

Annexure 27.

This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study undertaken is mainly focused on

identification of existing environmental conditions of the project, its impact on pre and post

commissioning. A detailed prediction of all environmental impacts associated with the

various activities during the construction and operation phases of the proposed project

manufacturing units and suggesting suitable measures to navigate the observed adverse

environmental impacts. The study also aims at reflecting the acceptability of the project to



different stakeholders and at incorporating the concerns raised by them into impact

assessment and of the subsequent Environmental Management Plan (EMP). These all

mentioned above are part of the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) project study.

1.4. Benefits of the Project

Paradeep Phosphates Ltd is a major manufacturer of phosphatic fertilizers in India and is

Asia‘s second largest producer of DAP containing highest nutrient content (>64%). PPL‘s

wide range of products cater to almost all agricultural applications. PPL is an ISO 9002 and

ISO 14001 company.

Besides manufactured products, PPL also markets its by-product Phospho-Gypsum which

is used for soil conditioning in alkaline soils. Phospho-Gypsum enriches soil with Calcium

and Sulphur, thus increasing the yield. Phospho-Gypsum is also being promoted as

supplement for sulphur deficient soils. Gypsum is also preferred by cement and brick

industries. PPL imports and markets Muriate of Potash (MOP) through its network of

private and institutional trade throughout the country.

1.5. Scope & Methodology of the study

This study is aimed at providing a deeper insight into the proposed project and its various

environmental components. The present study area for the environmental assessment is

within 10 km radius of the location of the project. The methodology used for the study is

given below:

1. Monitoring and collection of baseline data for various environmental components as

per the MoEF guidelines.

2. Identification and quantification of significant environmental impacts due to the

project and associated activities.

3. Evaluation of impacts due to proposed activities and preparation of an

environmental impact statement.

4. Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) encompassing

strategies for minimizing identified adverse impacts along with budgetary provisions

to be made by the project authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.

5. Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme (EQMP) along

with organizational setup required for monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation

measures.

6. The flow diagram showing methodology adopted for the EIA study has been

presented in Figure 1.3.



Figure 1.3 : EIA Methodology

1.6. Public Hearing

M/s Paradeep phosphate Ltd. has proposed expansion in chemical fertilizer plant by

installing coal handling plant, Ammonia Plant (coal based)-2200 MTPD capacity, urea plant

3850 MTPD capacity, Nitric acid plant – 1000 MTPD, Ammonium Nitrate plant – 1100

MTPD, DAP plant – 1300 MTPD, GSSP plant -1650 MTPD and Aluminium Fluoride plant-

9500 MTPA capacity at Paradeep in the district Jagatsinghpur. Public Hearing for the same

was conducted on 19.05.2017 at 9.00 AM at DAV public school, Paradeep Phosphate Ltd.,

Paradeep in the district of Jagatsinghpur district in accordance with Ministry of Environment

Forest & Climate Change, GOI, EIA Notification Np. SO-1533(E)dt. 14.09.2006. An



advertisement was published in newspaper namely The New Indian Express and Dharitri

on 13.04.2017.

Further twenty-four numbers of representations were received during public hearing. The

detail document of public hearing enclosed as Annexure 26.

1.7. Approved ToR for EIA Study by MOEF&CC

The application for the scoping of the said project has been submitted to the Expert

Appraisal Committee (EAC), at MoEF&CC, New Delhidated 1stMay 2018 (online) and

4thMay, 2018 (hard copy). The EAC has issued the TOR for the EIA study on 1stJune, 2018

vides file No. J-11011/370/2009-IA-II(I). Copy of the same is attached as Annexure 1.

EIA report has already been submitted online to MoEF&CC but after conducting Public

Hearing and submitting final EIA report to MoEF&CC, the issue of ToR expired was raised

by MoEF&CC and ask proponent to resubmit fresh application, soon the basis of fresh

application to MoEF&CC, ministry issued the standard ToR letter dated 1stJune, 2018. The

EIA study has been conducted in-line with the approved TOR by EAC and taking into

consideration the structure of the report given in the EIA Notification 2006 and further

amendments. The compliance to the approved TOR has been presented in Table 1.3

Table 1.4 : ToR Compliance Status

ToR No. Points Raised in ToR Compliance

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1 Executive summary of the project Included in EIA Report

2. Introduction Included in chapter 1

i) Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation certificate,

Attached as Annexure 27

ii) Information about the project proponent Provided in section 1.1 and

1.2

iii) Importance and benefits of the project Provided in Section 1.4

2. Project Description

i) Cost of project and time of completion. Provided in section 2.11, 2.12

and 2.13

ii) Products with capacities for the proposed project. Details of proposed

expansion products with

capacities are provided in

section 2.5.

iii) If expansion project, details of existing products withcapacities and whether adequate land is available forexpansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Details of existing products is

provided in section 2.2

iv) List of raw materials required and their source along

with mode of transportation.

Details of raw material for

proposed expansion project is


v) Other chemicals and materials required with Product bases chemicals and

materials details are provided




quantitiesand storage capacities in section 2.7.

vi) Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous

wastegeneration and their management.

Environment aspects for

proposed expansion is


vii) Requirement of water, power, with source of supply,status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Utilities for proposed

expansion project is provided

in section 2.8

viii) Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

Process descriptipn for for

proposed expansion project is


ix) Expansion/modernization proposals:

a) Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendmentsthereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30

thMay, 2012 on the status

of compliance of conditionsstipulatedin all the existing environmental clearancesincluding Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for theongoing existing operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b) In case the existing project has not obtainedenvironmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies ofConsent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior toEIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further,compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

EC letter 5th Oct 2010 and

half yearly certified

compliances report dated 4th

June 2018 are attached as

Annexure 3

NA

4. Site Details

i) Location of the project site covering village,Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationforselecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Provided in section 3.1.2 and

section 3.5.

ii) A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and sitelocation on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Topographical map of the

study area is provided in

Figure 3.6 of chapter 3

iii) Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Provided in section 3.1.2 and

section 3.5.

iv) Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Coordinates of the project site

are mentioned in Table 3.1

and Figure 3.1 of section

3.1.1.




v) Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Provided in Figure 3.4 of

section 3.1.1.

vi) Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrialarea/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Attached as Annexure 4.

vii) Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt.

Photographs of existing and

proposed site are attached as

Annexure 16

viii) Landuse break-up of total land of the project

site(identified and acquired), government/private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for

industrial area)

Landuse of the study area is

provided in section 3.3.

Landuse break-up of the

existing and expansion

project site is provided in

section

ix) A list of major industries with name and type with in study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

List of major industries within

study area is given in Section

2.1.

x) Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Provided in section 3.2.3 and

3.2.4

xi) Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

Provided in section 3.2.2

xii) Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is notcomplete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

NA

xiii) R&R details in respect of land in line with stateGovernment policy.

NA

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i) Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

NA

ii) Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery

(GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in

case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

NA

iii) Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

NA

iv) The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife

NA




Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v) Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by theChief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

NA

vi) Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

NA

6) Environmental Status

i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorologicaldata using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

Atmospheric inversion level at

the site is described in

chapter 4.

Site specific meteorological

data is provided in section

3.4.1

ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

AAQ data for period

(Dec,2013-March 2014) and

period (March-May,2018) is


iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

AAQ data for period

(Dec2013-March 2014) and

period (March-May,2018) is


iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Provided in section 3.7.2.

v) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of riveridentified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

None of the polluted river falls

in the surrounding area.

vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.


vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Provided in section 3.6

viii) Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Provided in section 3.8

ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Since the major

transportation of the raw

material and products is

through jetty and railway

wagons, so, there will be

negligible load on the road

traffic.




x) Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule- I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.


xi) Socio-economic status of the study area. Provided in section 3.10

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i) Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

There is no change in design

of stacks and their emissions,

area is flat, and modelling

was done by using AERMOD,

The GLC was found nominal

the results are given in

chapter 4, The transportation

was not included as most of

the material is brought from

jetty Byconveyer belt and

through pipeline.

ii) Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water

body

NA

iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyorcum-rail transport shall be examined.


Transport route of raw

materials and finished

products and wastes is

mentioned section wise in

chapter 2. Also, the

quantitative analysis of traffic

study is discussed in section

3.12.

iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

Provided in section 2.7 and

2.10.

v) Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Details of stack emissions is

provided in section 4.2.2.2.

vi) Measures for fugitive emission control Provided in section 5.4.3,

section 6.4.1, 6.4.2,

vii) Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Solid/ Hazardous waste

generation, storage and

management from existing

and expansion plant is

provided in Table 2.8




viii) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per FlyAsh Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

NA

ix) Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Green area is 37% of plot

area. Details provided in

section 2.3.15 and figure 2.8

x) Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

Storm water drains are

proposed for harvesting rain

water

xi) Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum forenvironmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

Section 2.11

xii) Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.


xiii) Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Provided in chapter 6 &7

8) Occupational health

i) Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupationalhealth & safety of all contract and casualWorkers

Occupational health and

safety plan are provided in

section 6.5

ii) Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre-designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above-mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department\ wise.

Health status evaluation is

being done in existing plant

and same will be maintained

in expansion phase.

iii) Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

Details are maintained at

project site and in expansion

phase, it will be maintained

accordingly.

iv) Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

Annual report is maintained at

project site and will be

maintained in expansion

phase.




9) Corporate Environment Policy

i) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Existing unit is having ISO

OHSAS attached as

Annexure 22

ii) Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

The standard operating

procedures are prepared by

plant officials for different

activities.

iii) What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

Environment management

cell already exists in the plant

as described in section

2.3.15.

iv) Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

The company is certified for

ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 and

OHSAS 18001 attached as

Annexure 22, and NCs are

discussed for their corrective

actions in MRM.

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such assanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

Details regarding facilities are

attached asAnnexure 23 and

24

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i) Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

Yes, complied, as provided in

section 2.3.16 and

achievements with reference

to the ESC is attached as

Annexure 28

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or anydirection/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 ofEnvironment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof andcompliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

Not any

13) 'A tabular chart with index for points wise compliance of above TOR.

Provided in Table 1.2 of

section 1.7

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FORCHEMICALFERTILIZER

1) Details on requirement of energy and water alongwith its source and authorization from the concerned department.

A detail on requirement of

energy and water source is

detailed in chapter 2. And

permission letter of water and

energy source are attached

Annexure 7 and Annexure 8




2) Energy conservation in ammonia synthesis for urea production and comparison with besttechnology.


3) Details of ammonia storage and risk assessment thereof. Provided in section 2.6.3 and

4) Measures for control of urea dust emissions from prilling tower.


5) Measures for reduction of fresh water requirement. Provided in 5.4.5 and water

balance is provided in chapter

2

6) Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet thenational standards for fertilizer.

Described in chapter 2

7) Details of fluorine recovery system in case of phosphoric acid plants and SSP to recover fluorine as hydrofluorosilicicacid (H2SiF6) and its uses.

Attached as Annexure 15

8) Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, utilization and disposal ofbye products viz., chalk, spent catalyst, hydro fluoro silicic acid and phosphor gypsum, Sulphur muck,etc.

Provided in chapter 2

9) Details on existing ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5, Urea dust*, NH3*, SO2*, NOx*,HF*,F*, Hydrocarbon ( Methane and Non-Methane) etc., and expected, stack and

fugitive emissions and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*as applicable)


10) Details on water quality parameters in and around study area such as pH, Total KjeldhalNitrogen, Free Ammonical Nitrogen, free ammonia, Cyanide,Vanadium, Arsenic, SuspendedSolids, Oil and Grease, *Cr as Cr+6, *Total Chromium, Fluoride, etc.

Provided in chapter 3 and

location details are also

given,report of result

isenclosed as annexure no 23

1.8. Structure of the Report

This EIA report has been prepared on the basis of available on-site primary data (survey/

monitoring) and secondary/literature data. The EIA report contains project features,

baseline environmental setup, assessment of environmental impacts, and formulation of

mitigation measures, environmental management and monitoring plan with risk & disaster

management plan.

The report includes 8 Chapters. The executive summary has been at the beginning of the

report. The structure of the EIA Report with necessary tables, drawings and Annexure is as

follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction

This chapter provides background information on need of project, need of EIA study and

brief of the project. The scope and EIA methodology adopted in preparation of EIA report

have also been described in this Chapter. It also covers the identification of project &project

proponent, brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the



country and the region. Scope of the study details about the regulatory scoping carried out

as per the generic structure given in the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed Chemicals Manufacturing Plant,

with type of project, need for the project, location, size & magnitude of operation including

associated activities required by and for the project, proposed schedule for approval and

implementation, including technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents the existing environmental status of the study area around the

proposed project including topography, drainage pattern, water environment, geological,

climate, transport system, land use, flora & fauna, socio-economic aspects, basic amenities

etc. Environmental assessment of the proposed project site in regard to its capability to

receive the proposed new development is also discussed in this Chapter.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the proposed project activities and

underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It predicts the overall

impact of the proposed project on different components of the environment viz. air, water,

land, noise, biological, and socio-economic.

Chapter 5: Environmental Management Plan&Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment

exercise. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed activities during construction and

operation phases and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.

It also provides mitigation and control measures for environmental management plan

(EMP) for minimizing the negative environmental impacts and to strengthening the positive

environmental impacts of the proposed project. Technical aspects of monitoring the

effectiveness of mitigation measures have been given in this Chapter also.

Chapter 6: Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

This chapter deals with the risk assessment carried out for the proposed Synthetic Organic

Chemicals manufacturing plant and disaster management plan.

Chapter 7: Summary & Conclusion

This chapter provides the summary and conclusions of the EIA study of the proposed

project with overall justification for implementation of the project and explanation of how,

adverse effects will be mitigated. This chapter also includes the conclusions of the Public

Hearing.

Chapter 8: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

This chapter provides the disclosure of consultants engaged to carry out the EIA study

along with other additional studies.



CHAPTER 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. About the Project

The demand of the product among the farmers and also industrial consumers (for industrial

products), is one of the strong factors besides contribution to the agricultural growth of the

country, considered by Paradeep Phosphate Limited (PPL) in the setting of this proposed

expansion of Ammonium/Urea/DAP/GSSP and other industrial products at the present

location of Jagatsinghpur, Orissa.

M/s Paradeep Phosphate Limited proposes unit area profile that includes latitude and

longitude of the site are presented in the following Table 2.1:

Table 2.1 : Surrounding Area Profile

S. No. Particular Details

1 District Jagatsinghpur

2 Latitude 20º16‘56‖ North

3 Longitude 86º38‘52‖ East

4 Defense Installations None

5 Ecological Sensitive Areas/ Protected Areas

as per Wildlife Protection Act 1972 (National

Parks / Wild life sanctuaries / bio-sphere

reserves / tiger reserves)

None

6 Reserved / Protected Forest

None

7 Inland, Coastal, Marine Water Ocean 5.30 km (South), Bay of Bengal

8 Nearest National Highway NH 5A (0.42 km North West)

9 Nearest Rail Head Paradeep Railway Station (02 km)

10 Nearest Airport Bhubaneshwar (120 Km)

11 Nearest Town/ Tourist Place Paradeep (06 km)

12 Nearest Village Jhimani (3 Km)

13 Water Body Mahanadi river 5 km

Atharbanki creek (along the boundary wall

of the site)

This Chapter describes the brief about the expansion project, i.e. surrounding area profile

within the 10-kms radial zone of the study area, brief of operation process in existing phase

and proposed operation process during expansion expansion at project site. This chapter

also describes the basic amenities to be used at site i.e. water requirement, power supply,

etc.



Location of the project in village survey map has been presented in Figure 1.1. The project

site is directly accessible from NH-5A. The project site is regular in shape. The industries

near the project site are mentioned below

Sl.No. Industries Aerial Distance from PPL

1. IFFCO 3.6 KM

2. PARADEEP CARBON 4.0 KM

3. PARADEEP PORT 2.5 KM

4. CARGIL INDIA 3.0 KM

5. SKOL BREWERIES 3.0 KM

6. IOCL 4.0 KM

7. ESSAR STEEL‘S PELLAT PLANT 6.4 KM

2.2. PPL- Existing Operation

2.2.1. Introduction

Paradeep Phosphates Limited (PPL) is operating a large Fertilizer complex in Paradeep,

Orissa, India where PPL manufacture various grades of NPK fertilizer. PPL is a prime

player in the Phosphatic fertilizers which have applications in a wide range of crops. The

fertilizer complex consists of following manufacturing units.

4400 MTPD of Sulphuric Acid Plant(2stream)

1400 MTPD of Phosphoric Acid Plant

5000 MTPD of Di Ammonium Phosphate Plant/NPK Plant (4 trains)

2X16 MW + 1X23 MW Captive Power Plant

240 TPD of Zypmite Plant

The fertilizer complex is using imported sulphur& rock phosphates to produce sulphuric

acid and phosphoric acid, along with imported MOP for NPK complex production. Since

captiveproduction of phosphoricacid cannot cater to the four streams of DAP plant, part

of the phosphoric acid requirement is made through imports. The entire ammonia

requirement is met through imports.

Installing coal handling plant, Ammonia Plant (coal based)-2200 MTPD capacity, urea plant

3850 MTPD capacity, Nitric acid plant – 1000 MTPD, Ammonium Nitrate plant – 1100

MTPD, DAP plant – 1300 MTPD (0.4 Million Tonne per Annum capacity expansion of

existing DAP plants), GSSP plant -1650 MTPD and Aluminium Fluoride plant- 9500 MTPA

capacity.

The other facilities available are as follows:

Rock Silo

Sulphur Silo

MOP Silo

Sulphuric Acid Storage

Phosphoric Acid Storage

Ammonia Storage

Di-Ammonium Phosphate Storage & Bagging

Marine Jetty



ETP & STP

Other Auxiliary systems include:

HSD/LFO/HFO storages

Fuel Oil Storage

LPG Cylinder Storage

Captive Power Plant

2.2.2. Land Distribution in Existing Plant

Table 2.2 : Details of existing land use in core areas in PPL premises are

S.No. Land-Use Area covered

1) Plant Building (including vacant spaces), Railway

siding & Road

333.21 acres,

2) Gypsum Ponds 349.00 acres

3) Raw water Reservoir 230.00 acres

4) Water Treatment Plant 7.19 acres

5) Plantation 854.00 acres

(GREEN BELT- 37%)

6) Colony 300.00 acres

7) Total 2073.40 acres

8) Open area and Water bodies* 209.00 Acres

Total 2282.4 acres

* Paradeep already have sufficient Land The detail requirement of land for Proposed Plants

(Area required 174.28 acres)

2.3. Process Description (Existing)

2.3.1. Sulphuric Acid Plant

Sulphuric Acid (SA) plant is based on the most modern double conversion double

absorption process of M/s Lurgi GMBH, West Germany (DCDA process). It is laid in two

streams, each of 1200 MTPD capacity. And a new SAP of 2000 MTPD capacity was

commissioned in 2016. The technology was from M/s. MECS, USA. The raw material,

elemental sulphur is transported by means of belt conveyor to the sulphur bin. Sulphur is

melted in a melting pit by means of heating coils, heating media being steam. The molten

sulphur is stored in a liquid sulphur storage tank after passing through filters. The molten

sulphur is fed to the sulphur furnace where complete combustion takes place which gives

rise to a SO2 concentration of about 11.5%. The heat of combustion is removed bya waste

heat boiler where steam (approximately 60 MT/hr) is produced.

The furnace gas cooled to a temperature of 420ºC- 430º C is fed to a converter having 4

catalyst beds. SO2 to SO3 conversion takes place in first three beds and first absorption of

SO3 gases takes place in intermediate absorber. Remaining SO2 gases from Intermediate

absorber is passes through the fourth bed for optimum conversion of remaining SO2 to



SO3. SO3 gas from fourth bed is cooled to a temperature of 170 º C before entering to the

final absorber where SO3 is absorbed by 98.5% sulphuric acid. In absorption towers gases

are passed through mist eliminators to trap the liquid entrainments. From the final absorber

after absorption of SO3 gas, remaining gases are discharged into atmosphere through

stack within prescribed emission limit set by State Pollution Control Board.



SULPHURIC

ACID PLANT

Figure 2.1 : Process Flow diagram of Sulphuric Acid Plant



2.3.2. Process Description of Phosphoric Acid Plant

The 1400 MTPD single stream Phosphoric Acid (PA) Plant is based on Di Hydrate Process

technology where basic engineering and technology is supplied by M/s Jacob International

Inc. U.S.A the Hindustan Dorr Oliver Ltd. Mumbai was the Indian partner. Wet grinding

process is adopted where rock phosphate is fed to ball mill through extractor weighed

where wet grinding slurry of 67-69% solids is prepared. In the ground rock hopper, a dust

scrubber is provided to entrap the dust coming out of the dust hopper.

From the ball mill, the rock slurry is pumped to the product tank. The slurry containing 67-

69% solids from product tank is fed to the reactor at first and third agitator point.

Concentrated sulphuric acid having 98.4% concentration and recycle phosphoric acid are

fed to the reactor. The reaction slurry proceeds through reaction section and underflows

into the vacuum cooler feed compartment where degassing takes place and the slurry is

then pumped to the vacuum cooler. Deformer is added to the reactor to inhibit the formation

of foam/froth.

The slurry is cooled down in the vacuum cooler by maintaining a vacuum of 150-300mm Hg

absolute by evaporation of water. A barometric condenser and vacuum jet system remove

the vapours. The slurry from the vacuum cooler flows down the reactor to filter feed tank

through a vertical seal by a vacuum cooler tank. Filter feed is distributed on a horizontal

filter through feed box, where phosphoric acid is separated from gypsum. The cake in the

filter is given four successive washes by a filtrate of 12% P2O5, heated pond water and a

final wash. The de- watered cake after fourth wash is removed, slurries and pumped to the

gypsum pond. Air that passes through the cake is disengaged from the filtrates in the

filtrate recovery system and passes through the filter condenser where gas is cooled, and

vapours condensed. The pond water used in the filter condenser discharges through the

pond water tank.

The scrubbing system provides a preliminary pond water quench to cool the vent gases.

The gases are then scrubbed in the first stage in a cross flow packed bed scrubber using

cold pond water. The gases then pass through a second packed bed, which reduces the

emission below 0.0058 kg fluorine per tonne of acid. A mist eliminator eliminates droplet

entrainment. Acid from filter is pumped to a clarifier. The clarifier overflow goes either to a

product acid tank or to the evaporator as required. The sludge from the clarifier is either

recycled to the clarifier or to the reactor or transferred to the DAP plant. Concentration of

the acid, whenever necessary is carried out in the evaporators. The concentrated acid

overflows from the flash chamber through a barometric condenser. The non-condensable

are removed by a vacuum jet system in condenser operating for the cooling water system.

The by-product Gypsum, as Gypsum slurry is discharged from the Gypsum Slurry pump of

Phosphoric Acid Plant to Gypsum Pond through HDPE pipeline.

The Gypsum Pond consists mainly of four settling compartments & Perimeter surge ditch.

The perimeter ditch is bound by perimeter dike. The total area of Gypsum pond is 77

hectare. Normally one settling compartment is taken on line & the other are kept as stand

by. The Gypsum Slurry at about 11-15% solid is discharged to one settling compartment. It

has to travel a horizontal length of approximately 1000m by which the solids get settled in

the settling pond & water is decanted to perimeter ditch. This water is known as Pond



Water. The pond water comes to a pit & pumped back to plant through Pond Water Return

Pump.

Brief of Gypsum Pond

Area : 77 Hectare

Number of settling compartment : 4

Perimeter ditch length : 1000 meter

Pond water circulation pump : 2

Designed by M/s Andaman & Associates Inc., USA.

Lined with thick layer of Impervious Clay compacted to permeability of 10 -7cm/sec.

Pond water is completely re-cycled and re-used in PAP.

There is a motor able Ring Road around the pond.



Figure 2.2 : Process Flow diagram of Phosphoric Acid Plant



2.3.3. Process Description of Di-Ammonium Phosphate/NPK Plant (DAP/NPK):

DAP/ NPK plant is based on Dorocco Granulation Process consisting of four identical

streams and has capacity to produce 5000 MT per day. The main raw materials are

phosphoric acid, ammonia, sand (as filler) and Defoamer. Phosphoric acid (54%) and

anhydrous ammonia are pumped from storage tanks to pre- neutralizers (PN Reactor)

reaction takes place because of which DAP and mono- ammonium phosphates are formed.

The slurry contains 80% solids and is pumped to rotary granulators where further ammonia

is fed to convert mono-ammonium phosphate to di-ammonium phosphate in a mole ratio of

1.8.

The recycle material along with the filler mixed in the fine‘s conveyors are fed to the

granulators. Wet DAP granules flow by gravity to rotary dryers where they are dried in a co-

current stream of hot air. The dried granules are screened for size separation in double

deck vibrating screens where oversized and under sized material are sent back to the

system by means of fine conveyors. The product falls into the product compartment of the

screen hopper and is withdrawn through product coolers and dispatched to product storage

(50000MT capacity) or direct to the Bagging Plant as required.

The wet process system consists of scrubbing and reaction sections. Scrubbers, which are

ventury cyclone type, handle the ammonia and dust bearing fumes and gases evolved from

the pre-neutralizer, granulator, drier and dust systems. The scrubbing medium for the three

scrubbers is re-circulated phosphoric acid solution. The fumes and gases from dryer and

fume scrubbers are forced by respective fans to a tail gas scrubber where gases and fumes

from pre-neutralizer granulators and coolers are scrubbed and exhausted to atmosphere

through the fume stack.



Figure 2.3 : Process Flow diagram of DAP/NPK Plant



2.3.4. Utilities and Off-site Facilities

2.3.4.1 Water

Water Intake and Distribution System

Existing raw water requirement of the PPL is met from the TaladandaCanal flowing in the

west – north – north east direction of the project site.

Raw water intake pump house called as Canal Pump house is located at canal side near

village Bijay Chandrapur at 3 to 4 kms by road from the plant. Water so drawn is pumped to

a reservoir inside the PPL township campus through a pipe line. The storage capacity of

the reservoir is around 17 lac KL. Raw water from the reservoir is taken to Water Treatment

Plant through a secondary reservoir. In the process the silts and mud are settled in the

main reservoir. The treated water from WTP is then pumped to the plant side as well as to

the township area by two different distribution systems. Water cess is being paid to

Irrigation department regularly.

Two process water tanks are installed to cater to the needs of process water from the plant

as well as supply of firewater. In the process water pump-bay a jockey pump is installed to

keep fire hydrant pressure at required level. There are one diesel driven and two motor

driven fire water pumps. Pumps are kept connected so that they could be started

immediately whenever necessary. Firewater inlet to the pumps is at a lower level than the

process water intake. Process water clarifier is provided which takes water from a huge

water reservoir, before pumping.

PPL is permitted to withdraw 5 MGD (947.08 m3/hr)water from Taladanda canal. Presently

PPL is being drawning approx. 776 m3/hr.Necessary approvals and permissions would be

taken for extra water required for the proposed upcoming plants.

Existing water consumption is as below



Figure 2.4 : Water Balance (Existing)



2.3.4.2 Power & Distribution:

PPL has captive power generation facilities. Captive generation of power is through co-

generation from the waste steam of SAP. In addition, there are three Turbo Generators.

These are extraction cum condensate type, manufactured by BHEL, each having capacity

of 16 MW (one standby). A new TG of 23 MW has been commissioned in 2016.

The waste HP steam from SAP at 40/60 kg/cm2 pressure and 405/485ºC temperature is

used in Turbo Generator to produce power. In case of shutdown of any stream of Sulphuric

acid plant, the low-pressuresteam is met through two nos of package boilers installed at

Offsite.

Total power requirement in the plant is 34 MW. PPL is capable to generate 39 MW. We are

self -enough for our existing requirement but also have grid power supply from state

electricity Grid for emergency.

In case of total power failure, the backup HT power is supplied through 5 MVA DG set and

LT power through two numbers of 1 KVA DG sets.

2.3.4.3 Raw Material Handling

Basic raw materials handled are rock phosphates, sulphur, MOP, ammonia, sulphuric acid

and phosphoric acids. Mostly all are imported from different countries. The solid cargo

(sulphur, rock phosphatesand MOP) are unloaded from ships at the company‘s captive

jetty by means of a cross country conveyor system. The length of the conveyor gallery is

3.3 kilometers and is completely enclosed. The liquid cargo (sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid

and ammonia) are unloaded from ships at the same jetty through cross country pipeline.

While the solid cargo is stored in respective silos and fed into the individual plants, the

liquid cargo is stored in dedicated storage tanks in off-site areas for onward transfer to

production plant.

Table 2.3 : Raw Material Requirement, Linkages & Specific Consumption

Raw

Material

Approximate

Requirement

(Tons / Day)

Consumin

g Plant

User Plant

Origin Source Supplier

Rock 4600 Phosphoric

Acid Plant

Morocco/ Togo/

Peru/ Vietnam/

Egypt

M/s OCP, Morocco, Peru

Sulphur

1500

Sulphuric

Acid Plant

UAE/ Iran/ Qatar/

Singapore

M/s Havi Ocean Co.(LLC),

Dubai, M/s Midgulf

International Ltd,Limassol

MOP 1100 DAP &

Trading

Belarus / UK

M/s JSC Belarusian

Potash Company, Belarus

M/s International Potash

Company (UK) Ltd,

M/s Rusagro



Raw

Material

Approximate

Requirement

(Tons / Day)

Consumin

g Plant

User Plant

Origin Source Supplier

Ammonia 1150 DAP IRAN/ S.ARABIA/

MALAYSIA/

BANLGADESH

M/s Transammonia Ag, A

Swiss.

M/s SABIC

M/s Compagnie Indo

Francaise De

Commerce(P) Ltd,

Sulphuric

Acid

5000 DAP& PAP Japan Mitsubishi Corporation

Phos. Acid 2350 DAP Morocco M/s Marocco Phosphore

Filler 250 DAP Local Paradeep

2.3.5. Specific consumptions

2.3.5.1 Specific consumptions for PAP

Table 2.4 : Specific Consumption for PAP

Raw Material Unit Consumption

Rock phosphate T/T 3.25

Sulphuric acid T/T 2.80

Defoamer T/T 1.00

Power KWH/T 155.000

Water T/T 1.18

Water(conc.) M3/T 0.00597

Power(conc.) KWH/T 75.0000

Steam(conc.) T/T 1.96

2.3.5.2 Specific consumptions for SAP

Table 2.5 : Specific Consumption for SAP

Sl.

No

Raw Material Unit Specific

Consumption



Sl.

No

Raw Material Unit Specific

Consumption

1 Sulphur MT/MT 0.330

2 Ammonia kg/MT 0.182

3 Filter Aid MT/MT 0.135

4 Hydrazine gm/MT 0.0275

5 T.S.P Kg/MT 0.00225

6 Process water (Including make up to

C.T)

m3/MT 3.156

7 D.M. Water m3/MT 1.165

8 L.P. Steam MT/MT 0.225

9 Instrument Air m3/MT 1.8

10 Hydrated Lime Kg/MT 0.075

11 Soda Ash Kg/MT Occasional

12 Elec. Power KWH/MT 74.4

2.3.5.3 Specific consumptions for DAP/Other complex Fertilizer:

Table 2.6 : Specific Consumption for DAP/Other complex Fertilizer

Sr.

No

RM

Products

DAP NP-20 NP-10 NP-12 NP-15

01 NH3 0.222 0.249 0.125 0.15 0.1892

02 P2O5 0.471 0.21 0.27 0.332 0.1604

03 H2SO4 0.016 0.433 0.01 0.01 0.339

04 MOP - - 0.44795 0.27519 0.2578

05 Filler 0.05 - 0.04725 0.04811 -

06 Anticaking

agent

0.0008 - 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008



07 Defoamer 0.000157 0.00009269 0.00010109 0.00011257 0.000157

08 F.O.(

KL/MT)

0.0083 0.0087 0.00813 0.0086

2.3.6. Finished Product Handling

Bulk fertilizers are received in the bagging plant directly from the production plant as well as

from the product silo. This is then bagged, stitched and loaded in wagons for dispatch.

There are nine numbers of slats for carrying out the activities and three numbers of

platforms for loading the fertilizers in the rakes. Controlling the weight variation of the

bagged fertilizers is the most important function of the bagging plant. It is a labor oriented

department. Around 600 persons are deployed in the bagging plant. The average capacity

of each slat is around 45 Ton per hour.

2.3.7. Bulk Storages

2.3.7.1 Ammonia Storage

Imported liquid ammonia is stored in 5 atmospheric storage tanks, each having a capacity

of 10,000 MT totaling to 50,000 MT. The tank is of 'Cup-in-tank' type. These are double

shelled tanks with double bottom and double cylindrical shell with a single roof fabricated

from low temperature carbon steel. The space between the shells relates to ammonia

vapour. Outer tank is insulated with polyurethane foam ―foamed in-situ‖ (100mmthick) and

has aluminium sheet cladding. Insulation is secured with stainless steel hoops to withstand

wind velocity of 260-km/hr. Tank bottom is insulated with foam glass and roof is insulated

with fibre glass stacked to a thickness of 250 mm on deck suspended from dome roof. The

roof top is painted with polyurethane paint. Ammonia is stored at atmospheric pressure and

temperature of-33ºC. Each tank has three safety valves at different points for protection.

These safety valves are connected to a relief header and the header is connected to vent.

Normal operating pressure of the storage is 600mm water column (WC). There are two

vents at a height of 60.2metres and 70.15 meters. Three safety valves provided on each

tank are having following set pressures.

1st safety valve : 950 mm WC

2nd safety valve : 1000mmWC

3rd safety valve : 1050 mm WC

Safety valves can be locked either in open or closed position. Without inserting key,

these cannot be opened or closed, once locked.

All the ammonia tanks are connected to a common refrigeration system.

2.3.7.2 Sulphuric Acid Storage Tank

There are five numbers of sulphuric acid storage tanks three of each 10,000 MT capacity

and one of 5000MT capacity. A pump bay is situated near the tanks and sulphuric acid

from the storage tanks is pumped to the day tank (2000 MT capacity) situated in

Phosphoric Acid Plant premises and to DAP plant for injection. Leakage from the pump and

the overflow from the storage tank are connected to sulphuric acid sump pit from where



acid is pumped back to No.1 tank. Over flow from the sump is neutralized and discharged

to the effluent drain, which leads to Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP).

A 10000 MT capacity of Sulphuric acid tank is to be commissioned in near future.

2.3.7.3 Phosphoric Acid Storage Tanks

For phosphoric acid solution, six numbers of mild steel rubber lined storage tanks of each

10,000 MT capacity is installed. Pumps situated near the tank, pump phosphoric acid to

daytanks (2 numbers) situated in DAP plant. Spillages, over flows and leakage are

connected to a sump it where phosphoric acid sludge accumulates. A sump pump installed

in the pit pumps over flow back to the storage tank.

Presently 2 nos. of Phosphoric acid tanks Have been commissionedeach of holding

capacity of 5000 cubic m. One more tank is to be commissioned in near future.

2.3.7.4 Heavy Fuel Oil/ LSHS Storage Tanks

There are two heavy fuel oil (FO) storage tanks each having a capacity of 1800 KL. Tanks

are equipped with steam heating. All the tanks are insulated with 50 mm thickness glass

wool. Tanks are enclosed in a dike wall having a holding capacity of 2000 m3. Unloading

facilities by trucks exist. Leakage form tanks drain and overflow along with tank‘s steam

heating condensate arecollected through a drainage system inside the dyke wall to

control the spillage flow from pump bay and is directed to the sump pit. For reclaiming oil

from the pit, one submerged oil reclaiming pump is provided which reclaims oil from the top

of the pit and discharges into storage tanks provided. Water collected in the pit goes to the

effluent drain pump and the fuel oil is pumped back to the storage tank.

One High Speed Diesel (HSD) oil day tank having a capacity of 15 KL is located behind the

emergency power house building of off-site storages.

2.3.7.5 Chlorine Storage

Chlorine is stored in tonners at Water Treatment Plant. The factory stores a maximum of 2

tonners at a time. One tonner is equivalent to 930 kg. This chlorine is in liquid form and is

being used to treat the water. The empty cylinders will be replaced by the filled ones on

regular basis.

2.3.7.6 Mutrate of Potash Storage

The mutrate of potash is stored in a silo of capacity 35000 MT. Being transported from jetty

through the conveyors.

2.3.7.7 Rock Phosphate Storage

The rock phosphate is stored to the extent of 65000 MT. It is stored in an enclosed shed

called silo. Rock Phosphate is being transported from jetty through the conveyors. The

expansion of the silo has been done to 1, 20,000 MT.

2.3.7.8 Sulphur Storage

The sulphur is stored in solid state to the extent of 55000 MT. It is stored in an enclosed

shed called silo. Sulphur is being transported from jetty through the conveyors. The storage



shed approximate dimensions are 194 m x 42 m x 10 m. The stored sulphur is transported

through conveyors to SAP.

2.3.7.9 LPG Storage

LPG cylinders are stored in a Go down. There are total 102 cylinders for industrial use and

153 cylinders for domestic use. Go down has approximate dimensions of 12 m x 8 m x 4 m.

2.3.8. Offsite Facilities

The important OFF-Site facilities required for the smooth operation of the plant are briefly

given below.

2.3.8.1 Instrumentation

Automation and control system being an important feature, all parameters are measured by

instruments. PPL can regulate the production process and improve the productivity.

DAP Plant, Phosphoric Acid plant; Captive Power Plant and Sulphuric Acid Plant have

adopted the Distributed Control System (DCS) whereby the intricate details also are

captured by the system.

2.3.8.2 Plant Lighting

The entire plant along with township is provided with adequate lighting facilitated by energy

efficient, high luminescent sodium vapor lamps and high mast for widespread coverage.

2.3.8.3 Fire Fighting, Safety & Security

The fire fighting system is very important. The fire fighting personnel and security guards

are specially trained for all types of fire-oriented contingencies and also other safety

emergencies in a simulated real-life situation. The preventive measures for fire and Safety

incidents and accidents:

Regular testing of fire pumps and fire tenders

Regular inspection and upkeep of fire and safety equipment/vehicles

Emergency preparedness and response /mock drills

Creating awareness and formation of safety committees in all the plants

Accident reporting, investigation and analysis

Well-equipped with relevant infrastructure and manned round-the-clock

PPL has a battalion of 206 well trained and efficient security personnel headed by Chief

Security Officer. Security system and guards are equipped with best safety appliances

adequate to protect the plant and personnel against any adverse situations.

The safety and security operations are carried out round the clock with meticulous planning

and vigorous implementation techniques, which consider the risk and hazards factors.

2.3.8.4 Electrical & Mechanical Maintenance

The company adorns a full-fledged electrical and mechanical workshop within the plant

premises with state-of-the-art machines and facilities to cater to the day to day in-house



maintenance jobs. Some of the major breakdown jobs are done by employing certified and

enlisted contractors.

2.3.9. Environment Aspects

PPL is having a well-organized Environment department to take care of various

environmental issues of the industry, which includes but not limited to compliance of

statutory provisions of environment legislations. Operation of Effluent Treatment Plant,

regular monitoring of environmental parameters and coordination with different

departments in the plant for effective environmental management are some of the activities.

PPL is having a well-equipped laboratory to carryout day to day analysis of environmental

parameters. PPL has installed a Weather Station to monitor ambient temperature, wind

speed, wind direction, rain fall and relative humidity.

2.3.10. Man Power

Competent and qualified personnel are employed for various jobs. Direct employment is

around 931. Out of this 540 are executives and 391 are non-executives. Indirect

employment is to the tune of 905 deployed through contractors. Temporary employment is

around 30.

Summing up the figures, PPL has manpower of 1866 as of 30.09.2017.

PPL has provided housing facilities to all its personnel. Maintenance of the colony is taken

care by the civil department. The complex is having all basic minimum amenities like

shopping complex, school, playground, jogging trail, gymnasium, recreational club &

hospitaletc.

2.3.11. Air Emission

Table 2.7 : Air Emission from Existing plant

Sl. Description ofStack

Stack Coordinate

Stack Height(m)

Stack Dia.(m)

Exit Velocity (m/ Sec)

Temp

(0K)

X – Coord

Y – Cord

01 DAPA 850 550 50 2.8 13.14 343

02 DAPB 800 550 50 2.8 14.17 342

03 DAPC 800 600 50 2.8 14.91 344

04 DAPD 850 600 50 2.8 15.14 343

05 PAP 1400 400 50 1.5 11.68 321

06 SAP Stream A

1350 575 120 1.8 8.05 330

07 SAP Stream B

1400 575 120 1.8 8.1 335

07 SAP Stream C

1450 580 120 1.8 17 350



Table 2.8 : Stack emission Data in Existing phase

STACK EMISSION DATA

Stack Location

PM ( mg/ Nm3)

SO2 kg/te of 100% H2SO4 prodn.

SO3 ( mg/ m3)

TF ( mg/ Nm3)

DAP-A 76.18

NA

2.02

DAP-B 70.49 1.86

DAP-C 79.44 2.74

DAP-D 77.8 2.46

Zypmite-1 55.19

NA Zypmite-2 56.18

Zypmite-3 51.36

SAP-A NA 0.61 21.85

NA SAP-B NA 0.60 21.58

SAP-C NA 0.83 27.32

PAP 52.76 NA 3.05

mg / Nm3 100 1.5 Kg/T/ 1.0Kg/MT 50 25

2.3.12. Effluent


Sulphuric Acid Plant

Phosphoric Acid Plant

DAP Plant

Captive Power Plant

Offsite and Bagging Plant









cooler and filter pump is used in Ball Mill for grinding purpose to the tune of 90 M3/hr.



The total waste water generation from the existing plants to ETP is around 66.6M3 /hr. (As

given in Water Balance) as mentioned in Figure 2.4.

Waste Water from Phosphoric Acid Plant

The major source of waste water from this unit is gypsum slurry. The by-product gypsum is

slurried with water and pumped to gypsum pond, where the fluoride compounds form stable

calcium fluoride and settle down. The plant has been designed with a zero-discharge

concept. The supernatant from the gypsum pond, which also accommodates the return

water from various condensers, seal water, plant washings and cooling tower blow down is

recycled back into the system. The phosphoric acid plant area is also paved to prevent

ground percolation.

Waste Water Generation from SAP

There is as such no liquid effluent from the process area of sulphuric acid plant except

plant washings, blow down from cooling tower & boilers and condensate from sulphur

melting pit. During start-up or upset condition of the plant the alkali scrubber is put into

operation and scrubbed liquor is taken to ETP for treatment through a central effluent

sump. The entire quantity is highly acidic. In case it finds its way to percolate through soil

then there are all possibilities of ground water contamination. Thus, steps are taken to pave

the whole SAP area to prevent ground percolation.

Waste Water from Di-Ammonium Phosphate Plant (DAP)

The plant is based on negative water balance and thereby no sources of liquid effluent are

anticipated except for the occasional washing and spillage. Such discharges are

intermittent in nature and in small quantities. Zero discharge is attained through complete

recycle of the scrubber water back into the system. Steam condensate generated during

heating of the furnace oil lines forms a part of the effluent

Captive Power Plant

The sources of waste water generation from captive power plant include cooling tower blow

down, DM plant backwash and boiler blow down.

Domestic Waste water

Sanitary Waste Water: The generation of sanitary waste water from the plant and township

is approx. 191m3/hrand is a major source of waste water generation. An adequately

designed STP is provided to treat the same. The treated sanitary waste water is used for

green belt development.

Effluent Treatment Facilities and Waste Water Discharge

The waste water generated from PAP and DAP is completely recycled into the system

whereas of CPP is separately treated in the neutralization tank. Occasional leakages /

overflow from PAP, DAP plant, off sites and entire effluent from SAP are taken to ETP for

treatment. The said ETP has been installed based on the feasibility study carried out by

NEERI, Nagpur and comprises of a collection sump, grit chamber, oil & grease trap,

equalization basin and physio-chemical treatment units like clarifloculators, thickener, filter

press etc. ETP process is based on double stage lime treatment. The treated effluent is



neutralized using sulphuric acid before discharge. A schematic diagram of ETP is given in

the following Diagram

A project is under way for total reuse of treated effluent water from ETP in Ball Mill of PAP.

A schematic diagram of the project is given under in Figure 2.5.

Figure 2.5 : Schematic Diagram of ETP



Figure 2.6 : Schematic Diagram of Project for Reuse of Treated Water of ETP

2.3.13. Solid Waste Generation, Management and Handling



Solid wastes from the plant are by-product phosphor gypsum, sulphur muck, spent catalyst,


By-Product Phospho gypsum

Rock phosphates are treated with sulphuric acid producing phosphoric acid and calcium

sulphate. The slurry from the reactor is routed through the filtration unit where calcium

sulphate is obtained as a filter cake. This is called by-product phospho gypsum. It is

slurried with recycle pond water and pumped to the gypsum pond. There are two

compartments in gypsum pond. It is located within the factory area. The area occupied by

the pond including perimeter ditches and dykes is 77 hectares. The pond is provided with

compacted embankments. The supernatant flows out of the pond and is collected in a

perimeter ditch. From the perimeter ditch, the supernatant is pumped and reused in the

process according to the requirement. It is utilized to slurry the gypsum and to wash the

filter cake.

The quantity of phospho gypsum generated at present is 7000 tones / day. Considerable

quantity of it is sold to outside parties for cement manufacturing and also as calcium

supplement. PPL is planning to put a granulation plant to utilize phospho gypsum. Initially

the plant will be set up as a trial unit. The details of the plant are explained in the next

chapter. Location of gypsum pond is shown in the master plan in Figure 2.7



Figure 2.7 : Gypsum Pond

Spent Catalyst

Spent vanadium catalyst is generated occasionally from the sulphuric acid manufacturing

process. Spent catalyst (V2O5) is being stored in a covered shed inside the plant premises

in ETP area.

Sulphur Muck

Sulphur muck is obtained during melting of sulphur ore in melting pit and subsequent

filtration of molten sulphur. The impurities are obtained as residue. Daily generation of

sulphur muck is 5 Metric Ton. It is used in the DAP plant as filler.

ETP Sludge

The ETP sludge is produced during the wastewater treatment facilities. About 3100 ton of

sludge is generated per annum. Sulphur muck and ETP sludge are stored in a covered

shed and reused in the process.



Table 2.9 : Solid/ Hazardous Waste from Existing plant

Sl.

No.

Waste

Description,

Waste Stream,

Waste Category

and Schedule.

Source of

Generation and

Quantity

Method of Handling including Disposal

01 Spent Catalyst

(Process Based)

Converters of

SAP Quantity of

Generation: It

varies from year

to year

depending upon

activity of the

catalyst.

Collection: During annual shutdown

deactivated catalyst is segregated. This

deactivated catalyst is called Spent Catalyst. It is

collected in plastic bags.

Storage: Spent Catalyst so collected is taken to

a designated Storage Site located at the ETP

using tractor trolley. Storage areas well covered

and protected from rain water.

Disposal: PPL have located a party who has

obtained authorization from its state

Environment Conservation Board for collection,

storage, treatment, transport and disposal of

vanadium pentoxide spent catalyst. PPL have

written to OSPCB for NOC for sale of spent

catalyst to this party.

02 Sulphur Muck

(Concentration

Based)

Sulphur Filter

cake at SAP

Collection: Filter cake is collected on the

concrete flooring the SAP.

Storage: The material is shifted to RMS (Raw

Material Silo) of DAP Plant by using pay loaders.

Disposal: The total quantity of Sulphur muck

generated is used in house as filler in DAP

production.

03 Acid Residue

During Cleaning

of Acid Storage

Tanks (Process

Based)

H2SO4&H3PO4

Storage Tanks at

off sites

a. Sludge from H2SO4 Storage

Tank at offsite:Storage Tank of H2SO4 is made

up of carbon steel. The threshold concentration

of sulphuric acid for possibilities of corrosion and

generation of sludge is 88% or below. PPL

maintains the concentration >98% as a process

requirement. Sludge generation due to lime

treatment fromH2SO4 Storage Tank during

cleaning is used in DAP.

b. Sludge from H3PO4 Storage

Tank at offsite.

Collection: Phosphoric acid is stored in MSRL

tanks at offsite. The fine particles of gypsum



Sl.

No.

Waste

Description,

Waste Stream,

Waste Category

and Schedule.

Source of

Generation and

Quantity


present in acid settles in the tank bottom. When

the level of bottom sludge increases to a

considerable height it is cleaned. The clear acid

form top is pumped out. Next the sludge is

collected in a sump by a slurry pump. From the

sump it is pumped to Gypsum Slurry Tank in

PAP.

Disposal: The sludge along with gypsum slurry

is pumped from the Gypsum Slurry Tank to the

Gypsum Pond.

Note: 1. Residues are generated only during

tank cleaning.

2. We have not yet discarded any of the storage

tanks.

04 Discarded

Containers/

Liners used for

Hazardous

Waste/

Chemicals

Discarded

Container of Lube Oil Barrel from SAP,PAP and DAP

Collection: It is collected at individual plant.

Storage: Presently all empty barrels are shifted

to a designated storage room near Labour

Canteen by tractor trolley.

Disposal: Mostly these are used for storing

spent oils and disposed off to authorized re-

processor along with spent oil.

05 Sludge from Wet

Scrubber (Phos

Acid Process

Based),

Scrubber Settling

Pit of PAP

Collection& Storage: In PAP the Fume

Scrubber is used for scrubbing fumes coming

from various sections of the plant. Scrubbing is

done using the Gypsum Pond Recirculation

water.

Sludge from the scrubber accumulates in a

sump.

Disposal: Sludge from this sump is taken to the

Reclaim Pit from where it is flushed to the

Gypsum Pond along with the Gypsum Slurry for

disposal.

06 Drain & ETP

Sludge

Generated from

sump, filter press. (Concentration Based)

Effluent Drains,

Sump and ETP

Collection: It is collected manually, kept aside

along the drain/ ETP Sludge Drying Bed. Once

dried the material is shifted to RMS (Raw

Material Storage) by tractor trolley.



Sl.

No.

Waste

Description,

Waste Stream,

Waste Category

and Schedule.

Source of

Generation and

Quantity


Storage: It is stored in the RMS.

Disposal: It is used as filler in DAP Plant.

07 Cooling Tower

Sludge

(Concentration

Based)

Cooling Tower

Sump of PAP

Collection: Sludge of cooling tower sump of

PAP is gypsum in slurry form. The sludge

removal is done after dewatering the cooling

tower pit. Then the material is shifted to

Reclaim Pit.

Disposal: From Reclaim Pit it is flushed to

gypsum pond along with gypsum slurry.

08 Spent Resin

from DM Plant

(Process Based)

DMPlant of CPP of CPP Collection:Spent resin in DM plant is generated

only at the time of replacement with fresh resin.

The spent resin is collected manually in barrels.

Storage:Around 400 Ltrs are kept inside the DM

plant.

Disposal: The material is not yet disposed off

outside the premises or sold to any external

agency. It is kept in a safe condition at the

above-mentioned area.

09 Used Oil or

Spent Oil

(Process Based),

SAP, PAP, DAP,

CPP & Off sites

Collection: It is collected at individual plant in

barrels.

Storage: Used oil is stored in barrels.

Temporary storage is at the generating plants

from where it is shifted to the designated storage

room near canteen by tractor trolley from time to

time.

Disposal: Disposed off to authorized

reprocessor.

10 Waste containing

Oil (Process

Based),

Mechanical

Workshop and

other

departments

such as CPP FO

area, 5 MW DG

room, Bagging

Plant, DAP plant,

Collection: It is collected in containers

separately for oily sand/soil and oily cotton

waste.

Storage: Temporary storage is at the

generating plants which are shifted to DAP plant

by tractor trolley from time to time.

Disposal: Oily sand/soil is used as filler in the



Sl.

No.

Waste

Description,

Waste Stream,

Waste Category

and Schedule.

Source of

Generation and

Quantity


Diesel store,

SAP, PAP

Mechanical

Maintenance &

Offsite FO

Handling areas

plant. Whereas oily waste cotton is used as fuel

in the DAP furnace.

11 Phospho gypsum

(Both processes

based, and

concentration

based),

Phosphoric Acid

Plant

Collection: It is generated in PAP Reactor and

separated in the filters. The filter cake is then

collected by scroll drives and made slurry

by adding return gypsum pond water.

Storage: The gypsum slurry is pumped to

gypsum pond where the gypsum settles down

and supernatant liquid decanted into the

perimeter ditch.

Disposal: Water from the perimeter ditch is re-

circulated to PAP. From gypsum pond ordered

quantity of phosphor gypsum is lifted and

transported to Railway Siding by using

excavator and dumpers.

From Railway siding the said material is

dispatched to the user agencies both by rail and

road bulk and in bags. PPL is constructing a 0.7

Km. long covered shed for handling gypsum at

the railway siding.

2.3.14. Noise Environment

Impact

Present noise levels in study area are below the standards except near a station close to

Railway crossing. As all the plant equipment are adequate noise control measures thus

there is not much impact to noise in the plant premises. Major transportation is by either rail

or ship.

Mitigation Measures

Towards mitigation measures the following are in practice. Less noise generating

machines/ vehicles, maintenance of machines/ requirements/ vehicles in good condition,

ear muffs or other protecting device or sound proof cabins to employees near noise

generating source. In addition, there is development of green belt barriers and plantation.



2.3.15. Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection (CREP)

Guidelines:

PPL has adopted the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection

(CREP).

Conservation of Water

Impacts on water environment particularly on surrounding surface water in a Phosphatic

fertilizer plant are primarily caused by improper management of waste water or generation

of contaminated water. Its impact on ground water is caused by seepage or percolation

through contaminated soil.


Sulphuric acid plant

Phosphoric acid plant

DAP plant

Captive power plant

Offsite & Bagging plant









cooler and filter pump is used in Ball Mill for grinding purpose to the tune of 90 M3/ Hr.

The total waste water generation from the existing plants to ETP is around 66.6M3/hr.

Waste Water from Phosphoric Acid Plant

The major source of waste water from this unit is gypsum slurry. The by-product gypsum is

slurred with water and pumped to gypsum pond, where the fluoride compounds form stable

calcium fluoride and settle down. The plant has been designed with a zero-discharge

concept. The supernatant from the gypsum pond, which also accommodates the return

water from various condensers, seal water, plant washings and cooling tower blow down is

recycled back into the system. The phosphoric acid plant area is also paved to prevent

ground percolation

Waste Water Generation from SAP

There is as such no liquid effluent from the process area of sulphuric acid plant except

plant washings, blow down from cooling tower & boilers and condensate from sulphur

melting pit. During start up or upset condition of the plant the alkali scrubber is put into

operation and scrubbed liquor is taken to ETP for treatment through a central effluent



sump. The entire quantity is highly acidic. In case it finds its way to percolate through soil

then there are all possibilities of ground water contamination. Thus, steps are taken to pave

the whole SAP area to prevent ground percolation.

Waste Water from Di-Ammonium Phosphate Plant (DAP)

The plant is based on negative water balance and thereby no sources of liquid effluent are

anticipated except for the occasional washing and spillage. Such

Discharges are intermittent in nature and in small qualities. Zero discharge is attained

through complete recycle of the scrubber water back into the system. Steam condensate

generated during heating of the furnace oil lines form a part of the effluent.

Captive Power Plant

The sources of waste water generation from captive power plant include cooling tower blow

down, DM plant backwash and boiler blow down.

Sanitary Waste Water

The generation of sanitary waste water from the plant and township is around 191 M3/ hr

and is a major source of waste water generation. An adequately designed STP is provided

to treat the same.

Conservation of Material

Control philosophy of the plant is to

Reduce

Recycle

Reuse

Recover

For example, the waste like sulphur muck is being reused as a filler in DAP plant. Acidic

sludge from Phosphoric acid tanks is being reused in plant during process. ETP sludge is

being reused in PAP along with Rock Phosphate as a raw material.

Elimination of Toxic Substances

Through there is no toxic material involved in our process, kindly let us know the subject we

would be addressing regarding elimination of toxic material.

Wastewater Treatment

Influent and effluent of waste water treatment plants and combined discharge

are monitored daily. Performance of each unit of the waste water treatment

plant and sewage treatment plant are evaluated at regular intervals for

relevant parameters.

Structural stability of gypsum pond treated effluent pond with respect to

leakage and other factors are ensured.

All the effluent drains are separated/ isolated from the storm water drain.



The waste water from the individual process unit are properly segregated,

collected in ETP and stored in guard ponds, treated before discharge into

Atharbanki creek.

Dilution factor during lean season is considered before discharge of treated

effluent. The guard pond water is partially used for gardening purpose.

Minimum waste water discharges are made in dry season keeping the

discharges rates in receiving water body in view. Maximum emphasis is given

for waste water recycling.

Vigorous in plant measures are initiated to reduce the concentrations of

pollutantsa and flow rates of waste water streams.

Daily effluent discharge is continuously monitored for pH, fluoride and

phosphate.

Management of Storm Water

There is a well-designed storm water drainage network covering all the areas

and the total length is 14.5 kms.

Storm drain water is tested for pH, Fluoride and Phosphates before being

discharged to the river.

Storm water drain is regularly cleaned before rainy season for free flow of

storm water.

Emission Control

Control Measures at SAP

DCDA process: Best design for high conversion Efficiency

IMPORTED V2O5 CATALYST: High conversion efficiency, less prone to

catalyst poisoning, low SO2/SO3 emission

CANDLE FILTERS: improved efficiency/ low emission

CONTINUOUS SO2 MONITOR IN STACK: Regular basis as per OPCB norms

ALKALI SCRUBER: To scrub the off-gases

Control Measure at PAP

WET GRINDING SYSTEM: To eliminate the dust generation & hence reduce

fugitive emission

FUMES SCRUBBER: To scrub the fluoride compounds released from

reactors, filter, VCC & Evaporator.

STACK: Scrubber air emitted through stack of 50 mts. Height.

Control Measures at DAP Plant

CYCLONES: To recover fertiliser dust from air and combustion gases up to

sizes 20 microns.



VENTURI SCRUBBERS: To recover noxious fumes and fertilizer not

recoverable through cyclones for size lower than 20 microns.

MIST ELIMINATORS: To control the escape of mist through stack tail gas

(with demister pads) scrubber.

EXHAUST FANS: To ward off respirable dust

STACK (50 mts ht.): To emit the ―controlled‖ exhaust air at a higher elevation

(with port hole for SPM analysis)

Control Measures at CPP

Operating on by-product steam from waste heat boilers of SAP leading to

Zero emission and Stack of 105 mts. Ht. (with port holes) for dispersion at

much higher level.

Fugitive Control Measures

All internal roads are black topped.

All open areas are covered with either plantation or grass.

Agglomerative dust suppression systems installed at transfer points of

material conveying system.

Cross country conveying system from jetty to plant about 3 kilometres in

length is housed in a concrete enclosure having facilities of water spraying

nozzles inside.

Sulphur and rock phosphate storage silos are of solid structures.

Management of Hazardous Chemical

Solid Waste Management:



Solid wastes from the plant are by-product phospho gypsum, sulphur muck, spent catalyst,


By-Product Phospho gypsum:

Rock phosphates are treated with sulphuric acid producing phosphoric acid and calcium

sulphate. The slurry from the reactor is routed through the filtration unit where calcium

sulphate is obtained as a filter cake. This is called by-product phospho gypsum. It is

slurried with recycle pond water and pumped to the gypsum pond. There are two

compartments in gypsum pond. It is located within the factory area. The area occupied by

the pond including perimeter ditches and dykes is 77 hectares. The pond is provided with

compacted embankments. The supernatant flows out of the pond and is collected in a

perimeter ditch. From the perimeter ditch, the supernatant is pumped and reused in the

process according to the requirement. It is utilized to slurry the gypsum and to wash the

filter cake.



The quantity of phospho gypsum generated at present is 7000 tones / day. Considerable

quantity of it is sold to outside parties for cement manufacturing and as calcium

supplement. PPL is in project phase to put a granulation plant (Zypmite) to utilize phospho

gypsum. Initially the plant will be set up as a trial unit. The details of the plant are explained

in earlier chapters.

Spent Catalyst

Spent vanadium catalyst is generated occasionally from the sulphuric acid manufacturing

process. Spent catalyst (V2O5) is being stored in a covered shed inside the plant premises

in ETP area.

Sulphur Muck

Sulphur muck is obtained during melting of sulphur ore in melting pit and subsequent

filtration of molten sulphur. The impurities are obtained as residue. Daily generation of

sulphur muck is 7 Metric Ton. It is used in the DAP plant as filler.

ETP Sludge

The ETP sludge is produced during the wastewater treatment facilities. About 3100 ton of

sludge is generated per annum. Sulphur muck and ETP sludge are stored in a covered

shed and reused in the process

Phosphoric acid sludge removed from the storage tanks are being utilized in DAP plant or

pumped to gypsum pond. The tanks are cleaned once in two years.

The detail of generation and handling of all these wastes are tabulated and given in the

above table.

Safety Precautions:

All hazardous chemicals at PPL are stored and handled in accordance with

material safety data sheets.

Training and awareness are given to all concerned for its use.

All care is taken to prevent any leakages/ spillages.

Work Permit system is strictly followed.

All persons handling chemicals are required to use appropriate PPEs.

Regular inspection of pipelines, tanks etc is carried out by NDT.

Safety showers are installed at all critical locations.

Management and Action plan of Green belt

Plantation and Green Belt Development:

PPL is having 2282.40 Acres of land out of this around 854 Acres of land has been

developed as a green belt and landscaping, which is around 37% of the total land.

Preference has been given for the local and fast-growing plant species for the green belt



development; i.e. australian acacia, paltaforam, Neem, phycus, karanj, ashoka, kajurina,

etc. Existing green belt developed within the plant area is as given in Figure No 2.9.

Plantation within the Factory:

Attenuation of Noise levels: It is possible to reduce the noise levels by 3–5 dBA per 50m

width of the greenbelt. However, a thinner strip of trees with in the industry, outside the

administrative and canteen building can reduce the noise resulting from constant

movement of trucks, tankers, wagons etc. within the campus.

To arrest particulate and gaseous emissions: Aerosols are trapped effectively by trees. Few

units from the industry, through in significant in size, would possibly generate aerosols with

gases like SO2, NOx

Protection against cyclonic wind: Area of PPL, being cyclonic prone, is protected against

damaging action of cyclonic winds. The tree species that exhibit significant check and

break force can thus be potentially useful to protect, glass windows and other weak

structures within industry from wind force.



Figure 2.8 : Existing Green Belt in the Plant Area



Creation of Environment Management Cell

PPL is having a well-established Environment management department to take care of

various environmental activities of the industry, which includes but not limited to:

Compliance of statutory provisions of environment legislations.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters and coordination with different

departments in the plant for effective environmental management.

Operation of Effluent Treatment Plant.

PPL is having a well-equipped Environmental laboratory to carryout day to day

analysis of environmental parameters.

The department is headed by a DGM (ENV) and supported by other executives

and staff.

Table 2.10 : Monitoring of Effluent, Emission and Ambient Air Quality (Inhouse/third party)

S.N. Description Parameters to be

Analyzed

No of stations

(min.)

Frequency

01 Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring

12 parameters As per

CPCB guideline

4 24 Hour samples (twice a week)/Monthly

02 Soil As per OSPCB

guideline

11 Quarterly/Yearly

03 Ground Water

Level

As per OSPCB

guideline

8 Weekly/Monthly

04 Drinking Water

Quality (Dug Well /

Bore Well)

As per IS:10500 5 Twice in a month/yearly

05 Surface water

including intake

water before and

after treatment

As per 422 (E) of

19.05 1993

6 Once in a Season for 4 seasons

06 Noise Level dB(A) 9 Monthly

07 Air Quality Fugitive

Emissions

RPM, SO2 , NOx& NH3 14 Monthly

08 Stack Emission

Monitoring

DAP : PM & F

PAP : PM & F

SAP : SO2 / SO3

DAP : 4

Stack PAP: 1

Stack SAP: 3

Once in a Month

09 Weather

Monitoring

Temp, WS, WD, RH

and Rain Fall

1 Hourly (Automatic)

Besides those parameters the following are also to be included in regular monitoring

schedule.



Performance of ETP

Performance of STP

Hazardous Waste Handling

Gypsum Pond Area Management

2.3.16. CSR Activities: Peripheral Development:

PPL has carried out numerous CSR activities and contributed significantly for the peripheral

development of the area. A few of such activities recently carried out from 2010 till 2017 are

attached as Annexure 28.

2.4. New Project under Construction

PPL is carrying out expansion (construction) of below facility:

2.4.1. New Gypsum Pond

New gypsum pond west of existing pond using latest technology from M/S Ardman

Associates Inc. Florida, USA is under construction. Feature as below:

Covering about 70-80-hectare area

New pond will be with geo-textile and HDPE liner.

HDPE liner from world class manufacturer.

Use of natural resources to level the surface

2.5. Proposed Expansion Project

This section gives brief details of the proposed expansion project of PPL plant including land

requirement, process, environmental aspects and cost.

2.5.1. Land Requirement

The Project will be in the existing compound of PPL in Jagatsinghpur District, Orissa. It is 90

kms from Cuttack. The site is located at 20º16‘56‖ North Latitude and 86º38‘52‖ East

Longitude, west side of ParadeepPort.Mahanadi River is 5km from the plant site and meets

Bay of Bengal, which is 5.3 km away from the site. Atharbanki creek is flowing along the

boundary wall of the site and is in between Paradeep Port site and the factory. The

expected land requirement for the proposed project is given below:

Table 2.11 : Land Requirement for the Expansion Project

Sl. No Plants Land

1 COAL HANDLING PLANT 150 Acres

2 GASIFICATION

3 AMMONIA

4 UREA



Sl. No Plants Land

5 DAP 1.2Acres

6 NITRIC ACID

13.5 Acres 7 AMMONIUM NITRATE

8 SSP 8.42 Acres

9 ALUMINIUM FLUORIDE 1.16 Acres

Total 174.28 Acres

Note: No fresh land is to be acquired for the expansion project and hence no R&R is involved.

2.6. Process description:

2.6.1. Coal Handling Plant: Unloading System

(-) 300 mm domestic coal will be received at plant through railway and (-) 150 mm imported

coal will be received through conveyor system from the jetty of Paradeep port. Petcoke can

also be used for gasification. Two separate dedicated conveyors have been envisaged for

gasification plant. 7 MMTPA coal assuming 7 MMTPA coal could be domestic or 7 MMTPA

could be imported depending upon availability. And. 2 nos. Rota Side Wagon Tippler has

been envisaged for domestic coal unloading through railway conforming the latest RDSO

guideline. Wagon tippler will discharge the coal at wagon tippler hopper. From the hopper

material shall be extracted by apron feeder and which will feed to the subsequent conveyors

for screening and crushing the incoming coal at desired output size. Crushed material can

be directly fed to gasification plant simultaneously or coal can be stacked at stockpile

through individual Stacker Reclaimer. Imported coal shall be received at plant through

conveyor shall be stacked at shed. From the shed, imported coal shall be dozed to reclaim

hopper by bull dozer. Vibrating feeder will extract the material from the hopper and shall

feed to conveyor. Domestic coal coming from wagon tippler hopper and imported coal

coming from reclaim hopper can be blended at required proportion at junction towerwhere

both the conveyor is feeding to the same conveyor. Imported coal capacity can be

controlled through vibrating feeder and domestic coal capacity can be controlled through

apron feeder. There will be a layer of domestic coal over which another layer of imported

coal will exist. In the process subsequent blending of coal will be carried out at transfer

chutes, crusher house and junction tower.



Figure 2.9 : PFD Coal Handling Plant



2.6.2. Ammonia plant (coal based):[Capacity – 2200 MTPD] (Description of 1 stream, PPL intends for 3 streams)

The process utilizes a single gasifier block with two gasifiers (2+1) to provide syngas for ammonia production and for power generation. The

following block flow diagram shows the arrangement of unit blocks.

Figure 2.10 : Ammonia Plant Block Diagram

Coal handling &

Storage

Gasifier

ASU

Sour Water

Treatment

Syngas

Compression

NH3 Synthesis &

Refrigeration

Heat Recovery,Gas

Cleaning, Ash

Hnadling

Acid Gas

Removal

Liquid N2 Wash Acid Gas

Removal

CO Shift

Sulphur

Recovery Unit

WHRU

GT

Sulphur

Flue Gas

Steam

NH3

Steam

Steam

O2

Air

Coal

Steam

Air

N2/H2

Liq N2

HP N2

Ash

Flue Gas

CO2

Recycle N2/H2



Coal Preparation

The coal preparation is designed at the coal handling plant itself to prepare the coal feed to

the required standard for the gasification plant. The coal from the coal handling plant area

is conveyed to a kiln type dryer that contacts the coal with heated air, ina way reducing the

moisture content in it.

A bucket conveyor lifts dried coal to the top of the coal hoppers.

Air Separation Unit

The Air Separation Unit (ASU) supplies high pressure oxygen to the gasifiers and the

Sulphur Recovery Unit (SRU). The ASU also supplies nitrogen for the ammonia process,

utility usage, liquid for storage and the Nitrogen Wash Unit. The ASU produces O2 and N2

via cryogenic distillation and generates its own refrigeration by compression of the inlet air.

The inlet air compressor is one of the largest drivers on site and can be either electric or

steam powered. At this time the air compressor is listed as electric.

Gasifier Feed System

The gasifier feed system consists of weight bins, conveyors, and lock hopper systems that

supply the gasifier with coal at pressure. Carbon dioxide from the acid gas removal system

(AGS) is used as transport gas to improve the syngas yield. The coal feed is pressurized in

a lock hopper system and metered into the gasifier using a rotary or screw feeder. Steam

and Oxygen are injected at the bottom of the gasifier, beneath the grid. Together they

provide the energy to fluidize the gasification mixture.

Gasification

Within the fluidized bed the coal reacts with steam and oxygen. The process accomplishes

four important functions; it decakes, devolatilizes, and gasifies the feedstock and if

necessary, agglomerates and separates ash from the reacting coal. At the specified

operating conditions, coal is gasified rapidly to produce a synthesis gas product consisting

of hydrogen, carbon monoxide, water vapor, and methane. Additionally, the gas

containssmall amounts of ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, and other impurities. The syngas

exits the top of the gasifier through a refractory lined to the inlet of the primary cyclone.

Fines Recovery

The primary fines recovery and recycle system consists of two cyclones in series, the

primary and secondary cyclones. The cyclones collect most of the fines from the gas

stream leaving the gasifier. The primary cyclone is refractory lined due to the temperature.

Syngas from the primary cyclone enters the secondary cyclone which is similarly refractory

lined. The fines collected in the cyclones are returned to the fluidized bed of the gasifier by

means of a dip-leg.

Ash Disposal

Coarse ash is removed from the bottom of the gasifier, cooled, and discharged through a

lock hopper system. Ash is conveyed by water cooled screw conveyors for further cooling

and discharged to an ash storage silo. Ash from the silo is mixed with water in a pug mill

before loading on a truck for disposal.



Waste Heat Recovery

The heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) increases the plant‘s efficiency by generating

steam from the hot syngas leaving the secondary cyclone. The HRSG is a natural

circulation boiler which has a single drum and steel structure. The syngas flows

sequentially through the steam generator section, the superheater, and the economizer

before leaving the bottom of the HRSG. Steam produced by the HRSG is used as feed to

the gasifier and produced in excess for use elsewhere.

Syngas Clean-up

The cool syngas from heat recovery passes to a third high efficiency cyclone and then to a

ceramic/metal filter for further dust removal. The collected fines are recycled to the gasifier

through the fines management system. The syngas is then washed in counter current

scrubber to remove the residual solids. Evaporation of water in the scrubber cools the gas

and concentrates the water so a continuous blow-down is required.

Fines Handling

Dry fines collected from syngas clean-up are routed to a fines silo through a lock hopper

system. They are collected in the silo and returned to the gasifier. The system is referred to

as the Fines Management System and is included to maximize the carbon conversion.

Normally all fines are recycled to the gasifier where they agglomerate and are discharged

with coarse ash.

Sour Water Treatment

The blow-down water from the syngas scrubber is saturated with hydrogen sulfide that is

produced in the gasifier from sulphur in the coal. The blow-down is stripped in packed

column and the overhead gas sent to the sulphur recover unit. The stripped bottoms is

cooled and treated by a clarifier to settle the ash. The solids containing underflow is used to

wet the dry ash in the pug mill during loading. Clarified overflow is reused in the process if

possible or treated for discharge.

Sour Gas Shift

Clean syngas from the scrubber is mixed with steam prior to entering the three-stage sour

gas shift reactors. The syngas from the gasifier is rich in hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and

carbon dioxide. The shift reactors convert carbon monoxide and steam to more hydrogen

and carbon dioxide. The first shift reactor is operated at high temperature to encourage the

rate of conversion. The second two reactors operate at reduced temperatures to

encourage complete reaction of the carbon monoxide. Heat exchange at the exit of the first

reactor produces high pressure steam which can be used to drive power turbines.

After the shift reactors a mercury guard bed is provided. The guard bed is filled with

sulphur impregnated activate carbon. Any mercury present from the coal is reacted

with the sulphur and retained.

Acid Gas Removal (AGR)

At this point in the process the syngas contains Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) and

approximately 40 mole percent carbon dioxide (CO2). These acid gas components are

removed in a two step absorption process. Selexol is a UOP licensed process that absorbs



acid gases and upon regeneration releases the H2S and CO2 in two separate streams.

This allows the H2S to be recovered in the SRU and the CO2 to be safely vented. AGR

unit includes a refrigeration package for chilling the absorption solution. The SES based

gasifier utilizes CO2 to inject coal into the gasifier. The CO2 affects the reaction

equilibrium in the gasifier and improves efficiency of the system. CO2 from the AGR is at

low pressure, therefore a CO2 compressor has been provided.

Nitrogen Wash

Ideally the syngas feed to the ammonia synthesis loop has a ratio of 3 moles of

hydrogen per mole of nitrogen, and no other components present. Following the AGR

there remains trace impurities in the synga that include methane, water, carbon

monoxide, and carbon dioxide. Oxygen containing components must be removed

because they will oxidize the ammonia synthesis catalyst and reduce its activity.

Methane in the synthesis loop is an inert that accumulates and must be purged. The

nitrogen wash unit accomplishes both cleaning of the syngas and addition of nitrogen to

produce a stoichiometric mixture.

The syngas to the nitrogen wash unit is first dried in molecular sieve dryers to remove all

traces of water. The dry syngas is cooled and then washed by direct contact with liquid

nitrogen. Nitrogen and hydrogen have the lowest boiling point of the components

present, so the liquid nitrogen stream from the tower contains all the unwanted

components. The syngas from the top of the tower is virtually pure and in the correct

hydrogen to nitrogen ratio.

The nitrogen wash unit also recovers purge from the ammonia synthesis loop. The liquid

nitrogen wash stream is vaporized for heat recovery and then sent as fuel to the gas

turbine.The technology that this system is based upon produces the fuel gas at relatively

low pressure, therefore a fuel gas compressor is provided.

Synthesis Gas Compression

Syngas from the Nitrogen Wash Unit is ready for addition to the ammonia synthesis loop as

make-up. The syngas is compressed to approximately 155 barg by the Syngas

Compressor. The last stage of the compressor is the synthesis loop circulator.The

compressor is driven by HP superheated steam generated by the process.

Ammonia Synthesis

Hydrogen and Nitrogen are reacted to produce ammonia in a fixed bed converter. The

converter is multi-staged with inter-cooling. Each bed is filled with promoted iron catalyst.

Converter effluent is cooled by producing steam and preheating boiler feed water. Make-

up gas and recycle gas from the syngas compressor is preheated by cross exchange with

converter effluent. Converter effluent is further cooled by cooling water. The reactor

effluent is then chilled by ammonia refrigeration in two stages to produce a liquid ammonia

stream. The separated syngas is warmed by cross exchange with reactor effluent and

recycled by the syngas loop circulator Ammonia Refrigeration

The liquid ammonia from the synthesis loop is flashed at two levels to provide the

refrigerant to the synthesis loop chillers. The refrigeration compressor recovers the



refrigerant ammonia vapors by recompressing and condensing the ammonia with cooling

water. The refrigeration compressor is driven by HP steam turbine.

The refrigeration system is configured for production of ammonia at warm conditions for

storage at ambient temperatures and pressure. The refrigeration system can be configured

to produce liquid ammonia at atmospheric pressure and -33°C for storage in atmospheric

tanks. Atmospheric pressure storage requires additional refrigeration and power.

Fuel Gas Treatment

A portion of syngas from the gasifier block is used as fuel for power generation. The fuel

gas contains sulphur from the coal as Hydrogen Sulfide. There is currently no need to

remove carbon dioxide from the fuel. Therefore, the amine system for treating the fuel gas,

MDEA, is selective for H2S. The fuel gas is scrubbed by amine solution in an absorber. The

amine solution is stripped in a second tower to regenerate the solution and produce an H2S

rich stream.

Sulphur Recovery Unit

The sulphur laden streams from fuel gas treatment and from the AGR are combined and

processed by the Sulphur Recovery Unit (SRU). The SRU is a package unit also referred

as a ―Claus Unit.‖ The sulphur laden stream is burned over catalyst that reduces the H2S to

molten elemental sulphur. Molten sulphur from the unit would be consumed in the

sulphuric acid plant already operating at the site. The SRU produces some steam for

export.

Electric Power Generation

Power for the entire plant site, 120 MW, will be produced by a gas turbine driven generator

(GTG). Fuel gas from fuel gas treating will be combined with the nitrogen/methane

rich fuel from the fuel gas compressor. The GTG drives its own air compressor for

combustion air. The exhaust from the gas turbine will be used to generate and superheat

HP steam. To meet a discharge limit of 25 ppm of NOx, the gas turbine vendor has

included a steam diluents flow of 77.6 Tons per hour. The steam flow has been added to

the steam balance and produces approximately 19 additional MW of electric power.

At this time no other special equipment is included for boosting power generation (e.g. inlet

air chilling, fuel gas saturation) or for environmental control (e.g. selective catalytic

reduction). Since natural gas is not available and the gasification block cannot operate

continuously, the operation of the GTG on diesel fuel oil as an alternate fuel is

anticipated.

Steam System

The steam system recovered as waste heat by cooling process streams and powers some

major equipment. Steam is generated at 103 barg by process heat in the CO shift area, the

ammonia synthesis loop, and the waste heat recovery unit on the exit of the GTG. HP

steam is also superheated by the waste heat recovery unit. The superheated HP steam is

let-down to MP steam through the Syngas Compressor Turbine. To provide sufficient HP

steam, supplemental fuel (treated syngas) is fired in the WHRU.



MP steam at 41 barg is generated and superheated by the gasifier unit. The MP steam is

used as feed to the gasifier, but a significant amount of steam is exported for use by the

rest of the plant. The SRU also produces some saturated MP steam for export. MP steam

is also used as process feed in the CO shift area, power for the Syngas

Compressor and Ammonia Refrigeration Compressor. Both compressor turbine drives are

condensing type.

LP steam at 10 barg is provided by let-down from the MP. The steam is used in the Sour

Water Stripper and Sulphur Pit Eductors. LLP steam at 2 barg is also provided. The some

steam is provided by flashing condensate from process heaters. The de-aerator is the

largest user.

Condensate and Boiler Feed Water Systems

The de-aerator is the centre of the condensate and boiler feed water systems. The packed

section of the de-aerator strips dissolved gases from the water entering the de-aerator.

The de-aerator collects condensate from the process heaters, condensate from the turbine

condensers, and fresh demineralized water for make-up.

The de-aerator drum is the reserve of treated boiler feed water available for feed to the

various boilers. Boiler feed water is provided at the appropriate pressure by the HP BFW

Pump and the MP BFW Pump. Both pumps are currently included as electric powered but

BFW pumps are usually the first pumps to be made steam turbine drive.

2.6.3. Urea Plant: [Capacity – 3850 MTPD]

2.6.3.1 Main Plant Details

The capacity of Urea plant has been considered as 3850 MTPD. The most popular and

widely used urea process technologies at present are ammonia stripping process of

Saipem (SNAM Progetti) and CO2 stripping process of Stamicarbon. The ACES process of

M/s. Toyo, has also been adopted in quite a number of plants across the globe, and is very

much in commercial operation. However, for this process, the reference list is much

shorter. In terms of overall efficiency, plant cost, specific consumption etc., all the three

processes are very much competitive. The SnamProgetti ammonia stripping process has a

major share of the urea plants in India with very good operational records in terms of

achieving target production with very high on-stream efficiencies. The share of

SnamProgetti is around 70% of the total urea capacity installed all over the world in last 10

years.

The raw material Ammonia and CO2 shall be provided at battery limit. The plant will have a

normal on-stream efficiency of 330 days.

2.6.3.2 Plant Description (Urea Plant)

Urea Plant has many renowned technologies which are equally comparable with respect to

plant cost and energy consumption. For the proposed study, Saipem‘s ammonia stripping

process technology has been considered as depicted in below given Figure 2.13.



Figure 2.11 : PFD Urea Plant



Saipem ammonia stripping process is characterized by an urea synthesis loop operating at

about 160 ata with an ammonia to carbon dioxide molar ratio at urea reactor inlet of 3.3 –

This allows a CO2 conversion of 63% into urea in the reactor itself, fitted with approximately

10-12 nos. of perforated trays which helps in preventing back-flow of the reactants as well

as enhances the rate of absorption of the gaseous phase into the liquid phase of reactants.

It may be mentioned that, urea synthesis reaction takes place in liquid phase only. Two

major type of chemical reactions take place simultaneously inside the urea reactor:

2NH3+CO2=NH2-CO-O-NH4+32560 kcal/kmol of carbamate(at 1 atm, 25◦C)

NH2-CO-O-NH4=NH2-CO-NH2+H2O -4200 kcal/kmol of urea(at 1 atm, 25◦C)

First reaction is very strongly exothermic while the second reaction is moderately

endothermic and takes place in the liquid phase at low speed.

In the downstream of the urea synthesis, the decomposition along with associated recovery

of unconverted chemical reactants are carried out in three subsequent stages, namely,

High Pressure Decomposition in HP Stripper, MP Decomposition in MP Decomposer and,

finally, LP Decomposition in LP Decomposer. The decomposition reaction is the reverse of

the first reaction one as shown above, viz.

NH2-CO-O-NH4=2NH3+CO2 -Heat

As can be inferred from the aforesaid chemical equation, the reaction is favoured by

reducing pressure and/or adding heat.

The urea reactor effluent solution enters the stripper, operating at the same pressure

level as urea reactor, where a fair part of the unconverted carbamate is decomposed, by

heat liberated from condensing steam on the shell side along with combined stripping

action of excess NH3. As a result, the overall yield of the HP synthesis loop referred to

conversion of CO2 fed for urea synthesis, is as high as 83 to 85% (on molar basis).

Downstream of the stripper, the residual carbamate solution and ammonia are recovered in

two recycle stages operating at 18 ata (namely MP section) and 5 ata (namely LP section)

respectively.

Ammonia and carbon dioxide vapours from the stripper top, after mixing with the carbonate

recycle solution from MP section, are condensed, at the same pressure level of the stripper

itself, in the HP carbamate condenser, thus producing LP steam which is used in

downstream sections. After separating the inert gases which are passed to MP section, the

carbamate solution is finally recycled to the reactor bottom by means of a liquid/liquid

ejector, which exploits HP ammonia feed to reactor as the motive fluid.

The liquid/liquid ejector and the kettle-type HP carbamate condenser as mentioned above

are arranged in a horizontal layout which is considered to be one of the main features of

Saipem process.

Waste heat recovery from process streams in some parts of the process layout have been

introduced as a part of recent modifications, thus allowing considerable savings in overall

steam and fresh water consumption, viz.:



HP ammonia to urea reactor preheating with off-gas from LP

decomposition stage

Heat to vacuum pre-concentrator with off-gas from MP decomposition

stage

Total recovery of process condensate as boiler feed water.

Urea plant based on Saipem urea technology is, characterized by the following main

process steps:

Urea Synthesis and NH3, CO2 recovery at high Pressure

Urea Purification and NH3, CO2 recovery at medium and low Pressure

Urea Concentration

Urea Prilling

Waste Water Treatment

Auxiliary Installation

Steam Networks

Flushing networks

Urea Synthesis and NH3, CO2 Recovery at High Pressure

Urea is produced by synthesis from liquid ammonia and gaseous carbon dioxide. In the

urea reactor, the ammonia and carbon dioxide react to form ammonium carbamate, a

portion of which dehydrates into urea and water. The reactions are as follows:

2NH3+CO2 ↔ NH2COONH4

NH2COONH4 ↔ NH2CONH2+H2O

The conditions prevailing inside urea synthesis reactor, i.e., (T = 188-190ºC, P =160 ata),

favours reaction rate for the first reaction which occurs rapidly and goes to completion. The

second reaction is very slow and reaction rate of second reaction determines the reactor

volume.

The fraction of ammonium carbamate that dehydrates is determined by the ratios of the

various reactants, the operating temperature and the residence time in the reactor.

The mole ratio of ammonia to carbon dioxide is maintained around 3.3 -3.6. The mole ratio

of water to carbon dioxide is maintained around 0.5 -0.7.

The liquid ammonia feed provided at BL at around plus 20ºC, to urea plant, is filtered

through NH3 filters which, then enters urea plant via NH3 recovery tower and is collected in

the ammonia receiver tank. From receiver, it is drawn and pumped to about 24 ata

pressure by means of centrifugal ammonia booster pump. Part of this ammonia is sent to

medium pressure absorber, the remaining part enters the high pressure synthesis loop.

The ammonia is pumped by centrifugal HP ammonia pump to the urea synthesis loop, at a

pressure of about 230 ata. Before entering the reactor, ammonia is heated in the ammonia



preheater and used as propelling fluid in the carbamate ejector is propelled up to the

synthesis pressure.

The liquid mixture of NH3 and carbamate enters the urea reactor from the bottom where it

reacts with the compressed carbon dioxide feed.

Carbon dioxide from regenerator of de-carbonation section of ammonia plant is drawn as

feed to urea plant via CO2 booster compressor, and enters the suction of CO2 compressor

at around 1.4-1.5 ata and 40ºC where it is compressed to a pressure of about 160 ata.

A small quantity of air is added to carbon dioxide feed at CO2 compressor suction in order

to passivate the stainless-steel surfaces of HP loop equipment, thus protecting them from

corrosion from the reactants and reaction products.

The reaction products, leaving the reactor, flow to the upper part of stripper which operates

at about 150 ata. It is a vertical falling film decomposer in which the liquid is distributed on

the heating surface as a film and flows by gravity to the bottom. The HP stripper is

essentially a vertical shell & tube exchanger with heating medium on the shell side, with an

extended tube side top channel head specially designed for permitting uniform distribution

of carbamate/urea solution over the top/inlet tube sheet. In fact, each tube has an insert-

type distributor (ferrule) designed to distribute the feed uniformly around the tube wall in the

form of a film. The holes of the ferrule act as orifices and their diameter and liquid head

control the flow rate. As the liquid film flows downwards, it is heated, and decomposition of

carbamate and surface evaporation occurs. The carbon dioxide content of the solution is

reduced by the stripping action of the ammonia as it boils out of the solution. The vapour

formed (essentially ammonia and carbon dioxide) flows out from the top of the tube. The

carbamate decomposition heat is supplied by condensation of saturated steam at 23 ata.

The mixed stream of overhead gases from the stripper and the recovered solution from the

bottom of medium pressure absorber enters carbamate condenser where the condensing

components of overhead gases other than the non-condensable get condensed and the

solution is recycled back to the urea reactor through carbamate ejector.

Condensation of overhead gases from stripper at a high pressure and temperature permits

production of steam at 6 ata in the carbamate condenser and steam at 4.5 ata in the

carbamate condenser.

The non-condensable gases coming out from the top of the carbamate separator consist of

inert gases (passivation air plus inert with CO2 from B.L) containing little quantities of NH3

and CO2, which are sent directly to the bottom of the medium pressure decomposer.

Urea Purification and NH3, CO2 recovery at Medium & Low Pressures

Urea purification and associated recovery of the overhead gases take place in two different

pressure stages as mentioned below:

1ststage at 18 ata pressure

2ndstage at 5 ata pressure



The exchangers where urea purification takes place are generally termed as decomposers

because in this equipment the residual carbamate present in urea solution, are

decomposed.

1st Purification and Recovery Stage at 18 ata Pressure

The solution, with low residual CO2 content leaving the bottom of the stripper is expanded

to a pressure of around 18 ata and enters the upper part of medium pressure decomposer.

This equipment is mainly divided into three sections.

Top separator: The released flash gases are removed here before the solution enters the

tube bundle.

Falling film type decomposer: The carbamate solution is decomposed here. Required heat

is supplied by means of condensing steam at 6.0ata (in the upper part of the shell) and

sub-cooling of steam condensate flowing out of the stripper steam saturator (in the lower

part of the shell).

Urea Solution Holder: Purified urea solution obtained from the1st stage and having a

concentration ofaround60-63%wt., is collected here.

The NH3 and CO2 rich gases, leaving the top of separator are sent to the shell side of the

falling film vacuum pre concentrator, where they are partially absorbed in aqueous

carbamate solution coming from the recovery section at 5 ata.

The total heat generated in the shell side, due to condensation/absorption/reaction of the

reactants, is removed by evaporation of urea solution, coming from the 2nd purification

step. In the process, concentration of urea solution increases to 84-86% wt., thereby

resulting in considerable saving of LP steam in the vacuum concentration stage.

From the shell side of vacuum pre concentrator, the mixed phase is sent to medium

pressure condenser where CO2 is almost totally absorbed and condensation/ reaction heat

is removed by cooling water coming from ammonia condenser.

The mixed phase effluent from MP condenser flows to medium pressure absorber bottom

where the released gaseous phase moves upwards across tower and enters the

rectification section. The medium pressure absorber tower is fitted with bell cap trays. The

bottom section of the tower is used for CO2 absorption while the top part of the tower is

utilised for NH3 rectification.

Pure ammonia is added as reflux to the top trays in order to balance the energy entering

the column, and to remove residual CO2 and H2O contained in the rising stream of gaseous

ammonia and inerts. Reflux NH3 is drawn from the ammonia receiver and sent to column by

means of ammonia booster pump.

Saturated ammonia vapour along with inert, containing few ppm of CO2 (20-100 ppm), and

coming out from top of the rectification section, is partially condensed in the ammonia

condenser and the condensate is sent to the ammonia receiver.

Uncondensed vapours, saturated with ammonia, from ammonia receiver goes to ammonia

recovery tower where additional amount of ammonia is condensed out from the vapours by

scrubbing with liquid ammonia coming from the B.L.



The gaseous stream, leaving from top of ammonia recovery tower enters at the bottom of

medium pressure falling film absorber. The residual ammonia content in the gas is

drastically reduced by absorption in a counter current downward flow of ammonia water

solution. Heat generated by ammonia absorption, increases the temperature of descending

liquid, thereby tending to impede further ammonia absorption. To maintain the temperature

at a reduced level, the heat of absorption is removed by cooling water flowing through the

shell side of MP ammonia absorber.

The MP inert washing tower connected to the upper part of MP absorber consists of three

valve trays where the inert gases are subjected to last stage of washing by means of pure

water. Here the ammonia content of rising gas stream is minimal and consequently the

temperature is less sensitive to absorption heat. Inerts containing traces of ammonia are

finally vented through the vent stack.

From the bottom of MP ammonia absorber the NH3-H2O solution is recycled back to the

medium pressure absorber by means of a centrifugal pump.

The MP absorber bottom effluent is recycled by means of centrifugal HP carbonate

solution pump to the synthesis recovery section.

2ndPurification and Recovery Stage at 5 ata

The solution, with very low residual CO2 content, leaving the bottom of the MP decomposer

is expanded to a pressure of 5 ata and enters the upper part of low pressure decomposer,

which is mainly divided into three sections:

Top separator: Released flash gases are removed here, before the solution enters the

tube bundle.

Falling film type Decomposer: Decomposition of carbamate solution is carried out here and

the required heat is supplied by means of condensing LP steam at 6 ata (saturated).

Urea Solution Holder: Purified urea solution obtained from the 2nd stage and having a

concentration of around 69-71%wt., is collected here.

The gases leaving the top of separator are first mixed with the vapours coming from

rectification section of the distillation tower and subsequently sent to shell side of HP

ammonia preheater where they are partially condensed. The condensation heat is

recovered by preheating of HP liquid ammonia (feed to urea reactor) in the tube side.

The ammonia preheater shell side effluent is sent to LP condenser where the remaining

NH3 and CO2 vapours are totally condensed. Condensation heat is removed by cooling

water flowing in the tube side.

The carbonate solution at the exit of LP condenser is collected in carbamate solution

accumulator. The carbonate solution is recycled back to the MP absorber, bottom by

means of centrifugal, MP carbonate solution pump through the shell sides of vacuum pre

concentrator and MP condenser respectively.

It is also possible to use part of the low-pressure carbamate solution as reflux in

rectification section of distillation tower.



The carbonate solution accumulator is designed with a low pressure-washing tower in

order to help the pressure control of 2nd recovery stage.

Urea Concentration

In order to prill urea, it is necessary to concentrate the urea solution up to 99.7% by wt. For

this, two vacuum concentration stages are provided.

The solution leaving the LP decomposer bottom having about 70 % wt. urea, is sent first to

the tube side of vacuum pre-concentrator and then pumped by to 1st vacuum concentrator

both operating at a pressure of 0.33 ata.

The urea solution leaving the bottom of LP decomposer is expanded to the

pressure of 0.33 ata and enters the upper part of vacuum pre-concentrator.

The vacuum pre-concentrator is mainly divided in three parts:

Top Separator: Released flash gases are removed before the solution enters the tube

bundle. Vapours are extracted by1stvacuum system:

Falling Film Type Evaporator: In evaporator, low residual carbonate is decomposed and

water is evaporated. The required heat is supplied by partial condensation (in the shell

side) of overhead gas coming from the MP Decomposer;

Bottom Liquid Holder: Urea solution having concentration 84-87%wt., is collected here.

The urea solution leaving the vacuum pre concentrator holder is sent by urea solution

pump to the bottom of 1st vacuum concentrator operating at around the same pressure (i.e.

0.33 ata) of tube side.

Saturated steam at 4.5 ata is supplied to the1st vacuum concentrator shell side to

concentrate the urea solution flowing in the tube side.

The mixed phase of gas and liquid coming out from the process side of 1st vacuum

concentrator enters 1st vacuum separator from where vapours are again extracted by the

1st vacuum system while the urea melt (~95% by wt.), enters the bottom of 2nd vacuum

concentrator operating at a pressure of 0.03 ata by gravity flow.

Saturated steam at 4.5 ata is supplied to the 2nd vacuum concentrator shell side to

concentrate the urea solution flowing in the tube side.

The mixed phase of gas and liquid coming out from the process side of 2nd vacuum

concentrator enters 2nd vacuum separator, from where vapours are extracted by the 2nd

vacuum system while the urea melt (~99.75% by wt.) is sent to prilling section by means of

urea melt pumps.

Urea Prilling

Urea melt leaving the 2nd vacuum separator holder is sent to the prilling bucket by means

of a centrifugal pump.

Droplets of molten urea from the prilling bucket fall downwards along the natural draught

prilling tower and gets solidified and cooled while encounters a counter current air flow. The



solid prills are collected at the centre of prilling tower bottom by means of the conical

double arm rotary scrapper and through a conical hopper, they fall on prilling tower belt

conveyor.

The urea lumps separator downstream removes any urea lumps or agglomerates which are

eventually discharged directly and dissolved in the underground urea close drain Tank.

Finally, the urea product is sent to B.L by belt conveyor.

Waste Water Treatment

This section treats the water containing NH3-CO2 and urea coming out of vacuum system,

so as to have an almost NH3-CO2-urea free process condensate to be sent to B.L.

The process water containing NH3, CO2 and urea, coming from the vacuum systems, is

collected in the process condensate tank, together, if necessary, with the drain solutions

accumulated into underground carbonate close drain tank and fed to process condensate

tank by means of pump. From process condensate tank the condensate is pumped by

means of distillation tower feed pump to the upper part of distillation tower.

Before entering the column, the process condensate picks-up heat from the purified

condensate leaving the bottom of distillation column itself, by means of distillation tower

preheater.

The distillation column is provided with 55 nos. of trays and is separated into two main

portions by a chimney tray between the trays numbered (from the bottom) 35 and 36.

Column process conditions are:

Pressure (top) : 5 ata

Temperature (top) : 130ºC

The condensate from the chimney tray is pumped by centrifugal hydrolyser feed pump to

urea hydrolyser where process conditions are suitable to decompose urea into CO2 and

NH3. In the hydrolyser live steam is added so as to provide enough heat to decompose

urea.

Hydrolyser process conditions are:

Pressure : 35 ata

Temperature :

:

235◦C

Steam available

at B.L

:

Temp. 380◦C, press. 45-42 ata

The vapours coming out from the hydrolyser as well as the vapours from the top of the

distillation tower are mixed with the LP decomposer overhead gas, upstream of ammonia

preheater for heat recovery.

The hydrolyzed condensate leaving the bottom of the hydrolyser is cooled by passing

through hydrolyser preheater before entering distillation tower at the bottom of chimney tray

where the final NH3 and CO2 stripping take place. LP steam (at a press. of 6 ata), injected

directly at the column bottom, provides the necessary driving force for stripping.



The purified process condensate leaves the column bottom at 155ºC and subsequently

cooled to around 50ºC in the following manner:

Distillation tower feed preheating by means of preheater.

Process condensate cooler.

The contaminants (i.e. NH3-CO2-urea) in this treated water are reduced to few ppm.

During start-up and upsets in waste treatment section, the processed condensate is

generally recycled to the process condensate tank until specified ppm of NH3 and urea are

obtained.

Auxiliary Installation

In addition to main plant the following auxiliary installations are being provided for its

smooth operation.

Flare System

The flare system shall comprise of the following two flares:

Continuous Flare from MP section.

Discontinuous Flare from the following streams:

Vents from tanks

Process Condensate Treatment Section vent

Low Pressure Section vent

High Pressure Section vent

Carbonate Close Drain Tank

Tank is used to collect the drain solutions from various section of urea plant. These

solutions by means of pump are sent to the process condensate tank for further processing

in the waste water treatment section.

Urea Solution Tank

Tank is used to collect both the 70-75% urea solution in case of tripping of concentration

sections, or urea melts in case of prilling section failure. In the same tank it has also been

envisaged to recover the urea solution recycle coming from urea close drain tank after

being filtered through filters.

Urea Solution Recovery Pumps

This pump is used for recycling the urea solution from urea solution tank to 1st vacuum

concentrator. The urea solution contained in urea solution tank can be heated by means of

LP saturated steam.

Urea Close Drain Tank

The buried tank is used for collection of urea solution drains and dissolving of lumps by

means of stirrer. The submerged pump is used to send back the urea solution to the urea



solution tank. The duty required for the urea lumps dissolution and the heating of the urea

solution has been envisaged by direct injection with LP saturated steam.

Steam Networks provided in the Urea Plant

Following steam network have been provided in urea plant.

Table 2.12 : Steam Network in the Urea Plant

1. KP steam network at P=111 ata &T= 510oC

2. HP steam network at P=45 ata &T=385oC

3. MP steam network at P=24.5 ata &T=325oC

4. MP saturated steam

network at

P=23.2 ata &T=219oC

5. LMP steam network at P=6-6.5 ata &T = 158-161oC

6. LP saturated steam

network at

P=4.5 ata &T= 147oC

KP Steam Network P=111 ata and T =510°C

This steam is used to drive the CO2 compressor by means of CO2 compressor steam

turbine driver.

HP Steam Network P=45 ata and T =385°C

This steam is used to feed the urea hydrolyser.

MP Steam Network P=24.5 ata and T = 325°C

This steam is withdrawn from the CO2 compressor steam turbine driver and/or HP

networks. After de-superheating, this is used in stripper.

MP Saturated Steam Network P= 23.2 ata and T = 219°C

This steam is used in stripper. The condensate coming from stripper is collected in the

stripper steam saturator and utilized in the lower part of MP decomposer. The condensate

coming from decomposer is used to feed the carbamate condenser.

LMP Steam Network P= 6-6.5 ata and T = 158-161°C

The steam of this network is produced in boiler. It is utilized in the following equipment:

MP Decomposer

LP Decomposer

Distillation Column

The condensate is used to feed the carbamate condenser.

LP Saturated Steam Network P= 4.5 ata and T = 147°C

The steam of this network is produced in boiler and is utilized in the following equipment:

1st vacuum concentrator



1st vacuum system ejector

2nd vacuum concentrator

2nd vacuum system ejector

Steam tracing, flushing

Reinjection to turbine

The condensate coming from exchanger and tracing is collected in the steam condensate

accumulator. Inside steam condensate accumulator the flash steam is condensed in steam

recovery tower by means of the sub-cooled steam condensate coming from steam

condensate cooler.

The condensate collected in the steam condensate accumulator is returned to

Battery Limits by means of centrifugal pump.

Flushing Networks

Three flushing networks are being provided in the plant operating at the following

pressures:

1) Very high pressure flushing (KW) P=176 ata

2) High pressure flushing (HW) P=24 ata

3) Low pressure flushing (LW) P=10 ata

Very high pressure flushing is used in the urea synthesis and HP recovery stages. High

pressure flushing is used in the purification and recovery cycle, which operates at

about 18 ata.

Low pressure flushing is used in the remaining parts of urea melt sections.

The condensate required for feeding the above flushing networks is taken from steam

condensate accumulator at a temperature of 120°C.

Centrifugal pump is used for 24 ata and 10 ata flushing. Reciprocating pump is used for

176 ata flushing.

2.6.4. Nitric acid plant: [Capacity – 1000 MTPD]

2.6.4.1 Process Description: Weak Nitric Acid (WNA)

The proposed Nitric Acid project is based on Ammonia as feed stock.

Nitric Acid processes can be classified into 4 categories according to pressure.

Atmospheric pressure process

Medium pressure process

High pressure process

Dual pressure process



The choice of process route to be adopted in a specific project depends on factors like

capacity of the plant, cost of raw material & utilities and NOx content in tail gases. Notable

amongst them as offered by various licensors are:-

Low-pressure of about 1 ata: Khulman, Sumitomo, Stamicarbon, UHDE, PDIL.

Medium pressure of about 5 ata: Technimont, Pochiney, St. Gobin, UHDE, PDIL

High pressure of about 8-9 ata: Chemico, Du Pont, Bemag, Grand Parroisse,

UHDE, PDIL

Duel pressure (where oxidation is effected at medium pressure and absorption

reaction occurs at high pressure);

UHDE, Chemico, Stamicarbon, Grand Parroisse & Bemag

The different variation of process mentioned above follows common process principles.

Ammonia gas is mixed with air and oxidized over Platinum-Rhodium (Pt-Rh) catalyst. The

heat of reaction, to the large extent, is used to produce steam which is used to heat tail gas

from the absorption unit. The generated steam and heated tail gas are utilized to drive air

compressor. The oxides of N2 are further oxidized and absorbed in water to form Nitric

Acid.

The pressure converters are most compact, but associated with lower conversion

efficiency, which require multi layers of Pt-Rh catalyst gauge. The reactor is operated at

higher temperature range up to 960°C. The conversion efficiency is lower because side

reactions are enhanced due to greater contact time between ammonia and converted gas

as they travel through greater depth of catalyst bed.

Weak Nitric Acid (WNA)

The Weak Nitric Acid (WNA) plant process description is based on UHDE‘s Mono-High

pressure technology. As per process flow scheme, following sequence will be followed.



Figure 2.12 : Process flow scheme Weak Nitric Acid (WNA)



Air Compression System

Air shall be made available at the battery limit of the unit. The required pressure is around

9.0 to 8.5 kg/cm2. The air shall be compressed to the required pressure, if required, by an

Air Compressor through an air prefilter. To utilize the energy of the tail gas and generated

steam the air compression system shall consist of the following items:

Air Compressor

Tail Gas Expander

Steam turbine

The air is compressed to 8.5 kg/cm2 absolute and is divided into two parts; one is primary

air going to Air-Ammonia Mixer and the other is secondary air stream. In case air at

required pressure, is provided at B.L the steam and tail gas energy shall be utilized

elsewhere.

Ammonia Evaporation

Liquid ammonia from the battery limit is passed through Liquid Ammonia Filter before

entering Ammonia Evaporator in which ammonia is evaporated by close Circuit Cooling

Water System. Oil and water present in the ammonia feed is separated out in Oil

Separator. The vapour ammonia is superheated to about 80°C.

Combustion and Heat Recovery

Primary airflow is measured and ammonia flow is automatically controlled in a pre-

determined ratio. Both are intimately mixed in Air Ammonia Mixer, which is of special

design and then filtered in Mixed Gas Filter.

Thoroughly mixed air ammonia mixture enters the top of the ammonia burner and is

distributed over the catalyst gauge through an integrated perforated plate located at the top

of the Burner in order to provide an optimum gas distribution over the total surface of the

catalyst. The platinum and rhodium catalyst gauge is there in the catalyst basket at the

lower part of the burner. Ammonia is oxidized to nitrous oxide over the catalyst gauge at a

temperature of about 860-870°C. The hot gas then passes through Waste Heat Boiler

whereby the gas is cooled down to about320°C. Beneath the catalyst gauge a filling ring

package is inserted into the lower catalyst basket in order to support the catalyst and to

create an equalized gas and heat distribution by a certain gas pressure drop. The burner

load is selected in view of optimized ammonia conversion rates and reduced pressure

losses considering a certain margin to the flame velocity of the ammonia.

Cooling of Nitrous Gas

The nitrous Gas mixture leaving the boiler is further cooled down in a series of heat

exchangers including Tail Gas Heater-II, Boiler Feed Water Heater, Tail Gas Heater-I and

Cooler Condenser. The final gas temperature is about 50°C. The reaction water gets

condensed in the Cooler Condenser and is separated as Weak Nitric Acid. The weak acid

is pumped to the appropriate plate in Absorption Tower.

The cooled nitrous gas is mixed with secondary air from Bleaching Tower and is fed to the

bottom of the Absorption Tower.



Catalyst Recovery System

The oxidation catalyst comprises a number of platinum/rhodium gauges. Provision is made

for catalyst recovery. Catalyst is recovered in PLUSPAC Recovery System. It is placed

below oxidation catalyst gauge. Recovered catalyst is refined for reuse.

Absorption System

The absorption system consists of Tower equipped with sieve trays and cooling coils.

Demineralized water, pre cooled with chilled water, is fed at the top of the Absorption tower.

The absorption heat is removed in the tower by circulating cooling water. Arrangements of

the cooling coils are governed by process design consideration. The product at 60%

concentration is extracted from the bottom tray of Absorption Tower and fed to the

Bleaching Tower.

De-nitration

The brown nitric acid containing absorbed nitrous gases is denitrated in the Bleaching

Tower by contacting hot secondary air in bubble cap trays. The nitric acid is extracted from

the bottom of the tower and sent to storage tank under the system pressure after cooling it

in Product Acid Cooler. The secondary air laden with nitrous gas is mixed with main nitrous

gas flow before feeding to Absorption tower.

Tail Gas

The tail gas after absorption tower having NOx 500 ppm goes to Catalytic Converter for

lowering NOx level in the Tail gas. Tail gas after NOx reduction through Catalytic Converter

is returned back to weak Nitric Acid plant and passes through Tail Gas Pre heater, Tail Gas

Heater-I and then Tail Gas Heater-II in sequential order. The hot tail gas is then led to the

Tail Gas Turbine for recovery of part of the total compression power. Finally, the tail gas

having ≤ 50 ppm is sent to NOx abatement section after exchanging heat with DM water.

The residual gas which has NOx well below the Permissible limit is vented to the

atmosphere through Tail Gas Stack.

Steam and Boiler Feed Water System

Steam is produced in the Waste Heat Boiler at a pressure of about 42 kg/cm2abs and

420°C, part of which is supplied to steam turbine and excess steam is exported. A

minimum flow of saturated steam is required for process heating duties for Deaerator, Oil

Separator and Ammonia Superheater. Deaerator accepts Deminerelized water from battery

limit. Deaerated boiler feed water is pumped by boiler feed water pump to the Boiler Drum

through BFW heater where it is heated at 160ºC.

Cooling System

Cooling water from battery limit runs in parallel through lower part of absorption tower and

product acid cooler. Exit water from lower part of absorption tower runs through cooler

condenser. The rest of the trays of absorption tower are cooled with recirculated chilled

water available by the evaporation of liquid ammonia through ammonia evaporator.

Weak Nitric Acid (60% conc.) of annual capacity 0.33 MMTPA is produced as an

intermediate product which will be used for the production of ammonium nitrate.



Concentrated Nitric Acid which has a vast demand market in India will also be produced

from PPL using weak nitric acid as raw material for it.

Out of 0.33 Mil MTPA, 0.05 Mil MTPA will be concentrated to 98-99 % and termed as

concentrated nitric acid and would be in the final product portfolio of PPL.

2.6.4.2 Process Description: Concentrated Nitric Acid (CNA):

Concentrated Nitric Acid (98 to 99 percent concentrations) can be obtained by

concentrating the weak nitric acid (30 to 70 percent concentration) using extractive

distillation. The distillation is carried out in the presence of a dehydrating agent.

Concentrated sulphuric acid (typically 60 percent sulphuric acid) is most commonly used for

this purpose. The nitric acid concentration process consists of feeding strong sulphuric acid

and 55 to 65 percent nitric acid to the top of a packed dehydrating column at approximately

atmospheric pressure. The acid mixture flows downward, counter current to ascending

vapors. Concentrated nitric acid leaves the top of the column as 99 percent vapor,

containing a small amount of NO2 and oxygen (O2) resulting from dissociation of nitric acid.

The concentrated acid vapor leaves the column and goes to a bleacher and a counter

current condenser system to effect the condensation of strong nitric acid and the separation

of oxygen and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) by-products. These by-products then flow to an

absorption column where the nitric oxide mixes with auxiliary air to form NO2, which is

recovered as weak nitric acid. Inert and unreacted gases are vented to the atmosphere

from the top of the absorption column. Emissions from this process are relatively minor. A

small absorber can be used to recover NO2. The enclosed figure presents a flow diagram

of concentrated nitric acid production from weak nitric acid.

Emissions consist primarily of NO, NO2 (which account for visible emissions), trace

amounts of HNO3 mist, and ammonia (NH3). By far, the major source of nitrogen oxides

(NOx) is the tailgas from the acid absorption tower. In general, the quantity of NOx

emissions is directly related to the kinetics of the nitric acid formation reaction and

absorption tower design.

The 2 most common techniques used to control absorption tower tail gas emissions are

extended absorption and catalytic reduction. Extended absorption reduces NOx emissions

by increasing the efficiency of the existing process absorption tower or incorporating an

additional absorption tower. An efficiency increase is achieved by increasing the number of

absorber trays, operating the absorber at higher pressures, or cooling the weak acid liquid

in the absorber. The existing tower can also be replaced with a single tower of a larger

diameter and/or additional trays.



Figure 2.13 : PFD of Concentrated Nitric Acid

2.6.5. Ammonium Nitrate plant:[Capacity – 1100 MTPD]

2.6.5.1 Technology(Ammonium Nitrate Plant)

Ammonium nitrate is manufactured by neutralization of nitric acid with ammonia. Products

can be made available in solution, crystal and prilled form. There are number of processes

available in the international market for ammonium nitrate production. The main differences

between these processes are, concentration of reactants, pressure of neutralization and

method used to remove solid phase from the solution. The following Table 2.15 shows the

various processes with special features.

Table 2.13 : Various Processes for Ammonium Nitrate

Name of Process Special Features

Espindesa Process High versatility, different grades can be made.

Mississippi Process Good efficient control prilling.

Fisons Process Low solution hold up of Ammonium Nitrate. Simplicity and ease of

control.

ICI Process Neutralization, evaporation, incorporating anticaking treatment

prilling.

Stamicarbon Process Low & high-density products.

Name of Process Special Features

Mitshubishi Process High purity, non-caking, adequate hardness, high oil absorption for

ANFO.

Sumitomo Process Prilled or crystal form produces High yield, improved product

quality by additives.



UHDE Process Low temperature & high concentration in single step.

Norks Hydro Process Pressure neutralization, high concentration melts to prilling

resulting less water to be removed from drying section, high-

density product.

The chemistry and basic process steps followed in all these processes are essentially

same with minor changes in design of particular equipment or control system. The

processes offered by various licensors are all proven and plants based on these processes

are in operation in various parts of the world.

2.6.5.2 Process Description

The proposed Ammonium Nitrate project is based on Ammonia & Nitric Acid as a feed

stock. Ammonium nitrate is manufactured by neutralization of nitric acid with ammonia.

Products can be made available in solution, crystal and prilled form. There are number of

processes available in the international market for ammonium nitrate production. The main

differences between these processes are, concentration of reactants, pressure of

neutralization and method used to remove solid phase from the solution. The process

description of Ammonium Nitrate plant is given in Figure 2.16.

The process will be based on neutralization of ammonia and nitric acid in one stage. The

scheme envisages production of low density Ammonium Nitrate prills. The main sections of

the plant are described below:

Vapour Ammonia Superheating

Vapour ammonia will be received from weak Nitric Acid plant at 7.0 kg/cm2abs pressure

and 13°C temperature. It will be superheated to 120ºC by steam before feeding to the

neutralizer.



Figure 2.14 : PFD of Ammonium Nitrate



Neutralization

60% nitric Acid will be directly taken to the Head Tank located within the plant. Nitric acid

from Head Tank will be fed to the Neutralizer. Liquid entrained in neutralizer vapour will be

separated and returned to Neutralizer. Then the vapour will be scrubbed with acidic liquor

to minimize loss. Recovered liquor will be fed to Neutralizer. The Neutralized Ammonium

Nitrate at about 82% concentration will be taken to a tank where small amount of ammonia

vapour will be bubbled to make the liquor alkaline.

Neutralization will take place according to the following exothermic reaction at about 130ºC

temperature and 1.1 kg/cm2 pressure.

NH3 (g) + HNO3 (1) = NH4 NO3 (1) + 350 kcal/kg

The neutralized liquor will be stored in Evaporator Feed Tank and will be pumped to the

Evaporator Head Tank through a solution filter.

Concentration

The feed liquor and the recycle solution will be concentrated to 97-98% melt in a single

effect natural circulation type evaporator provided with one steam heated external calendria

heater. A pressure of 250 mmHg will be maintained in Evaporator by a Surface Condenser

and Steam Ejector. The Ammonium Nitrate melt will be taken to Melt Tank via a filter. A

submerged pump will be provided in Melt Tank to pump melt to Head Tank at the top of the

Prilling Tower.

Prilling

Ammonium Nitrate melt will flow by gravity from Prilling Tower Head Tank to the sprayer

provided at the top of the Prilling Tower chamber. Droplets of the melt will shower down the

tower counter-current to an upward flowing stream of air forced through the tower by

centrifugal fans provided on ground floor. Melt droplets will be cooled by the air stream to

approximately 80oC and formed into small prills with 2 to 3% moisture. Prills will be

collected at the base of the tower over a belt conveyor.

Salt Handling

Wet prills will be conveyed to the Feed Hopper where lumps will be separated and recycled

back. Correct size material from the hopper will be elevated by a Bucket Elevator and fed to

the Dryer. In the Dryer moistures content in Prills will be reduced to 0.3% (max) by hot air.

The air will be heated by steam in Dryer Air Heater. The dry prills will be cooled in Cooler

with dehumdised air. The prills from cooler will be fed by a Bucket Elevator to product

screen in which oversize and undersize prills will be separated from the correct size prills.

The correct size prills will be coated with liquid coating agent in Coating Drum.

Bagging

Correct size prills will be taken to the product bunker from the bottom of the product bunker.

The prills will be weighed in 25 kg batches by weighing cum tipping machine and filled in

polythene-lined bags, which are kept inside hessian bags to provide strength. After heat-

sealing the polythene bags the hessian bags will be separately stitched. The bagged

product will be shifted to the product storage.



Recovery Section

Dust laden air from dryer and cooler will be sucked by exhaust fans and scrubbed in a Dust

Scrubber with dilute Ammonium Nitrate solution. A circulation pump will be provided to

circulate the solution. Condensate from Surface Condenser will be collected in a tank and

pumped to Head Tank. Condensate from Head Tank will be fed to the top of Neutralizer

Scrubber and the suction side of the Dust Scrubber Circulation Pump for makeup. Overflow

from the Dust Scrubber bottom and recovered liquor from Neutralizer Scrubber will be

taken to the Dissolution Tank.

Lumps from the Feed Hoper will be shifted by a Wheel Burrow. Oversize and undersize

prills will be directly discharged from the Product Screen. All the recycle Ammonium

Nitrate will be taken to the Dissolution Tank where these will be dissolved in dilute

solution coming from the Dust Scrubber. The recycle solution will be transferred to

Evaporator by Recycle Solution Pump through Solution Filter and Head Tank.

2.6.6. DAP PLANT: [0.4 Million Tonne per Annum by capacity expansion of existing

DAP plants]

2.6.6.1 Technology

The technology for the expansion project is same of the existing plant we have here at

Paradeep site. The process is described in chapter 2.

2.6.6.2 Expansion project description:

Following are the modifications done as a part of expansion project:

2.6.6.2.1 Wet Section

Pre-neutralizer

A new 904L pre-neutralizer (05-1R-101-A) of Jacobs design will be installed in the open

area near the existing pre-neutralizer. The new pre-neutralizer will be equipped with a new

agitator supported externally and new instrumentation for level and temperature

measurement.

Jacobs uses the reduced retention time pre-neutralizer where the diameter at the bottom of

the tank is smaller than the top. The advantage of this design is that the citrate insoluble

losses will be decreased while still maintaining the liquid level necessary to absorb

ammonia and to not entrain liquid in the existing gas. The citrate insoluble losses increase

with increased retention time, so it is necessary to minimize the liquid volume in the pre-

neutralizer. Larger diameter on the top will provide higher volume for liquid disengagement

and will reduce or eliminate the carry over to the vapor duct. Three (3) new liquid ammonia

and three (3) new vaporous ammonia spargers will be installed to distribute ammonia

through the reactor slurry. Vaporous ammonia and liquid ammonia will be distributed

through dedicated ring headers located on the top side of pre-neutralizer. A low-pressure

steam ring header will also be installed at the top of the pre-neutralizer for flushing the

ammonia spargers inside pre-neutralizer as required. All the input streams to the existing

pre-neutralizer will be routed to the new location. Two new slurry pumps (05-1P-501-A &

05-1P-501-E) with cross-connected, parallel, independent piping systems will be provided

to deliver ammonium phosphate slurry from the pre-neutralizer to the existing rotary drum

granulator through the new spray nozzles. This arrangement permits washing or



maintenance of one complete line while the other is in service, an important feature, which

increases on-stream operating factor. The new slurry pumps will have a new motor with

variable speed and will be controlled by variable frequency drives, thus eliminating the

need for control valves in this difficult application. A new vapor outlet duct from the newly

located Pre-neutralizer will be routed to the new pre-scrubber (05-1G-607-A).The existing

pre-neutralizer, vapor outlet duct and the slurry pumps with slurry lines will be demolished.

Pre-Scrubber

A new pre-scrubber (05-1G-607-A) will be installed. This high mole ratio scrubber of Jacobs

design will be provided in place of the existing fume scrubber (05-1G-605-A). The existing

fume scrubber will be demolished and necessary changes will be completed to the existing

civil structure to support the new pre-scrubber vessel. Since, the pre-scrubber will operate

at a high mole ratio (approximately 1.5), the efficiency will only be around 60-70% due to

the ammonia vapor pressure. A high pressure drop Venturi is therefore not warranted.

Instead of a Venturi, the Pre-Scrubber features a series of sprays in a duct. The inlet duct

to the cyclonic separator is also fitted with sprays. The cyclonic separator will have an

integral sump. Two (2) new pre-scrubber pumps (05-1P-509-A and 05-1P-509-E) will be

installed; one operating and the other on standby. These pumps will be provided to

circulate scrubber liquor through the pre-scrubber sprays and to feed the pre-neutralizer.

Gasses from the pre-neutralizer (05-1R-101-A) will flow through new ducts and enter the

new pre-scrubber at the same elevation. Existing duct for the gases from the existing

granulator (05-1A-601-A) will be connected to the new pre-scrubber along with the new

duct from the pre-neutralizer. New differential transmitters will measure the pressure drop

across the pre-scrubber. Level and density will be measured and controlled by the scrubber

liquor flow from the scrubber effluent tank (05-1S-202-A). Level transmitters will be purged

with low pressure steam routed from the existing steam header during cases of blockage.

The pre-scrubber will be fitted with a nozzle for a weak phosphoric acid feed line tie-in from

existing supply network with flow control to control mole ratio.

RG Scrubber

A new venturi-cyclonic RG scrubber (05-1G-605-A) of Jacobs design will be provided. The

new RG scrubber will have sprays located above the venturi and in the inlet duct to the

cyclonic section. The venturi will have a variable throat to maintain the pressure drop at 425

mm WC. The new RG scrubber will be located in the space currently taken by the existing

pre-neutralizer. The existing civil structure will be modified as necessary to support the new

RG scrubber vessel.A new RG scrubber sump (05-1S-204-A), with conical bottom and

constructed of 904L stainless steel, will be installed to collect scrubber liquor exiting the

bottom of the RG scrubber. A new launder will be installed and connected to the existing

launder to transfer scrubber liquor by gravity flow from the overflow of the RG scrubber

sump (05-1S-204-A), to the existing scrubber effluent tank (05-1S-202-A).New RG

scrubber pumps (05-1P-510-A & 05-1P-510-E) will be installed; one operating and the

other on standby. These pumps will be provided to transfer scrubber liquor from the

existing scrubber effluent tank (05-1S-202-A) to the new RG scrubber and the new pre-

scrubber. The existing fume scrubber (05-1G-605-A- old), along with all related

appurtenances, will be removed. The existing fume scrubber sump (05-15-204-A-old) will

also be removed to accommodate installing a new pre-scrubber.



Tail Gas Scrubber

A new 316L SS, cyclonic Tail gas scrubber (05-1G-606-A) vessel will be installed in the

open area near the existing tail gas scrubber. New tail gas scrubber pumps (05-1P-511-A &

05-1P-511-E), one operational and one in-line spare, will be installed to circulate tail gas

scrubber liquor through the new tail gas scrubber. The new tail gas scrubber will be

operated with good quality raw water available from the existing network. A new control

loop and a new control valve will be installed on level control for the new tail gas scrubber.

Tail gas scrubber circulation liquor will be bled off to the existing cooler scrubber sump (05-

1S-203-A) and make up of raw water will be provided by level control.A new mixing tee will

be provided in the circulation line to the tail gas scrubber to inject small amounts of sulfuric

acid into the large flow of scrubber liquor. On-line pH measurement will be provided. The

pH will automatically be controlled by adjusting the flow of sulfuric acid to the mixing tee.

The new tail gas scrubber will discharge airflow to the existing stack (05- 5D-101-A).The

existing tail gas scrubber, associated ducting and tail gas scrubber liquor sump (05-1S-

206A) will be demolished.

Dryer and Dust Scrubber

Neither the dryer scrubber (05-1G-603-A) nor the dust scrubber (05-1G-602-A) will be

modified. The dryer scrubber venturi throat portion shall handle higher airflow and higher

scrubber liquor circulation flow. Thus, no modification on throat portion is required. Existing

Dust scrubber liquor circulation lines are of rubber lined carbon steel and reported frequent

leakage of rubber lined pieces. To avoid frequent leakage and undue downtime, it was

requested to upgrade material of construction for that system. Dust scrubber circulation

piping will be replaced with 904L. With the upgraded material of construction, undue

downtime as well as scale deposition inside piping will be reduced.

RG Exhaust Fan

A new higher capacity RG exhaust fan (05-1B-206-A) will be installed. The new RG

exhaust fan will be sized to overcome the higher pressure drop of the new RG scrubber

and the new pre-scrubber. The new RG exhaust fan will be located near the existing fume

scrubber fans. The new RG exhaust fan will discharge into the new tail gas scrubber. New

RG exhaust fan will be equipped with a new inlet damper operated electrically and on line

flushing arrangement to minimize scale deposits on the impeller vane. The existing fume

scrubber fans and the associated ducts will be demolished.

Dryer Exhaust Fan

To meet higher production rate and higher pressure drop through the new tail gas scrubber

as well, the dryer exhaust fan (05-1B-202-A) will be replaced with a new higher capacity fan

and will discharge to the new tail gas scrubber (05-1G-606-A). Existing dryer scrubber

outlet duct will be routed and connected to the new dryer fan. New duct will be routed from

the new dryer exhaust fan discharge to the new tail gas scrubber. No change is anticipated

in Dryer scrubber and Dryer cyclones. New Dryer exhaust fan will be equipped with the

new suction damper operated electrically and on line flushing arrangement to minimize

scale deposits on the impeller vane. The existing dryer exhaust fan and its discharge duct

will be demolished along with existing tail gas scrubber.

Dryer Scrubber Pump



To meet the higher Scrubber circulation rate matching with increased airflow through the

dryer scrubber, the dryer scrubber pump (05-1P-506-A) will be replaced with a new higher

capacity pump. Dryer scrubber liquor circulation lines will be replaced to accommodate

higher circulation rate and with upgraded material of construction. Carbon steel rubber lined

piping will be replaced with new piping material of 904L.Existing dryer scrubber pump will

be demolished or it can be used as warehouse spare for the dust scrubber pump.

Scrubber Effluent Tank

There will be no change to the existing scrubber effluent tank (05-1S-202-A) and scrubber

effluent tank agitator (05-1A-204-A). A new weak phosphoric acid line tie-in from existing

acid line will be provided with flow control to the scrubber effluent tank to feed the weak

phosphoric acid. In the new configuration, the scrubber effluent tank will operate at low

mole ratio (approximately 0.7). New flow control will act as a cascade control, receiving set

point from the existing level control. New RG scrubber pumps (05-1P-510-A/E) will be

installed in place of existing scrubber effluent pumps (05-1P-504-A) as existing scrubber

effluent pump will no longer be required. Existing Fume scrubber liquor pump (05-1P-508-

A) along with connected piping will also be demolished as it will no longer require with

modified scrubbing system. No change in the existing dryer scrubber outlet, dust scrubber

outlet and cooler scrubber outlets to the scrubber effluent tank. Refer to process and

instrumentation diagram DAP- A-PID-110 for the Tie- ins related to the scrubber effluent

tank.

Cooler Gas Scrubber

There will be no change to the existing cooler gas scrubber (05-1G-604-A) and the cooler

scrubber sump (05-1S-203-A).In the new configuration, the existing cooler and tail gas

scrubber circulation pumps (05-1P-505-A/E) will be used only for circulation of scrubber

effluent through the cooler gas scrubber (05-1G-604-A). Cooler scrubber nozzles are

evaluated and seem capable of handling new higher flow of approximately 15 m3/hr. per

nozzle.

Stack

Due to the new higher capacity discharge duct from the tail gas scrubber, the existing stack

(05-5D-101-A) will need to be modified. Existing rubber lined nozzle for the tail gas

scrubber discharge duct will be modified with larger size to connect the new tail gas

scrubber discharge 316L SS duct. No change to the existing nozzle for the dust scrubber

discharge duct to the stack.

Air Chiller System

The existing air chiller system (05-1V-101-A) will be modified to be in alignment with the

capacity increase. Additional surface area and a new bank of tubes will be added to the

existing air chiller. Condensate from air chiller will feed to the existing scrubber effluent tank

(05-1S-202-A).

Steam Vaporizer

new Jacobs‘s designed vertical shell and tube steam vaporizer (05-1V-102-A) will be

installed for Train A. Each of the four production trains will have dedicated standalone

steam vaporizer. Air chiller and steam vaporizer will be operated in parallel. Ammonia



vaporizing load will be divided between air chiller system and steam vaporizer. Steam

vaporizer will be designed with adequate vaporizing capacity to operate each train entirely

on steam vaporizer during unavailability of Air chiller system. Steam import and condensate

export will be tied in with the existing network.

2.6.6.2.2 Dry Section

Granulator

The existing granulator (05-1A-601-A) will be modified with new internals including a slurry

header, slurry distribution nozzles, and ammonia spargers to support the capacity increase

and to achieve uniform granulation. Ammonia spargers and slurry header supports will also

be modified to minimize chances of material build up on the supports and to improve

distribution. The granulator outlet retention plate will be modified and an adjustable weir will

be installed to adjust the material bed inside the granulator. A new grizzly attached to the

existing rotary drum will be installed at the granulator discharge to avoid lumps passing

through to the dryer. A self-cleaning mechanism consists of two individual wipers supported

at center and operated electrically, will be installed on the top of the new central support

beam. These wipers will help in keeping the support beam clean by removing wet slurry

clumps continuously. Thus, by improving solids deposition on central support beam,

cleaning requirements as well as extent of cleaning will be less. On stream factor will be

improved.

Combustion Chamber and Fans

Due to the new increased capacity, the existing Combustion Chamber (05-1F-501-A) will

be modified to operate at a higher internal temperature of 400°C. The burner will be

replaced to provide an increased heat duty. The shell of the unit will remain unchanged for

now pending plant trials to determine its ability to operate under the new conditions. If trials

suggest a change is required, the new design will be applied to the designs of trains B,C,D

and the train A unit will be replaced and/or modified accordingly as needed. The

Combustion Air Fan (05-1B-207-A) will be replaced with one at a higher design flow

capacity which corresponds to the increased heat duty in the Combustion Chamber. The

Quench Air Fan (05-1B-205-A) will be replaced with one at a higher design flow capacity

which corresponds to the increased capacity of the new Dryer Exhaust Fan.

Dryer

Due to the new increased capacity, the existing dryer (05-1D-101-A) will be required to run

at a higher speed. Drive unit shall be modified or replaced to achieve higher speed of 5

RPM.The dryer shell will be modified with 1.165m long integral grizzly at discharge. Any

lumps will be broken by falling on grizzly rods and not allowed to discharge until they break

in to small pieces.With grizzlies at granulator outlet and the dryer outlet, there will be no

requirement for having a lump breaker.The existing lump breaker (05-1J-303-A) will be

removed, as it will no longer be required.

Polishing Screen

A new double deck Eccentric (gyratory) polishing screen (05-1M-401-A) will be installed to

improve product quality, size distribution and limit the percentage of fines and oversize

material being sent to the storage warehouse.The new polishing screen will be installed

downstream of the existing product conveyor (05-1C-103-A). Fines and oversize will be



sent back to the fines conveyor (05-1C-203-A) as recycle material. Product material

between 2 to 4 mm sizes will be discharged onto a new polishing screen discharge

conveyor (05-1C-401-A).Polishing screen will be connected to the existing de- dusting

system through a new duct.

Polishing Screen Discharge Conveyor

A new polishing screen discharge conveyor (05-1C-401-A) will be installed downstream of

the new polishing screen (05-1M-401-A). Due to space constrain and to accommodate over

size and undersize material chutes the polishing screen discharge conveyor selected of

special type enclosed conveyor and will be installed in ‗Z‘ shape.Product material between

2 to 4 mm sizes from the new polishing screen will be discharged onto a new polishing

screen discharge conveyor. The polishing screen discharge conveyor will discharge

product material onto a new diverter (05-1H-101-A) which will divert product onto one of the

two product conveyors that send product to the storage warehouse.Polishing screen

discharge conveyor will be connected to the existing de- dusting system through a new

duct.

Product Conveyor

Existing product conveyor (05-1C-103-A) length will be modified and extend with relocating

tail end side pulley to fit with the new polishing screen (05-1M-401-A). Existing product

conveyor is bi-directional. Same configuration is maintained.

Primary Screens

Over size screens of the existing primary screens (05-1M-101-A, B, C, and NA) are of 4

mm, 3.6 mm and 3.8openings. It is recommended to replace all the oversize screens with

new 4 mm openings. No change in undersize screens is recommended at this point

assuming all are of 2.8 mm opening screens. However, it is recommended to replace all the

screens cloths during performance testing if the screen cloths are observed damaged.

Screen Feed Conveyor (Screen Drag Feeder)

Screen feed conveyor (05-1C-202-A) discharge chutes may need to be modified in order to

install new hydraulically operated gates (05-1X-101 A, B, C, and NA). This is to improve

product distribution across the primary screens (05-1M-101 A, B, C, and NA) and aid in

increasing production rates. A new common hydraulic unit is also specified to operate all

four (4) new hydraulic gates.

Cooler Feed Conveyor

A variable frequency drive (VFD) will be installed for the existing cooler feed conveyor (05-

1C-101-A) to control the production rate and to divert the balance of the material to the

fines conveyor (05-1C-203-A) to maintain the required recycle ratio.

Primary Elevator

Existing primary elevator (05-1C-501-A) speed will be increased from 0.608 m/s to 0.762

m/s (120 fpm to 150 fpm) to compensate for increased production rates. Its drive unit will

be modified or replaced as needed to achieve the proposed speed.



Secondary Elevator

Existing secondary elevator (05-1C-502-A) speed will be increased from 0.608 m/s to 0.762

m/s (120 fpm to 150 fpm) to compensate for increased production rates. Its drive unit will

be modified or replaced as needed to achieve the proposed speed.

Coating Drum

With proposed installation of the new polishing screen (05-1M-201-A) and associated new

―Z‘ shape enclosed polishing screen discharge conveyor, the existing coating drum (05-1A-

6XX-A) needs to be demolished to create space for the new equipment.

Cyclone Air Seal Valves

Dryer cyclones (05-1G-101-A), dust cyclones (05-1G-102-A), and cooler cyclones (05-1G-

103-A) dust discharging air sealing valves will be replaced by Jacobs preferred ―trickle‖

type valves for efficient air sealing and timely discharging of collected dust at cyclones.



Figure 2.15 : PFD of DAP Plant

2.6.7. GSSP PLANT: [Capacity – 1650 MTPD]

2.6.7.1 Technology

The unit operation of SSP production is a very simple. The process involves rock

phosphate grinding and mixing with sulphuric acid. No process license etc. is required to be

obtained from any process licensor. It has been considered that the proposed plant shall

achieve 300 days of operation at 100% capacity utilization. This requirement is vital for

profitability as well. This can be achieved only through robust plant design, equipment

selection, reliable equipment fabricator and a competent plant designer with proven

capabilities.

2.6.7.2 The Chemistry

Single super phosphate is produced in a two steps process.

2Ca5 (PO4)3F+7H2SO4+3H2O → 7CaSO4+3Ca (H2PO4)2.H2O +2HF

Step1 -Phosphate rock blending and grinding

The phosphate rock is ground until at least 75% is less than 75 µm (microns) in diameter,

and then analysed for composition. The proportions of various rock varieties are blended to

give the desired composition.

Step2 – Superphosphate manufacture

Ground Phosphate rock, sulphuric acid and water are mixed and then allowed to dry and

react to give the superphosphate - a mixture of CaSO4 and Ca(H2PO4)2.H2O.



The SSP manufacturing process will comprise of two basic steps: The basic reaction in

the manufacture of superphosphate is the reaction of insoluble phosphate rock with

Sulphuric Acid to form the soluble Calcium di- Hydrogen Phosphate, Ca(H2PO4)2.

This is described by the following equation:

(PO4)-3+H2SO4→ H2PO4-+ (SO4)-2

The phosphate rock imported from various sources, is mainly fluorapatite, (Ca5 (PO4)3F).

The actual composition of the phosphate rock varies with the source. The reactions

occurring during the production of superphosphate are complex and are usually

summarized as follows:

Ca5 (PO4)3F + 5H2SO4 → 5CaSO4 + 3H3PO4 + HF

Ca5 (PO4)3F + 7H3PO4 + 5H2O → 5Ca (H2PO4)2.H2O + HF

These reactions can be combined to give the overall equation:

2Ca5 (PO4)3F + 7H2SO4 + 3H2O → 7CaSO4 + 3Ca (H2PO4)2.H2O + 2HF

There are other reactions occurring at the same time. For example, virtually all the HF

reacts with other silica minerals associated with the fluorapatite (silicates, quartz) to form

silicon tetra fluoride. These gaseous emissions are recovered as hydro flurosilicic acid

(H2SiF6) in the scrubbing system. Carbonates in the rock also react with sulphuric acid.

Figure 2.15 : Block Diagram for production of SSP

The production of super phosphate consists of three distinct steps.

Step1 - Phosphate Rock Blending and Grinding



Phosphate rocks, from different sources have different phosphate, fluoride and silica

contents. These rocks are mixed in the blending plant to produce a product with a total

phosphate concentration of 31.5%. The phosphate rock mixture is passed through a

ball/hammer mill which reduces the particle size to 0.5cm or less. The coarsely ground rock

is then passed through an air swept roller mill (Bradley Mill) to attain a rock grist of

approximately 75% less than 75 microns. The powdered rock is stored in a large hopper.

The powder handling system is fitted with a dust collection system.

Fine Phosphate is transported to ground Phosphate Hopper to be used for PSSP

production. Dilution and Cooling Systems are used to Dilute the concentrated Sulphuric

Acid 98.5% to 70% concentration, and to cool down the produced Diluted Acid (178°C),

because the Dilution Process is exothermic. Dilution Process (as a result of mixing

water with Conc. Acid) and cooling system is sophisticated systems due to the highly

corrosive effect of the Diluted Acid. For that, all parts in contact with Diluted Acid made

from special Graphite can bear the operating conditions such as: Diluted acid inlet

Temperature: 178 °C Pressure inside the cooler: > 2 bars

This system is fully automated and provides all the safety precautions necessary to

guarantee safe operation not only for operators but also for the Graphite Cooler and cable

to control the outlet concentration and temperature. The Diluted Acid (DSA) is stored in

Storage Tank lined with Rubber and acid bricks. The cooling water necessary to cool the

DSA is re-circulated in water Cooling Tower to minimize the consumed water and in turn

the waste water.

Step2 –Super Phosphate Manufacture

Ground Phosphate is sent to the PSSP production plant using suitable material handling

equipment such as completely sealed Screw Conveyors, Bucket Elevators etc. Diluted Acid

is pumped to PSSP production plant using special chemical pumps. PSSP plant is

designed to use 70% Sulphuric Acid, recycled scrubber liquor and ground phosphate rock.

It is based on the most technically and economically up to date feasible process and is

compatible with Environment Protection Requirements

Feed Metering is achieved with Automatic Control System. The ground rock and sulphuric

acid are reacted in a horizontal mixer. A continuous flow of the sloppy mix drops out of the

mixer into the Broad field Den. Broad Field Mixer developed specially for PSSP

manufacture is a large two stage horizontal paddle mixer, the two stage design ensures

complete mixing and good chemical reaction (quality) of SSP powder. Varying speed drive

and adjustable paddle configuration allows selection of optimum mixing conditions for all

phosphate rocks with Acid.

The den consists of a slowly moving floor (approx. 300 mm/min), built from steel tee slats,

with polypropylene sealing strips, to prevent leakage, to enable setting of the cake and

reciprocating sides, lined with cement fondu (special tile) and are driven by two geared

motor units through two heavy crank arms which prevent the superphosphate adhering to

the walls. The partially matured superphosphate cake is cut out of the den with a rotating

cutter wheel after a retention time of approximately 30 minutes.

A sturdy steel framework carries the den and mixer. A rotary cutter excavates the SSP

cake from Den. Stainless steel blades are mounted on a steel frame and shaft carried on



externally mounted Plummer block bearings. The outlet PSSP fertilizer conveyed to storage

area where remaining reaction of the SSP is completed by spreading the cut lumps on the

floor and reshuffling the hips by means of overhead crane situated in the curing building.

The SSP is allowed to complete the reaction and attain the powdered form which takes

around 21 days.

Granular Single Super phosphate

The SSP powder will be fed to the granulation plant. In the rotating granular drum the

powder SSP will be mixed with water up to 14%, which results in the formation of

granules. The granules will then be sent to the Dryer Drum for heating up to 600°C

temperatures to reduce of the moisture content to 6 %. The hot granules will then be cooled

in the cooler drum from where they will be send to the vibrating screens for desired mesh.

Two types of screens will be used; Undersize Vibrating Screen and Oversize Vibrating

Screen.

Figure 2.16 : GSSP

Under Size Vibrating Screen (Size-1mm)

The oversize material of this screen will be sent to the grinding unit and the undersize

material will be recycled to the granulator drum.

Oversize Vibrating Screen(Size+1.4mm)

The oversize material of this screen will be sent to the crusher from where it will be taken to

the granulator drum. The properly sized material will be packed in 50kg HDPE Bags.

SSP dust evolved in the process of granulation will be scrubbed with the help of twin

cyclone system through blower provided for dryer drum and the clean air will then be

discharged through a stack of 30 m height.

The grinding of rock phosphate may lead to emissions of dust. Pulse jet dust collector will

be provided to control dust emissions. A stack will be provided at the ball mill. At mixer and



Den, during acidulation, gases will be liberated. These gases from mixer and Den will be

passed through absorption stages as under;

Ejector

Cyclone separator

Venturi Scrubber

Multi Stage Scrubbing Towers

Fresh water or effluent water will be charged in to sumps of the ejector, Cyclone separator,

Venturi and scrubbing towers on the day to day basis. After utilization of water in the

circulation for gas scrubbing system, the dilute acid (H2SiF6) will be taken from all the

circulation sumps to a common thickener sump every day. The ejector, Venturi and

separator will scrub the gases and gases will go further to blower and will be discharged

through stack of 30 meter height where the wind velocity is high and thus get further

diluted.

The effluent will be collected in a common sump along with silica. This silica will settle

down and will be used as filler material for SSP. The dilute acid (H2SiF6) will be discharged

in to the same sump and will be reused for acid dilution in SSP Process. Thus a Zero

Discharge system will be achieved.

2.6.8. Aluminium fluoride plant: [Capacity – 9500MTP Annum]

2.6.8.1 Anhydrous hydrofluoric acid (AHF) from FSA

HF Gas Generation:

Hydrogen fluoride (HF) is produced by the decomposition of an aqueous solution of strong

Fluosilicic acid (45% H2SiF6.SiF4) in the presence of Sulphuric acid (H2SO4) in a stirred

reactor under closely controlled conditions. Strong sulphuric acid 98% is fed and is acting

as a dehydrating agent.

Products of decomposition of fluosilicic acid are gaseous silicon tetra fluoride (SiF4) and

hydrogen fluoride (HF). The HF is absorbed into the sulphuric acid and leaves the reactor

with the sulphuric acid. Hydrogen fluoride (HF) is recovered by evaporation and dried with

fresh sulphuric acid. A two-stage evaporation system using boiler and stripper column is

used. Gaseous hydrofluoric acid generated as described is then condensed and purified by

distillation to obtain the desired product quality and finally is sent to the intermediate AHF

Storage Tank.

H2SiF6.SiF4 (aq.) + H2SO4 2 SiF4 + 2 HF (aq.) + H2SO4 (aq.)

Next the Silicon tetra fluoride (SiF4) gas leaving the reactor after drying column is absorbed

into the Fluosilicic acid (H2SiF6) feed solution to generate additional acid and silica

according to the chemical reaction:

SiF4 + 2 H2O 2 H2SiF6.SiF4 (aq.) + SiO2 (hydrate)

The strong solution of flurosilicic acid is sent to the silicon tetra fluoride reactor. The diluted

sulphuric acid stream obtained after stripper is cooled down prior storage and recirculation

to the phosphoric acid plant.



AHF liquefaction and Purification

The crude HF gas is sent the purifying column. From this column the gases pass to two

condensers in series, where the bulk of the hydrofluoric acid is liquefied using chilled water

of controlled temperature.

Condensed hydrofluoric acid from the first condenser is sent back as reflux to the top of the

purifying column. From the second condenser the partially purified hydrofluoric acid is fed

to a pressurized rectifying column, where light impurities, mainly sulphur dioxide and silicon

tetra fluoride, are removed as overhead stream. The pure hydrofluoric acid leaves the

rectifying column via the distilled acid cooler to AHF storage tank, using the pressure of the

rectifying column as the driving force. The gaseous overhead products stream from the

rectifying column and second HF condenser are passed through a packed H2SO4

absorption column, down which sulphuric acid is circulated to absorb most of the remaining

hydrofluoric acid. A stream containing hydrofluoric acid in sulphuric acid is then pumped

back. Gases leaving the H2SO4 absorption column are contacted with water in two ejector

scrubbers in series. These remove silicon tetra fluoride as fluosilicic acid. This stream is re-

circulated.

Water effluent sent to the neutralisation is adjusted to minimize the losses of fluorine and

decrease the costs of treatment. Tail gases leaving these scrubbers via the tail gas exhaust

fan are given a final cleaning in the central absorption scrubber washed with water before

emission to atmosphere.

Figure 2.17 : Anhydrous hydrofluoric acid (AHF) from FSA

AHF Safety Storage

HF sub-cooled is stored under atmospheric pressure in tanks installed inside a larger

containment tank. The heat losses are minimized by drying the air inside the containment

tank. The air is monitored continuously to detect any leaks of HF. A back-up chiller is

provided on emergency power. The system is corrosion free after 20 years operation.

The product AHF delivered by Containers flows under pressure via the AHF Circulation

Cooler to the AHF Storage Tanks. The main storage system comprises of AHF Storage



Tank(s), T-421 A/B/C, within the AHF Storage Containment Tank, T-422. The stored acid is

re-circulated through the AHF Circulating Cooler, E-420 and can be cooled down to say +5

to -8 °C according to coolant.

The combination of storing AHF acid at low temperature within a double skin system offers

maximum safe storage of this dangerous chemical.

The storage system is equipped with adequate pressure control and safety instrumentation.

The gas from the inside of the outer containment is being continuously dried and sampled

for HF. A cabinet including a detector for fluorine is included. Hardwired level switch is

provided to trip in case of high alarm all feeds of fluorspar, acid, oleum, acid recycling and

any pump that could fill the tanks with AHF.

Double bottom valves welded are provided on each tank for maximum safety. Manual

operated is making the system simpler and safer to operate.

2.6.8.2 High-bulk-density Aluminium Fluoride (HBD AlF3) from HF

The Alumina hydrate is stored into the ―Day-Shift‖ Silo (Hydrate Silo). The Hydrate is

discharged batch wise from the Silo by operating the Discharge Screw (Hydrate Silo

Discharge Screw) for feeding the Hydrate Feed Bin.

The Discharge Screw is controlled by switches onto the Hydrate Feed Bin which is

suspended on two Load cells and switch onto the Hydrate Distributor Bin. The Hydrate is

then fed batch wise from the Hydrate Feed bin to the Hydrate Distributor Bin where a level

of hydrate is maintained which acts as a vacuum seal and keeps the vacuum in the system.

Figure 2.18 : High-bulk-density Aluminium Fluorides (HBD AlF3) from HF



The load cells are used to totalize the alumina fed to the Aluminium Fluoride Reactor. It is

furthermore indicating exactly the capacity of the Aluminium Fluoride Reactor. The alumina

tri-hydrate is fed continuously to the Reactor via two Feed Screws.

First Hydrate Feed Screw is feeding most of the material and is controlling the temperature

in the top bed. The speed of the Hydrate Feed Screw is adjusted according to the

temperature in the bottom bed and top bed.

The Feed Screw is feeding the material via a fluidisation cup and this for avoiding the

agglomeration of hydrate especially at start-up. Hydrate Bottom Feed Screw feeds the

bottom bed at a small feed rate for diluting the bottom bed and for obtaining a lower grade

for the aluminium fluoride product. This is controlled manually by setting the speed of this

screw manually.

The reaction can be represented by the following equations:

Al2O3.3H2O Al2O3 + 3 H2O

Al2O3 + 6 HF 2 AlF3 + 3 H2O

Since the overall reaction is exothermic, the AlF3 Reactor does not need supplementary

heat during normal operation. During start-up it does need to be preheated using the

Combustion Chamber. This item is also used for keeping warm the aluminium fluoride

Reactor if the feed of HF gas is interrupted. Solids carried out of the Reactor are recovered

by cyclone separators. Under rated capacity, the dust collected in cyclone 1 is not re-

circulated to the Aluminium Fluoride Reactor. Only under high load or if the quality needs to

be improved dusts are re-circulated to the aluminium fluoride reactor preferably to the top

bed if the grade has to be increased and preferably to the bottom bed if both the grade has

to be improved and the content of silica to be reduced significantly. Whether or not dusts

are re-circulated to the Aluminium Fluoride Reactor, the discharge of dusts from Cyclone

directly to product into the Aluminium Fluoride Cooler, is always operated.

Vacuum is kept at discharges of cyclones by level maintained in Cyclone Bin installed

underneath and equipped with discharge device and valve.

The aluminium fluoride is discharged from the bottom bed of the Aluminium Fluoride

Reactor through the discharge and then cooled down into a fluidised bed cooler to a

temperature preferably lower than 80°C.

The Off-gases from aluminium fluoride reactor after Cyclones are quenched and

condensed in the absorber and then are scrubbed.

The condensation of HF, H2O, etc occurs in the Absorber and HF Scrubber without addition

of water. The concentration of fluorine in the liquor formed provides a good indication of the

efficiency of the reactor and is used for its control.

The diluted acid solution produced will be sent to the neutralization plant or reused. The

second column is used to remove the traces of Fluorine, S, dusts, etc. This column is the

stand-by unit for the third column in case of fouling and vice versa.

The fluidisation in the Aluminium Fluoride Reactor is maintained by the vacuum obtained

from the operation of a Steam Ejector. An Absorption System common to the



Aluminiumfluoride plant and hydrofluoric acid is provided Water is sent to the final absorber

in order to absorb totally HF and reach the emission limit for F in the off-gases in all modes

of operation of the plant. This effluent water is also sent to the neutralization plant or

reused.

2.7. Raw Material

2.7.1. Ammonia/gasification:

Raw material Consumption for 2200 TPD Ammonia:

Table 2.14 : Raw Material Consumption for Ammonia/Gasification (SES Based)

SL. No. Input Requirement UOM

1. Coal/petcoke 5,633 TPD

2. Oxygen 70,000 Kg/Hr

3. Power 70,553 KW

4. Cooling Water 17,582 TPH

5. BFW-(HP+LP) 431 (227.9+203.1) TPH

6. Raw Water 800 TPH

7. Service Water 425 TPH

8. DM Water 273 TPH

9. Portable Water 13.6 TPH

10. Instrumental Air 2,038 Nm3/Hr

11. Plant Air 510 Nm3/Hr

12. LP Nitrogen 43 Nm3/Hr

13. HP Nitrogen 82,237 Nm3/Hr

14. Diesel 0.8 M3/Hr

15. Fuel Gas 11,703 Nm3/Hr

16. Steam-(LP+MP+HP) (645.8)1.8+421+223 TPH

17. Condensate-(LP+MP) 33 (2+31)

2.7.2. Urea plant:

Table 2.15 : Raw Material Consumption of Urea Plant



Sl.

No.

Raw

Material/UtilitiesRawMaterial/Utilities

Unit(hourly) Requirement

1. Ammonia MT 91.67

2. CO2 MT 118.7

3. HP Steam MT 126

4. MP Steam MT 21

5. Power KWh 8000

6. Makeup Water m3 256

2.7.3. Nitric acid :

Table 2.16 : Raw Material Consumption of Nitric Acid

Sl. No. Raw Material/Utilities Unit(Hourly) Requirement

1. Ammonia MT 13

2. Process Air 1000 m3 180

3. MP Steam MT 14

4. Power kW 3000

5. Treated Water m3 190

2.7.4. Ammonium Nitrate :

Table 2.17 : Raw Material Consumption of Ammonium Nitrate

Sl. No. Raw Material/Utilities Unit(Hourly) Requirement

1.0 Ammonia MT 10.00

2.0 Nitric Acid MT 36.67

3.0 MP Steam MT 6

4.0 Power KW 5000

4.0 Makeup Water m3 47

2.7.5. Di Ammonium Phosphates :

Table 2.18 : Raw Material Consumption of Di Ammonium Phophates



Sl. No. Plant /Raw Material/ Utility Unit Consumption

1.0 Sulphuric Acid MTPD 305

2.0 Phosphoric acid MTPD 438

3.0 Ammonia MTPD 320

4.0 Filler MTPD 42

5.0 Electric Power MWhPD 67

6.0 Process Water m3/day 500

7.0 Fuel Oil KLPD 12

8.0 Steam MTPD 130

2.7.6. Granulated Single Super Phosphates:

Table 2.19 : Raw Material Consumption of GSSP

Sl. No. Plant /Raw material/

Utility

Unit(Daily) Consumption

1.0 Sulphuric Acid MT 594

2.0 Rock Phosphate MT 957

3.0 Electric Power MWh 41.25

4.0 Process Water m3 480

5.0 Fuel Oil KL 18.15

2.7.7. Aluminium Fluoride:

Table 2.20 : Raw Material Consumption of Ammonium Flouride

Sl. No. Plant / Raw material/

Utility

Unit Consumption

1.0 H2SiF6 T/T 1.05

2.0 Sulphuric acid T/T 20.5

3.0 Sulphuric acid(*) T/T 16.1

4.0 Al(OH)3 T/T 1

5.0 Limestone/Lime as

required

T/T --

*with optimized recirculation



2.8. Utilities

2.8.1. Water

The total water requirement of the proposed expansion project is 1800.43 m3/hr (1064

m3/hr from Taladanda Canal & rest from recycling from plant).The plant wise water

requirement is as given in Figure 2.19 The water Balance diagram of expansion phase is

given in Figure 2.20.

Figure 2.19 : Water Balance in Existing and Expansion Phase

Table 2.21 : Plant-wise Water Requirement

The water will be made available from the existing source i.e. Taladanda canal. The

necessary approval for the additional water is being obtained.

Sl. No. Particulars Water Requirement (cubic.

metre/hr)

1 DAP 20.83

2 Coal Hand. Plant 90

3 Ammonia Gasification 390 X3= 1170

4 Urea 256

5 Amm. Nitrate 47

6 Nit. Acid 190

\7 GSSP 20

8 Aluminium. Fluoride 6.6

39



Figure 2.20 : Water Balance (Proposed Expansion)



2.8.2. Power

The total power requirement for the proposed project will be ~ 239MW. The plant wise

requirements are as given below:

The power will be sourced from:

Captive generation

DG set

State grid

Table 2.22 : Plant-wise Power Requirement

2.8.3. Land Requirement:

Table 2.23 : Plant-wise Land Requirement

2.8.4. Man Power Requirement

Sl. No. Particulars Power Requirement

(KW)

1 DAP 3125


3 Gasification 70553 * 3

4 Urea 8000

5 Amm. Nitrate 5000

6 Nit. Acid 3000

7 GSSP 1720

8 Alu. Fluoride 580

Total 238584 KW

Sl.

No.

Particulars Land Requirement

(Acres)

1 DAP 1.2


3 Gasification

4 Urea

5 Amm. Nitrate 13.5

6 Nit. Acid

7 GSSP 8.42

8 Alu. Fluoride 1.16

9 Total 174.28 acre



Table 2.24 : Plant-wise Manpower Requirement

2.9. Other Offsite Facilities

Other off site facilities like firefighting system, laboratory, safety set up, stores, first aid/

medical Township etc will be associated with existing facilities. The existing facilities will be

suitably augmented.

2.10. Env. Aspects: Emissions, Effluents & Solid Waste Details from Proposed

Plants:

2.10.1. Effluents Detail:

Table 2.25 : Effluent Details

Sl. No. Particulars Waste Water Generation

(cubic. metre/hr) 1. DAP Total recycled

2. Coal Hand. Plant 19.5

3. Gasification & Ammonia 205 X 3

4. Urea 90

5. Amm. Nitrate 47

6. Nit. Acid 1.20

7. GSSP 0

8. Alu. Fluoride 2.76

Total 775.46

2.10.2. Specific Environmental Aspect

2.10.2.1 Coal Handling Plant Emission Details

Only emission from CHP would be the dust generated.

The dust extraction emission would be kept below 50 mg/Nm3.

Water spraying would be done to suppress the dust.

2.10.2.2 Gasification & Ammonia Plant

Sl. No. Particulars Man Power Requirement

1 DAP 133


3 Gasification 70 *3

4 Urea 170

5 Amm. Nitrate 110

6 Nit. Acid 80

7 GSSP 64

8 Alu. Fluoride 50

Total 1017



Based upon gasifier design, the facilities are anticipated to produce the following emission

and effluents.

Atmospheric vents/Emission

Carbon Dioxide Vent

The vent stream from the Acid Gas Removal Unit will be vented to the atmosphere. Total

CO2 emissions from the site including the gas turbine exhaust is estimated to be 327 tonne

per hour.

Gas Turbine Flue Gas

All of the flue gas from the gas turbine will be vented via the waste heat recovery boiler.

Flue Gas

Flue gas from the Auxiliary Boiler will be vented to the atmosphere.

Flared Gas

An emergency flare will be provided forth venting of syngas during start-up and shut-down

operations. No gas is normally vented to flare.

Other Vents

Other atmospheric vents have been identified. They include:

De-aerator vents, consisting of steam and non-condensables.

Steam ejector vents, consisting of steam.

Coal Dryer vent, consisting of hot wet air.

Miscellaneous vents from dust collection associated with coal handling.

The vent specific emission details would be available at DPR staged. However, PPL will

ensure discharge to meet applicable emission discharge standards.

Liquid Effluents

The following liquid streams, total ~211m3/hr, will be treated by the waste water treatment

facilities:

Table 2.26 : Liquid Effluents

Source Item Composition Normal Rate(M3/hr)

Gasifier Sump Oily Water 5.7

Power Area Sump

Oily Water 5.7

Ammonia Area Sump Oily Water 5.7

Cooling Tower BD CW Blow down 157

Gasifier BD Oily Water 7.2

Selexol Sump Amine Sewer 5.7



MDEA Sump Amine Sewer 5.7

Water Softeners Hard Water 7.5

Condensate Polishers Hard Water 8

Sanitary Waste Water Waste Water 3.2

Other Sources Waste Water 8.1

Oil collected from API separator

An API separator will skim oil from a variety of oily water sources. The oil is barreled and

shipped away by truck.

Solids Disposal

The Gasifier will produce 51,380 kg/hr of Bottom Ash. The material may be shipped to land

fill if no beneficial user is available.

Solid waste produced by the biological waste water treatment is sent by truck to landfill.

Spent catalyst frequently contains valuable metals, therefore, it is typically returned to

catalyst vendors for recovery. The following quantities and frequencies are anticipated.

Table 2.27 : Solid Disposal

Usage Type Volume, m3 Weight, kg Life, years

CO Shift R.1 Catalyst Katalco K8-11HA 85 55,845 3

CO Shift R.2 Catalyst Katalco K8-11HA 131 86,067 5-7

CO Shift R.3 Catalyst Katalco K8-11HA 114 74,989 8-10

HG Removal Adsorb. Activated carbon 21.7 12,152 -

Ammonia Synthesis Katalco 126 340,200 10

2.10.2.3 Urea plant:

Emission Details

The details of the emission sources and quantities are shown in following Figure 2.23.



Figure 2.21 : Emission Details of Urea plant



Emissions into air:

Continuous gaseous Emissions:

Sources of this emission are: The point of the plant from where inert, effluents are

continuously discharged is medium pressure inert washing tower. This vent is connected to

flare and burnt.

The process steps responsible for and approx. quantity of emissions into air are:-

NH3, N2, CO2, vented through continuous flare as scrubber vent-gas from MP

decomposition section. The approximate quantity of vent is1600NM3/Hr.

Ammonia in the vent is around 12ppm max.

Inert from urea hydrolyser stripper and vent from LP section containing inert

with ammonia content 10 ppm max.

Exhaust air from prilling tower around 1500000 Nm3/hr containing urea fine

dusts 40-50 ppm max.

Prilling Tower size: 30 mDia X 130 m height approx.

Discontinuous gaseous Emissions

The HP vent and the remaining process vents, normally closed, are collected to

discontinuous flare to be burnt in case of vents opening.

Effluents:

Continuous liquid effluent

No effluent is emitted to water source. Treated condensate is sent to battery limit at 50°C

and 5.0 Kg/Cm2 pressure. The quantity generated is process water 90MT/hr. and steam

condensate 50 MT/hr. approx. ammonia and Urea are 1 ppm Wt max.

Discontinuous liquid effluent

All the occasional drains containing carbamate or ammonia solutions from process are

collected in carbonate close drain tank to be recovered later.

Solid waste

No solid waste is produced in the urea production process.

Fugitive emissions

These are discontinuous releases of NH3, CO2, urea dust, oil and steam. Typical sources

include: storage tanks, valves including PRVs, flanges, pumps/compressor seals, sewer

system vents/drains, waste water treatment units, solid urea transfer points, screens, etc.

2.10.2.4 Nitric Acid Plant

Emissions

Continuous Gaseous Effluents: The residual nitric oxide is, in practice, re-oxidized to

nitrogen dioxide for further conversion to nitric acid. There is an economic limit to the size

of the absorption tower that is practical and the adsorption efficiency achieved is generally



in the range 98.2 to 99.3%. It is the residual concentrations of nitrogen dioxide and nitric

oxide (commonly referred to as NOx) that give rise to the pollution problem in the vent

stack.

Tail Gas

Sources of this emission are the point of the plant from where inert, effluents are

continuously discharged is NOx abatement section vent. This is discharged to atmosphere

through vent.

The following TG quality will be discharged to atmospheric under design operation

conditions. A typical composition of the tail gas is as follows:

Table 2.28 : Typical composition (Volume/Volume)

Gas Percentage

composition

N2 95.62%

H2O 0.68%

O2 2.2 %

NOx <50 ppm

N2O Approx500 ppm

NH3 <15 ppm

Discontinuous Emissions

Gaseous effluents from safety devices i.e. from Ammonia line, Compressor air, steam and

feed water and Gaseous effluents from acid containing equipment like sample collection

box and drip acid tanks are categorized in this type of effluent.

Quality of Gaseous Effluent

Gas composition at absorption tower outlet exit to stack is described below:

NOx : 100-3500 ppmv

N2O : 300-3500 ppmv

O2 : 1-4%

H2O : 0.3-2%

N2 : balance

NOx at scrubber outlet : 100 ppmv max

Quantity of StackGas : 130,000-142,000 NM3/hr

Stack Size : 1.25 m Dia X50 m height approx

Effluents



Continuous Liquid Effluent

Mainly Blow Down from Steam Generation (2% approximately) is continuous effluent

generated from the unit. No Continuous liquid effluent is emitted to water source.

Discontinuous Liquid Effluent

Ammonical water from NH3 Stripper is the major discontinuous liquid effluent. The stripping

of Ammonical water outlet from ammonia evaporator will be done batch wise and the

drained liquid is collected for disposal. Liquid effluent is mainly from waste heat boiler blow

down.

Quantity : 1.20 MT/hr

Composition: Residual Phosphate-20-40ppm,TDS–300ppm,

Silica –15 ppm.

Due to use of relatively high steam pressure of 15 bar abs. in stripping, a stripping

temperature of approximately 160ºC can be reached at the end. Therefore the liquid drain

can be kept to a minimum and will mainly contain oil. This liquid drain will be collected in

barrels for disposal. The stripping period per day depend on the purity of ammonia liq.

entering B.L.

Solid Waste

No solid waste production is envisaged in the Nitric Acid production process.

Fugitive Emissions

All the discontinuous and contaminated water e.g. wash water containing lube oil etc and

occasional drains shall be treated for oil recovery and send to neutralization pond in

ETP before using it in non-process non drinking purposes.

Typical sources include flanges, pumps/compressor seals, sewer system vents/drains,

waste water treatment units, etc

2.10.2.5 Ammonium Nitrate Plant

The details of the emission sources and tentative quantities are discussed in following

paragraphs:

Emissions into Air

Continuous gaseous effluents

Atmospheric effluents result from the loss of ammonia and ammonium nitrate. Small

particles of ammonium nitrate (mini prills) are carried out with the air. Ammonium nitrate

fume is also lost from the surface of the prills and this is sub- micron in size

Source of these are neutralisers, evaporators and prilling towers. These give rise to the

pollution problem in the vent stack and prilling tower top.

Stack Exit Gas (temperature of gases entering stack: 40-45◦C)

Composition:



Ammonia : 50 mg/NM3 max

Particulate Matter : 100mg/NM3 max

Quantity : 135,000 m3/hr approx.

Stack Size : 1.8 m Dia X40 m Height approx.

Discontinuous Emission

Gaseous effluents from safety devices i.e. from Ammonia line, Compressor air, steam and

feed water and Gaseous effluents from acid containing equipment like sample collection

box and drip acid tanks are categorized in this type of effluent.

Effluent

Continuous Effluents

No liquid effluent is generated in Ammonium nitrate plant. Around 15 MT/hr of process

condensate produced is treated and reused.

Discontinuous liquid effluent

Ammonium nitrate, ammonia or nitric acid (which are normally neutralised) can arise from

equipment cleaning and a wide range of points specific to a given site.

Solid Waste

No solid waste production is envisaged in the Nitric Acid production process.

Fugitive Emissions

All the discontinuous and contaminated water e.g. wash water containing lube oil etc. and

occasional drains shall be treated for oil recovery and send to neutralization pond in

ETP before using it in non-process & non drinking purposes. Typical sources include:

flanges, pumps/, sewer system vents/drains, waste water treatment units, etc.

2.10.2.6 Di-ammonium Phosphates Plant

The possible pollutants from the complex and their sources will be similar for all the four

trains are explained below:

Gaseous Emissions

The emissions from this unit arise mainly from the reactor and granulator. These emissions

include gaseous NH3 and HF. It is caused by the volatilization due to incomplete chemical

reactions and excess free ammonia. Also, fluoride and V2O5 emissions due to the

dissociation of the fertilizer product, and particulate emissions due to the DAP dust

entrainment in the ventilation air streams; are expected. Added to that; SOx, NOx, CO, and

CO2 gases are expected due to heavy fuel oil combustion in the burner.

Quality of Gaseous Effluent

The quantity of gaseous effluent of the proposed DAP plant is described below:

Ammonia : 50 mg/Nm3max



Particulate Matter : 50mg/Nm3max

Fluorine as„F‟ : 5 mg/Nm3max

Quantity of stack exit gas : 3, 57,400m3/hr approx.

Stack Size : 2.8 m Dia X50* m height approx.

Liquid Effluents

The only source is the washing water from the scrubbers installed at the stack. It is usually

mixed with diluted phosphoric acid and make-up water and recycled to the scrubbers.

Solid Wastes

No solid waste has been envisaged for the proposed fertilizer complex.

2.10.2.7 Granular Single Super Phosphate Plant

The acidulation of rock phosphate with sulphuric acid shall lead to emission of HF, SiF4,

acid mist etc

Gaseous Effluent

Ball Mill Exit Air (Exit velocity: 20m/s, Exit temperature: 400C)

Particulate Matter : 100mg/Nm3max

Stack Size : 0.8 m Dia X 40 m height approx.

Scrubber Outlet Gas (Exit velocity: 20m/s, Exit temperature: 400C)

Quantity : 120,000 m3/ hrapprox

Composition

Flourine as‖F‟ : 20 mg/Nm³max

Particulate Matter : 100mg/Nm³max

Stack Size : 1.0 m Dia X 40 m height approx.

Hot Air Generator

Particulate Matter : 100mg/Nm³max

SO2 : 100 ppm max

NOx : 100 ppmmax

Stack Size : 0.6 m DiaX 30 m height approx.

The emission control of these fumes and gases shall be achieved by venturi scrubbing

followed by efficient wet scrubbing to limit total fluoride emission well below statutory

requirement of 25 mg/Nm3.

Effluents

There shall be no wastewater effluent discharge to outside of plant B/L. The acidic effluent

generated in the gas scrubbing section shall be recycled in the acidulation process. The

plant is being operated as Zero discharge system.



Solid Wastes

No solid waste has been envisaged for the proposed fertilizer complex.

2.10.2.8 Aluminum Fluoride Plant

The details of the emission sources and tentative quantities are discussed in following

paragraphs:

Gaseous Emissions:

Table 2.29 : Off-gas

Quantity per hour (approx.) 4‘000 m3/h

F ppm Max.

Table 2.30 : Effluent - Wastewater

With reduced and optimized utilization of sulphuric acid

Table 2.31 : Diluted Sulphuric Acid

With reduced and optimized utilization of sulphuric acid

Table 2.32 : Silica

Quantity per ton AlF3 (expected) 4 m3

F 1 % wt

Quantity per ton AlF3 (expected) 9 m3

F 1 % wt

Quantity per ton AlF3 (expected) 28 T

H2SO4 70 - 75 % wt.

HF 0.2 % wt. max

Quantity per ton AlF3 (expected) 22 T



Solid Waste:

Table 2.33 : Wastewater sludge (synthetic fluorspar)

Quantity per ton AlF3 (expected) 0.15 - 0.40 m3

CaF2 40 - 45 % wt

H2O 30 Max. % wt

Proposed Plant Stacks

Table 2.34 : Proposed Plant Stacks

Plant Stack Stack Spec. Emission Load (kg/hr)

Stack

Height

(m)

Stack Diameter

(m)

Exit

Temp.

(K)

Exit

Velocity

(m/s)

SPM SOx NOX F NH3

WHRU /

Auxiliary

Boiler

30 5.5 573.15 16.25 99.3 9 64.7 NA NA

Sulphur

Recovery

Unit

20 0.6 573.15 20.20 NA 0.8 NA NA NA

Urea PT 130 30 351.15 0.76 75 NA NA NA NA

Nitric Acid 50 1.25 380.15 44.76 NA NA 100 NA NA

Ammonium

Nitrate

40 1.8 318.15 17.17 20.25 NA NA NA 6.75

DAP-A 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

DAP-B 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

DAP-C 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

Quantity per ton AlF3 (expected) 0.9 T

SiO2 40 (approx.) % wt.

H2SiF6 2 - 5 % wt.

H2O balance



DAP-D 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

GSSP Ball

Mill

40 0.8 313.15 15.21 3.6 1.8 NA NA NA

GSSP

Scrubber

Outlet

40 1.0 313.15 12.74 4.7 NA NA 0.68 NA

GSSP—Hot

Air Generator

30 0.6 473.15 21.28 1.87 2.06 NA NA NA

Aluminium Flouride

2.8 0.25 327.15 22.65 NA NA NA 0.0136

NA

2.11. Total Cost

Total project cost for the proposed project is Rs 9459 Crores. The estimated cost (in

Rupees/ US Dollar) of the proposed project (plant-wise) and the estimated expenditure on

pollution control measures are as given below:

Table 2.35 : Project Cost

S.N. Plant Cost in Rupees

1 CHP 2750 Million

2 Ammonia 54489 Million

3 Urea 17605.6 Million

4 Nitric Acid 7907.7 Million

5 Ammonia Nitrate 5839.5 Million

6 Di-Ammonium Phosphate 4417.4 Million

7 Granulated Single Super

Phosphate

1484 Million

8 Aluminium Fluoride 1860000 USD (98.5 Million INR)

Environmental measure expenditure by PPL

Table 2.36 : Expenditure of Environmental Safeguards

Year wise expenditure for implementation of environmental

safeguards

Items Details 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17

Expenditure for

implementation of

environmental

safeguards

269.59 Lakhs 2089.92 Lakhs 10010.2 Lakhs



The expenditure made for the purpose of environmental management in the plant premises

for the period 2016-17 is as follows: (Environmental Laboratory/ APCE installation cost

included)

Capital Recurring

Rs (Lakhs) Rs (Lakhs)

Environmental equipment : 753.2 28

Maintenance of ETP/ Pollution Control : 532.0 54

Equipment/ Manpower cost/ Greenbelt

Development

GP-II : 8725.0

Total cost in lakh : 10010.2 82

For the proposed project fund allocated towards environment management is Rs 479 crore

(capital cost) and recurring cost for environment management is Rs 100 crore.

2.12. Project Implementation schedule:

The proposed project shall be implemented based on either LSTK (Lump Sum Turnkey)

mode or EPCM mode. In LSTK mode, the owner can engage LSTK engineering contractor

for B/L proposed plant, or, if found more economical or more convenient, PPL may adopt

EPCM mode (cost plus fee mode). In either mode of implementation the overall project

monitoring, progress review, reporting and coordination between the different agencies

could be entrusted to an independent Project Management consultant. Alternatively, these

functions could be performed by experienced project group, specially set up by the owners

for thispurpose.

2.13. Pre-ProjectActivities

The pre-project activities to be completed before the physical execution of the project are

briefly enumerated below:

a) Preparation of feasibility report and submission of same to DoF for gettingclearance

b) Clearance and approval of the project, by the board of thecompany.

c) Firming up of arrangement for supply of power & water, ifrequired, from

concernedagency.

d) Preparation of ITB for selection of LSTK/EPCM Contractor for B/L Plants by appointing

an experienced engineeringconsultant.

e) Selection of Prime Engineering Consultant (PEC). PEC will mainly prepare engineering



packages for all off site and utility units and assist the Owner in procurement,

construction and commissioning supervision.

f) Soil investigation work for ascertaining soil characteristics of the area identified for

location of the newfacilities.

g) Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study and clearance by State and

Central Pollution ControlBoards.

h) Preparation of PDFR/DPR based on selected LSTK Contractor for B/L Plants.

i) Preparation of Risk AnalysisStudy.

j) Final approval of the project byGovernment.

k) Obtaining financial clearance and commitment from financial

institutions and creditors for financial closure of theproject.

All the project execution related activities, as mentioned earlier, are interlinked and have

impact on the final outcome. The execution of the relevant project activities has to be

planned and controlled in such a way that the goals of the project are achieved in the set

time frame. During the execution, the main time consuming activity is delivery of critical

equipment and machineries. The implementation time is for mechanical completion

&commissioning.

Table 2.37 : Project Implementation Period

Sl. No. Projects Project Implementation Period

1. CoalHandling Plant 30 Months

2. Gasification based Ammonia Plant 36 Months

3. Urea Plant 36 Months

4. Nitric Acid Plant 24 Months

5. Ammonium Nitrate Plant 24 Months

6. Di-ammonium Phosphate Plant capacity expansion

48Months

7. Single Super Phosphate Plant 18 Months

8. Aluminium Fluoride Plant 24 Months



CHAPTER 3. : DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1. Background

Generation of environmental baseline of a project area is an important phase of any

Environmental Assessment process. Baseline data provide vital information on the existing

environmental quality in which a development is planned In this study, the environmental

characteristics of the project area (10 km study area) were established and grouped into

physical, biological, social and economic environment. Physical environment includes air,

meteorology, noise, water, soil, land, biological environment includes aquatic and terrestrial

flora & fauna while social environment includes demographic details, civic infrastructure,

public services, surrounding monuments, commercial facilities, employment levels, sources

and levels of income, economic base of the area, land values, land ownership, etc.

Baseline conditions at and around the project are described in following sections:

3.2. Study Area and Period

The M/s Paradeep Phosphates Ltd. has proposed expansion of DAP and proposal of Coal

Handling plant, Ammonia, Ammonium nitrate, urea, GSSP, Aluminium fluoride, Nitric acid

at at Paradeep in Jagatsinghpur District, Orissa. It is 90-kms from Cuttack. The location

map and the geographical coordinates of the corner of project site is given in Figure 3.2

and 3.3 respectively.The total land area is 924.05 Ha. The proposed expansion shall be

done within the existing premises.

The baseline environmental data generation has been done for the period of December,

2013- March, 2014. Based on above baseline data the draft report has been prepared for

the Public hearing. Public hearing for the above project was conducted on 19thMay 2017.

The TOR for the proposed project as per old ToR letter issued was expired on 6th Dec,

2015, hence the baseline data was again repeated for the period of 1st March 2018 to

30thMay 2018. The final report has been updated on the basis of latest baseline data. The

study area within a 10 km radius around the proposed plant site has been considered as

impact zone for EIA study. Primary and secondary data has been collected for 10 Km

radius of the project site. Secondary data from literature search were also obtained from

the Govt. sources i.e. Meteorological Department, CPCB Publications, Forest Department

and other Govt. Sources. Following section describes the nature, type and characteristics

of the following heads:

• Natural & Physical Environment

• Land Environment

• Water Environment

This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the M/s Paradeep

Phosphates Limited’ (PPL)project site for various environmental attributes, i.e. physical,

biological and socio-economic conditions, within the 10-kms radial zone of the proposed

project site, which is termed as the study area. Topography, drainage, meteorology, air,

noise, water, soil and land constitute the physical environment, whereas flora and fauna

constitute the biological environment. Demographic details and occupationalpattern in the

study area constitute Socio-economic environment.



• Air Environment

• Noise Environment

• Biological Environment

• Socio-Economic Environment

3.2.1. Connectivity:

NH-5A is located about 1.26 km from plant site in east. Nearest railway station is Paradeep

Railway Station, 3.6 km west from the project site. Road and rail connectivity map of the

site is provided in Figure 3.1.

Mahanadi River is 5.0 km away from the plant site in north direction and meets Bay of

Bengal, which is also 5.3 km away from the plant site. Nearest settlement to the site is PPL

Township located about 340 m southwest of the site. The other nearest villages are

Chauliaplanda, Udayabhata and Abbhayachandpur. Paradeep town is located about 5 km

north of the site. Paradeep port is located about ~1.75 km east of the site.

Figure 3.1 : Road Connectivity Map



Figure 3.2 : Location Map of Study area



Figure 3.3 : Geographical Cordinates of Existing and Expansion Project Site



Figure 3.4 : Toposheet Map of the 10 km Study area



3.3. Environment & Social Settings of the Study Area

Mahanadi river, Santra nala, Musadia pond and Paradeep sea (Bay of Bengal) are the

main surface water bodies located within the study area.Mahanadi River is located about 5

km northeast of the project site. Santra nala is located about 3.9 km southwest of the

project site. Musadia pond is located about 4.7 km northeast of the site. Paradeep sea

beach is about 5.34 km in east of the project site. Atharbanki creek is flowing along the

boundary wall of the site and lying between Paradeep Port and PPL plant site.

There are no environmentally sensitive components such as National Park, Wildlife

Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve, migratory routes of fauna and wet land present within

10 Km radius of plant site. Google map showing environment features within 10 km radius

is provided in Figure 3.5. The Salient Environmental Features of plant site within 500m, 2

Km and 10 Km radius is summarised at Table 3.2.

Table 3.1 : Salient Environmental Features of Proposed Site

S. No.

Environmental Features

Within 500 m area around Project Site

Within 2-km area around Project Site

Within 10 km area around Project Site

1 Ecological Environment

A Presence of Wildlife Sanctuary/ National Park/Biosphere Reserves

None None None

B Reserved /Protected Forests

None None None

C Wetland of state and national interest

None None None

D Migratory route for wild animals

None None None

E Presence of schedule-I Fauna

None None None

2. Physical Environment

F Road connectivity None Yes, NH-5A about 0.42 km NW

G Rail connectivity None None Paradeep Railway Station (3.6 km, west)

H Defence Installation None None None

I Densely Populated Area

None None Paradeep Town 5 km N

J Other settlement close to plant site

PPL township 0.34 km, SW, Chaulipalanda: 1.40 km, W Other nearest villages:Udayabata, Musadia, Abbhayachandpur

K Topography Plain, elevation of site ranges between 2-7m amsl.

The study area elevation ranges between 0 to 12 m amsl

L Seismicity Seismic zone-III ( Low damage Risk Zone)



M Surface Water Resources (Rivers)

None Atharbanki creek is flowing along the boundary wall of the site Taldanda canal: 1.98 km NE

Mahanadi River: 5 km NE, Santra nala: 3.9 km SW Musadia pond: 4.7 km NE of the site. Gopin river: 6.87 km N Nuna River: 7.39 km NW Mahanga Nala: 8.70 km W Jatadhar Mohan Creek: 5.91 km SW Bay of Bengal: 5.34 km E

N Groundwater Safe category

O Soil and Land-use Sandy clay, landuse of site is barren land

Sandy loam & sandy clay. landuse agriculture, water body and settlement

Sandy loam & sandy clay loam landuse agriculture, waterbody and settlement

3. Social Environment

P Physical Setting Induatrial land Urban, rural and Rural

Uraban, rural and agricultural

Q Physical Sensitive Receptors

None School, Hospitals, Temple etc.

School, Hospitals, Temple etc.

R Archaeological Monuments

None None None



Figure 3.5 : Google Map showing environment sensitive features of 10 km Study area



3.4. Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance

Procedures

The baseline environmental data generation has been done for the period of December,

2013- March, 2014. Based on above baseline data the draft report has been prepared for

the Public hearing. Public hearing for the above project was conducted on 19th May 2017.

The TOR for the proposed project as per old ToR letter issued was expired on 6th Dec,

2015, hence the baseline data was again repeated for the period of 1st March 2018 to 30th

May 2018. The final report has been updated on the basis of latest baseline data. The

study period and methodology for primary data collection is summarised in Table 3.3.

Table 3.2 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection

Parameters No. of Sampling

Locations Frequency/ Season

Remark

Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx, NH3, CO, HC and HF

Eight (08) locations (Refer Fig. No.3.6 )

Twice a Week For winter season

AAQ monitoring was carried out at eight (08) locations (representing upwind, downwind and sensitive locations). 24 hourly sampling at each location was carried out as per CPCB guide lines (CPCB Gazette notification dated 18.11.2009 on AAQ).

Meteorology

Temperature, Humidity, Wind speed, Direction, Rainfall etc.

One location

Hourly for winter season

Met station was established close to the site to record the site specific hourly met data.

Ground Water Quality

Physical, chemical and biological parameters as per IS: 10,500

Eight (08) locations in study area (Fig 3.6)

Once in a season

Ground water: Sampling was conducted at eight (08) locations. Samples were preserved, transported and analysed for different parameters based on APHA methods. Temp, conductivity and pH which were measured instantly at site itself.

Surface Water Quality

Physical, chemical and biological parameters as per IS: 10,500

Five (08) locations in study area (Fig 3.6)

Once in a season

Surface Water: Sampling was conducted at five (05) locations. Samples were preserved and transported for analysis for different parameters based on APHA methods. Temp, conductivity, DO and pH which were measured instantly at site itself.

Soil Quality Environment

Texture, bulk density, pH, conductivity, cation exchange capacity, organic matter, Total N,P & K

Six (08) locations in study area (Fig 3.6)

Once in a season

Soil samples were collected at six (06) locations within the study area and analysed as per IARI methods.

Noise Environment



Parameters No. of Sampling

Locations Frequency/ Season

Remark

Noise profiling for 24 hrs

Eight (08) locations in study area (Fig 3.6)

Once in a season

Noise measurement survey was conducted at different location within the 10-km area of project site for noise profiling for 24 hrs using integrated sound level meter, as per CPCB guidelines.

Ecology (Flora & Fauna)

Flora & Fauna - Once in a season

Primary survey and Secondary sources

Demography & Socio-economics

Demography & Socioeconomic

- Once in a season

Primary survey / Secondary sources

Standard methods and procedures have been strictly adhered to in the course of this study.

QA/QC procedures were strictly followed which covers all aspects of the study, and

includes sample collection, handling, laboratory analyses, data coding, statistical analyses,

presentation and communication of results. All analysis was carried out in NABL/MoEF

accredited/recognized laboratory. Environment sampling location map is shown below as

Figure 3.5.

Figure 3.6 : Environment Sampling Location Map



3.5. Physical Environment

3.5.1. Topography and Physiography

The study area falls in Jagatsinghpur district. The study area is spread over alluvial plains

of the river Mahanadi. The deposit of silt of rivers has built up the present alluvium tracts at

their meeting places with the sea. Due to creation of swamp at the meeting places with the

sea, dense jungles have grown up. The study area is situated in coastal plain zone as per

agro- climatic classification and in deltaic alluvial plains of the Mahanadi river system.

The study area being a part of Mahanadi delta is a flat land with hardly a relief. The

topography of proposed site is almost plain. The site elevation ranges between 2 to 7 m

amsl. The site is sloping towards south side. The study area elevation ranges between 0 to

12 m amsl. The site is sloping towards south side. The contour map of the 10 km study

area is shown in the Figure 3.7.

Figure 3.7 : Contour Map of the Study Area

3.5.2. Drainage

The study area is drained by Mahanadi River and other seasonal streams which ultimately

meets the Bay of Bengal. The north eastern part of the study area is drained by the

Mahanadi, Taladanda Canal, Atharbanki Creek and Bay of Bengal, and other perennial

water bodies and streams in the study area. All drainage of the northern and western part

of the study area flows into south towards Bay of Bengal. The Bay of Bengal in the eastern

part of the study area confluence point of river Mahanadi river. The western and southern

part of the study area is drained by Santra nala, Mahanga Nala and Jatadhar Mohan



Creek. All the drainage of the study area is towards sea cost/Bay of Bengal in southern

direction. Drainage map of the study area is shown as Figure 3.8.

Figure 3.8 : Drainage Map of the Study Area

3.5.3. Geology

The study area forms a part of the Mahandi valley overlain by the Quaternary formation.

The study area is floored by thick Quaternary sediment that is underlain in the sub-surface

successively by rocks from early Cretaceous resting on metamorphic basement. The

thickness of the Quaternary deposit is in excess of 500-m. It is built up by stacking of

repeated sequences of sand, silt and clay beds. On the surface the delta plain could be

divided into two broad areas. The upper delta plain (UDP) lying beyond the tidal influence

has been shaped by the fluvial action of the distributaries of the Mahanadi

River system providing the landscape of point and channel bars, levee, back swamp,

abandoned meander loops and undifferentiated flood plains. On the seaward side of the

UDP, the lower delta plain (LDP) represents a zone shaped by fluvial action, tides and the

marine processes. Therefore the geomorphology is variable with low levee on banks of the

distributaries, inter-distributary marshes in between the distributaries, stranded beach

ridges amidst flood plains, wide mud flats, lagoons, creeks, sand bars, barrier beach/sand

spit and active dune -berm-beach face complex facing the open sea. Geological

succession of the area is presented in Table 3.4.

Table 3.3 : Sub-surface Stratigraphy in the Paradeep Depression of Mahanadi onshore areas

Sl. No. Age Lithology



1 Pleistocene to Recent Unconsolidated sand and clay 2 Pliocene Sandstone and claystone/clay 3 Middle Miocene Sandstone and claystone 4 Early Miocene Sandstone and claystone with occasional coal streaks 5 Precambrian Unconformity Precambrian Metamorphics

3.5.4. Ground water Resources

As per CGWB classification the 10-km study area falls in Kujang block of Jagatsinghpur

District. The annual replenishable ground water resources in the district are computed as

45029 Ham. The ground water draft for irrigation is through dug wells and shallow tube

wells. So far ground water development in the district has been meager and all the blocks

fall under the safe category. The stage of ground water development varies from 31.53 %

to 67.26 in different blocks.

The study area falls in Kujang block of the district. The Net annual Ground Water

Availability in the Kujang block is computed as 6440 Ham. The Existing Gross Ground

Water Draft for all uses in the Kujang block is 3998 ham. Stage of Ground water

development in the Kajung block is 62.38%. Overall the study area including Kajungar

block fall under the safe category. The overall stage of ground water development of the

district is 47.37%. The block wise computation of ground water resources in the district has

been presented in the Table 3.5 and Figure 3.9.

Table 3.4 : Stage of Block wise Ground water Development of Jagatsinghpur District (As on 31st March 2009)

Sl. No

Assessment Unit/Block

Net annual Ground Water

Availability

Existing Gross

Ground WaterDraft for

irrigation

Existing Gross

Ground Water

Draft for domestic

and industrial

water supply

Existing Gross

Ground Water Draft for all uses

Allocation for

domestic and

industrial requirem

ent supply

upto next 25 years

Net Ground Water

availability for future

irrigation develop

ment

Stage of

Ground

Water Developme

nt (%)

1 Balikuda 5052 1890 281.90 2172 360 2802 42.99

2 Biridi 6814 2813 190.28 3004 233 3767 44.09

3 Erasama* 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00

4 Jagatsinghpur 8222 3167 376.97 3545 479 4575 43.12

5 Kujang 6409 3583 415.16 3998 554 2272 62.38

6 Naugaon 2786 1752 122.27 1874 162 872 67.26

7 Raghunathpur 7340 2106 208.31 2314 239 4995 31.53

8 Tirtol 8406 4086 339.57 4425 436 3884 52.64

Total 45029 19397 1935 21332 2463 23167 47.37

Source-http://www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Orissa/jagasingpur.pdf

*-Fresh water unconfined aquifers either absent or available in pockets



Figure 3.9 : Ground Water Resources of Jagatsinghpur District

3.5.5. Depth to Ground Water Table

The 10 km study area falls in Kujang block of Jagatsinghpur District. The depth to water

level in the study area during pre monsoon season varies from 2 m bgl to 5 m bgl and in

post monsoon season depth to water table ranges 2 m to 4 m.

Project Site



Figure 3.10 : Depth to Water Level (Pre-Monsoon Season)

Figure 3.11 : Depth to Water Level (Post-Monsoon Season) (Source-http://www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Orissa/jagasingpur.pdf)

3.5.6. Seismicity of the Study Area

Orissa is vulnerable to multiple disasters. Due to its sub-tropical littoral location, the state is

prone to tropical cyclones, storm surges and tsunamis. Though a large part of the state

Project Site

Project Site

http://www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Orissa/jagasingpur.pdf



comes under Earthquake Risk Zone-II (Low Damage Risk Zone), the Brahmani Mahanadi

graben and their deltaic areas come under Earthquake Risk Zone-III (Moderate Damage

Risk Zone).

Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a seismic zoning map of

Odisha State has been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of Bureau

of Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893: Part-I, 2002). According to the seismic-zoning map

of Orissa, the proposed PPL project area falls in Zone-III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone) of

seismicity. The seismicity map of study area is shown in Figure 3.12.

(Source-http://www.ndma.gov.in/en/odisha-sdma-office)

Figure 3.12 : Seismic Zones Map of Odisha

3.6. Land Environment

3.6.1. Land-use

Land use analysis was carried out using remote Sensing Data. Interpretation approach

based on systematic digital imaging was used for delineating the land use classes. The

Project Site



demarcation of boundaries falling under different land use/land cover units is done using

different colours assigned to different land use/land cover units of satellite imagery1.

Most of the land within the 10 km area of the project site is under agricultural land. As per

the land use based on satellite image, about 31.31% of the land is Agricultural land, about

41.80% land is under water body, 10.78% land is open shrub & grass land and about

3.34% land is under settlement, 6.15% land is under vegetation and rest is other uses.

(Refer Figure: 3.13 and Table 3.6). Land use map of the 10 km study area is shown in

Figure 3.14.

Table 3.5 : Land use of the Study Area

Sl.No. Class Area(Sq km) Percentage

1 Agricultural land 148.05 31.31

2 Settlement 15.79 3.34

3 Vegetation 29.07 6.15

4 Open shrub and grass land 50.98 10.78

5 Water body 197.63 41.80

6 Barren land 20.31 4.30

7 Marshy land 10.95 2.32

Total 472.78 100

Figure 3.13 : Graphical representation of Landuse of 10 km study area

1The satellite Imagery of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS- ID, sensor P6, LISS III) of 24 m

resolution was used. The Swath of the imagery is 141 Km x 141 Km. Band used are 4, 3, 2 and 5. LANDSAT imagery of 30 meter resolution and 185 x 185 km swath is also used for the comparative and overall analysis of the area. LISS III imagery and LANDSAT 8 TM imagery were used for the complete coverage of the study area

Agricultural land31%

Settlement4%Vegetation

6%

Open shrub and grass land

11%

Water body42%

Barren land4%

Marshy land2%

Landuse Pattern of the Study Area



Figure 3.14 : Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)



3.6.2. Soil Quality

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust that serves as a natural medium for the

growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and

influenced by genetic and environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for

plants and crops and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilts.Soil is our most

important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes from the earth and

is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter, minerals, clay & water. Soil

is the seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi, earthworms, bacteria etc. These

are very beneficial in promoting soil reactions and decomposing the organic matter by which

essential nutrients for plants are liberated. Most of the soils are made-up of two main parts:

Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark

brown in color and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.

Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms,

roundworms, insects, etc. Actually more living organisms live in the soil than above it.

For general characterization of soil a few random samples from the study area to the depth

of about 15-cm may sufficient. Deeper soil samples may be needed only for the study of soil

Profile.

3.6.3. General Characteristics of the Soil in the District

Different types of soils are encountered in different topographical, biological, hydrological

and geological conditions within the district. Coastal Saline and Alluvial Soil are also

observed in the district. Alluvial soils of clayey texture crack upon drying and become sticky

when wet. Water holding capacity (WHC) of this type of soil is high. Once water-logged, the

clay soil takes more time to become ready to plough. Drainage is also difficult due to slow

permeability. The coarse textured soil (sands) are deficient with N, P, K and S. Texturally

the soils of the district are sandy, sandy loam, silty loam & clay loam. Salinity is the

important factor effecting soil characteristics, texture and mineral content of soil, which has

adverse effect on plant growth2. Soil map of the district is presented by Figure 3.25.

2Source:http://www.orissa.gov.in/eagazine/Orissareview/nov2005/engpdf/Soil_of_Orissa_and_Its_Management.pdf)

http://www.orissa.gov.in/eagazine/Orissareview/nov2005/engpdf/Soil_of_Orissa_and_Its_Management.pdf



Figure 3.15 : Soil Map of Jagatsinghpur District3

3.6.4. Methodology

The soil samples were collected from Six (08) selected locations during the post-monsoon

season (Dec, 2013 to Feb 2014) and pre monsoon season (March-May, 2018). The

samples collected from all the locations were homogeneous representative of each location.

At random eigh sub-locations were identified at each location and soil samples were

collected from 5 to15-cm below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the

soil samples. The samples about 500-gms were packed in polythene bags labeled in the

3Source-ttp://agricoop.nic.in/Agriculture%20Contingency%20Plan/Orissa/Orissa%2018%20Jagatsinghpur%2031.05.2011.pdf)



field with location & number and sent to the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical

parameters.

3.6.5. Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was conducted once during the study period of pre-monsoon season. Six (08)

soil samples were collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed project.

For studying soil quality in the study area, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing soil conditions in and around the existing plant area representing various land use

conditions. The homogenized samples were analyzed for physicochemical characteristics.

Soil sampling locations with their distance & directions with respect to the proposed project

site are presented in Table 3.6.

Table 3.6 : Soil Sampling Locations

Soil (March, 2018-April, 2018)

S01 Project Site 00 20°16'45.75"N 86°38'10.68"E

S02 Udayabhata 2.7km,N 20°18'31.16"N 86°37'24.01"E

S03 Denkia 2.5, SW 20°14'39.21"N 86°35'16.68"E

S04 Abbhayachandpur 1 km,S 20°14'15.96"N 86°36'15.85"E

S05 Pitambarpur 5.75km,NW 20°18'26.93"N 86°35'5.58"E

S06 Nuagarh 4.7, N 20°20'31.47"N 86°37'13.97"E

S07 Bagdia 2.0, W 20°16'50.61"N 86°34'53.43"E

S08 Musadiha 3.84,NE 20°19'0.59"N 86°39'57.77"E

3.6.6. Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine the

existing soil characteristics of the study area. Soil samples were collected from the vicinity of

proposed project site. Physicochemical characteristics of soil for pre monsoon season

monitoring are presented in Table 3.7 and sampling of season (Dec,2013-March, 2014) is

attached as Annexure 17.

Table 3.7 : Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil (Pre-monsoon Season, 2018)

S. No.

Parameters

Unit S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8

Physical Characteristics 1. Colour - Light

Grey Grey Grey Light

Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey

2. Texture USDA Sandy Clay

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Clay Loam

Sandy Clay

Sandy Clay

Sandy Clay

3. Porosity % 46.4 52.5 52.1 53.2 52.1 44.9 47.9 45.3



4. Bulk Density

gm/cc 1.42 1.26 1.27 1.24 1.27 1.46 1.38 1.45

5. Water Holding Capacity

% 30.5 29.2 31.5 30.8 31.2 28.9 30.1 29.8

6. Particle Size Distribution i). Sand % 66 23 30 25 22 58 62 46 ii). Silt % 18 35 22 23 26 23 15 18 iii). Clay % 16 42 48 52 52 19 23 36

Chemical Characteristics 7. pH 20%

Slurry 7.46 7.55 7.18 7.82 7.45 7.37 7.88 7.66

8. Conductivity (EC)

µmhos/cm

395 358 396 388 485 385 376 415

9. CEC meq/100gm

18 24 21 18 20 25 28 22

10. Organic Carbon

% 0.65 0.72 0.76 0.86 0.74 0.65 0.54 0.56

11. Organic Matter

% 1.12 1.24 1.31 1.48 1.28 1.12 0.93 0.96

12. Calcium as Ca

meq/100gm

2.12 2.45 0.74 0.92 2.12 2.52 2.64 3.22

13. Magnesium as Mg

meq/100gm

0.24 0.48 0.59 0.49 0.38 0.48 0.82 0.64

14. Sodium as Na

meq/100gm

0.45 0.26 0.19 0.66 0.26 0.55 0.36 0.24

15. Manganese as Mn

mg/kg 1.25 1.05 1.26 1.44 1.14 1.35 1.28 1.24

16. Zinc as Zn mg/kg <0.60 <0.60 <0.60 <0.60 <0.60 <0.60 <0.60 <0.60 17. Boron as B mg/kg 0.52 0.62 0.65 0.74 0.69 0.59 0.57 0.70 18. Iron as Fe mg/kg 3.84 4.15 5.26 4.55 4.86 5.06 4.95 4.77 19. Copper as

Cu mg/kg 0.44 0.56 0.48 0.52 0.49 0.53 0.42 0.46

20. Fluoride mg/kg <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 <1.5 21. Available Nutrients i). Nitrogen

as N kg/ha

284.5 275.6 376.5 296.5 345.5 289.5 355.8 336.5

ii). Phosphorus as P

kg/ha 21.6 20.5 18.4 16.2 24.5 20.6 18.9 17.4

iii). Potassium as K

kg/ha 87.6 175.4 96.5 126.4 174.2 116.2 144.5 152.2

22. SAR - 0.35 0.51 0.61 0.45 0.38 0.45 0.44 0.53

3.6.7. Observation on Soil Quality

On the basis of above Soil Testing results in the study area the conclusion may be revealed

as follows;

Physical characteristics of soil

Physical characteristics of soil greatly influence its use and behavior towards plant growth.

Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil



• Physical Properties

Texturally the soils in the study area are observed as Sandy Clay and Clay Loam Soils. The

bulk density of the soils was found in the range of 1.24 to 1.46 gm/cm3. Porosity was

observed in the range of 44.9 to 53.2% in the soils of the study area. Water Holding

Capacity of study area soils was observed as 28.9 to 31.2%.

• Chemical Properties

Soil Reaction Classes and Critical Limits for Macro & Micro Nutrients in Soil

According to Soil Survey Manual (IARI, 1970), the soils are grouped under different soil

reaction classes viz; extremely acidic (pH<4.5), very strongly acidic (pH 4.5-5.0), strongly

acidic (pH 5.1-5.5), moderately acidic (pH 5.6-6.0), slightly acidic (pH 6.1-6.5), neutral (pH

6.6-7.3), slightly alkaline (pH 7.4-7.8), moderately alkaline (pH 7.9-8.4), strongly alkaline (pH

8.5-9.0).The soils are rated as low (<0.50%), medium (0.50-0.75%) and high (>0.75%) in

case of organic carbon, low (<280kg/ha), medium (280 to 560kg/ha) and high (>560kg/ha) in

case of available Nitrogen, low (<10kg/ha), medium (10 to 25kg/ha) and high (>25kg/ha) for

available Phosphorus, low (<108kg/ha), medium (108 to 280kg/ha) and high (>280kg/ha) for

available Potassium & low (<10mg/kg), medium (10-20mg/kg) and high (>20mg/kg) for

available Sulphur (Singh et. al. 2004, Mehta et. al.1988). Critical limits of Fe, Mn, Zn, Cu and

B, which separate deficient from non-deficient soils followed in India, are, 4.5, 2.0, 0.5, 0.2 &

0.5mg/kg respectively. (Follet & Lindsay 1970 and Berger & Truog 1940)

The soil pH ranges from 7.18 to 7.88, thereby indicating the soils are neutral to slightly

alkaline in nature. The organic carbon content of soil varied from 0.54 to 0.86% (0.93 to

1.48% as organic matter), thereby implying that soils are medium to high content. Available

nitrogen content in the surface soils ranges between 275.6 & 376.5 kg/ha thereby indicates

that soils are low in available nitrogen content. Available phosphorus content ranges

between 16.2 & 24.5 kg/ha thereby is indicating that soils are medium in available

phosphorus content. Available potassium content in these soils ranges between 87.6 &

175.4 kg/ha thereby is indicating that the soils are low to medium in potassium content.

The available manganese content in surface soils was recorded as 1.05 to 1.44 mg/kg as

the critical limit of available manganese is 2.0 mg/kg. The available Zinc in surface soils of

the study area observed <0.6mg/kg of soil. As per the critical limit of available Zinc as 0.5

mg/kg, most of the study area soils are observed as deficient in the study area. Above

description of study area soils reveals that the soils in the study area are having moderate

fertility index.

3.6.8. Cropping Pattern

Agriculture is the main occupation of the district ‗Jagatsinghpur‘ population. The rich fertile

soil of Mahanadi, make the region good for cultivation of different crops. The district is also

having some problems in relation to agriculture, such as saline soils, water logging area,

which have some adverse effect on agricultural production & productivity of cultivated crops.

Paddy is the main staple food crop of the area as well as the district. Cropping Pattern (for



Kharif and Rabi season) along with the production and productivity of major crops in

Jagatsinghpur District are presented in Table 3.8 and 3.9.

Table 3.8 : Area under Major Field Crops (As per latest figures 2008-09)

Major Cultivated

Field Crops

Area („000 ha) Kharif Rabi Summer Grand

Total Irrigated

Rain fed

Total

Irrigated

Rain fed

Total

Cereals 90.2 -- 90.2 3.3 -- 3.3 -- 93.5

Paddy 90.2 -- 90.2 3.07 -- 3.1 -- 93.2

Wheat -- -- -- 0.14 - 0.1 -- 0.1

Maize -- -- -- 0.09 - 0.1 -- 0.1

Ragi -- -- -- 0.006 -- 0.00

6 -- 0.006

Pulses -- -- -- 19.7 28.8 49.1 -- 49.0

Mung -- -- -- 12.6 16.3 28.9 -- 28.9

Biri -- -- -- 7.1 10.1 17.2 -- 17.2

Kulthi -- -- -- -- 2.4 2.4 -- 2.4

Cow pea -- -- -- 0.5 -- 0.5 -- 0.5

Gram -- -- -- 0.05 -- 0.05 -- 0.05

Oilseeds -- -- -- 10.6 -- 10.6 -- 10.6

Groundnut -- -- -- 6.9 -- 6.9 -- 6.9

Mustard/Toria -- -- -- 2.8 -- 2.8 -- 2.8

Til -- -- -- 0.4 -- 0.4 -- 0.4

Sunflower -- -- -- 0.4 -- 0.4 -- 0.4

Sugarcane 0.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.6

Condiments & Spices

5.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 5.3

Chilli 0.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.3

Turmeric 0.2 --- -- -- -- -- -- 0.2

Other Spices 2.6 --- -- -- -- -- -- 2.6

Total Condiments & Spices

8.4 - -- -- -- -- -- 8.4

S. No.

Horticulture Crops -Fruits

Area („000 ha)

Total Irrigated Rain fed

A Fruits 0.2 0.2 0.03

Kagji Lime (Neebu)

0.04 0.04 --

Mango 0.04 0.02 0.03

Banana 0.15 0.15 -

B Horticulture Crops-Vegetables

Potato 0.4 0.4 -

Onion 1.7 1.7 -

Other 18.3 18.3 -

C Coconut

75000 bearing Coconut trees (0.43)

0.08 0.35



(Source-http://agricoop.nic.in/Agriculture%20Contingency%20Plan/Orissa/Orissa%2018-

%20Jagatsinghpur%2031.05.2011.pdf)

Table 3.9 : Production and Productivity of Major Crops

(Average of last 5 years, 2004-08)

Name of Crop

Kharif Rabi Total

Prodn. ('000 t)

Prodty. (kg/ha)

Prodn. ('000 t)

Prodty. (kg/ha)

Prodn. ('000 t)

Prodty. (kg/ha)

Major Field Crops (Crops to be identified based on total acreage)

Paddy 87.794 2064 3.7 3070 91.6 2890

Wheat -- -- 0.1 1806 0.1 1806

Maize --- -- 0.1 1891 0.1 1891

Ragi -- -- 0.006 833 0.006 833

Gram -- -- 0.04 826 0.04 826

Mung -- -- 28.9 371 28.9 371

Biri --- -- 17.2 443 17.2 443

Kulthi -- -- 2.4 442 2.4 442

Cowpea -- -- 0.5 471 0.5 471

Groundnut -- -- 6.9 2078 6.9 2078

Til -- -- 0.4 343 0.4 343

Sunflower -- -- 0.4 436 0.4 436

Mustard/ Toria -- -- 2.8 250 2.8 250

Sugarcane 0.6 50083 -- -- 0.6 50083

Major Horticultural Crops (Crops to be identified based on total acreage)

Potato -- -- 4.9 13006 -- --

Onion -- -- 16.1 9503 -- --

Other Vegetables -- -- 243.1 -- -- --

Total Veg. -- -- 264.0 -- --

Chilli 4.5 -- -- 850 -- --

Ginger 0.5 -- -- 1852 -- --

Turmeric 0.5 -- -- 2238 -- --

Other Spices 3.8 -- -- -- -- --

Total Condiment s & Spices

9.3 -- -- -- -- --

(Source-http://agricoop.nic.in/Agriculture%20Contingency%20Plan/Orissa/Orissa%2018

%20Jagatsinghpur%2031.05.2011.pdf)

3.7. Meteorology (Based on Past Historical Data)

Areca nut 0.03 - 0.03

Cashew 0.490 - 0.490

D Hybrid Napier 0.02 0.02 0.003

Fodder Oat 0.01 0.01 -

Barseem 0.008 0.008 -

Total Fodder Area

0.04 0.04 0.003

Grazing Land 7.4 - 7.4



The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and dispersion of pollutants in

the atmosphere. Historical meteorological data were obtained from climatological tables

pertaining to Paradeep Port, Odisha (as per the nearest representative IMD station) for the

period of 1981-2010 and is summarized in Table 3.10.

Table 3.10 : Long Term Meteorological Data of Paradeep Port, 1981-2010 (30 years average)

Month Temperature (oC)

Relative Humidity (%)

Rainfall, mm

Predominant Wind Direction (from)

All Cloud Amounts

Oktas

Wind Speed, kmph

Max Min 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

January 27.0 16.5 80 71 9.4 N, NE NE, E 1.6 1.5 6.4

February 28.9 19.9 80 75 19.4 N, NE S, E 2.1 1.8 6.8

March 31.0 23.5 79 80 33.5 SW, W S, SW 2.7 2.5 7.7

April 32.0 25.7 80 84 33.3 SW, S SW, S 3.4 3.3 9.6

May 32.9 26.6 80 83 95.2 SW, S SW, S 4.1 3.9 9.5

June 32.5 26.7 83 83 222.9 SW, W SW, S 5.8 5.9 9.4

July 31.4 26.0 86 85 282 SW, W SW, W 6.4 6.4 8.1

August 31.3 26.0 86 85 367.6 SW, W SW, W 6.3 6.3 8.0

September 31.7 26.0 84 83 284.3 SW, W SW, S 5.4 5.7 6.8

October 31.8 24.4 80 78 195.9 N, NW NE, E 3.6 4.1 5.7

November 30.1 20.2 77 71 86.5 N, NW NE, E 2.4 2.9 6.5

December 28.0 16.7 76 68 10.8 N, NW NE, E 1.5 1.8 6.1

Yearly average/

Total 30.7 23.2 81 79 1640.9 SW, N SW, S 3.8 3.8 7.6

(Source: Climatological Normals, IMDParadeep Port)

Temperature–During the summer months i.e., April - June, the daily mean minimum

temperature are around 25.70C and daily mean maximum temperature around 32.90C.

During winter months i.e. December – January the daily mean maximum temperature

remains around 28.00C and daily mean minimum temperature remains around 16.50C

Relative Humidity–The humidity remains high throughout the year. The relative humidity

ranges between 68-86% throughout the year. The maximum humidity observed during rainy

season is 86%.

Rainfall–The total annual mean rainfall received at Paradeep port IMD is about 1640.9 mm.

Maximum of the Rainfall occurs during in the month of August (mean monthly being about

367.6 mm) followed by July (mean monthly being about 277.4 mm) with the four monsoon

months (June to October) contributing about 70.5% (about 1156.8 mm) of the total annual

rainfall.

Cloud Cover – In the study area, clear weather prevails in most of the time during post

monsoon, winter and summer seasons. Only during monsoon months of July, August and



September, moderate to heavy clouds are observed. Relevant details about the number of

days with zero oktas of cloud cover (all clouds) for all months are presented in Table 3.11.

Table 3.11 : No. of Days with Zero Oktas of Cloud Cover (Paradeep Port)

Cloud Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Time 08:30 19 14 8 4 2 0 0 0 1 6 12 18

17:30 17 13 11 5 3 0 0 0 0 3 8 15

(Source: Climatological Normals, IMDParadeep Port)

Wind Speed–Generally, light to moderate winds prevail throughout the year. Winds were

light and moderate particularly during the morning hours. While during the afternoon hours

the winds were stronger. The mean wind speed ranges from 5.7 to 6.5 kmph during post-

monsoon, 6.8 to 9.4 kmph during monsoon and 7.7 to 9.6 kmph in pre-monsoon season.

Wind Direction– The predominant wind direction at IMD Paradeep Port is from north and

northeast direction during winter months and rest of the season the wind blows from south

and southwest direction. Season wind rose of Paradeep Port IMD sites is presented in

Figure 3.16 to 3.18.



Figure 3.16 :Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Pre-monsoon Season)



Figure 3.17 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Monsoon Season)



Figure 3.18 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Post-monsoon Season)

3.7.2. Cyclone & Strom Surge:



The most destructive element associated with an intense cyclone is storm surge. Past

history indicates that loss of life is significant when surge magnitude is 3 m or more. The

severity of cyclone occurs when wind speed reaches 89 to 118 kmph, very severe cyclone

when wind speed ranges in between 119 to 221 kmph and the wind speed due to Super

Cyclonic storm exceeds 222 kmph. Paradeep and its adjoining areas in recent times faced

super cyclones on 29th October 1999 having wind speed as high as 260 kmph and the

radius of maximum wind was 10 to 15 km. While crossing the coast, the Super Cyclone

produced 5.5 m storm surge above Chart Datum for above 6-7 hours duration, which

inundated land up to about 30 km inland. This had a toll of nearly 9500 human lives and 10

million people got affected.

Special Weather Phenomena- The occurrence of thunderstorm is 13.3 days per year,

mostly spread across the months of May to September. No annual Dust Storm is reported in

the area. Annually one day has visibility less than 1 km, 16 days has visibility in the range of

1 - 4 km, 214 days have visibility in the range of 4 -10 km, 69 days between 10 - 20 km and

65 days have visibility above 20 km.

3.7.3. Met Data Generated at Site

Met data was generated in December 2013 to March 2014 and again repeated for the

period of March 2018 to May 2018. An automatic weather monitoring station was installed at

Project site, keeping the sensors free exposed to the atmosphere and with minimum

interference with the nearby structures. The micro-meteorological data like wind speed, wind

direction, temperature, relative humidity and atmospheric pressure were collected using the

weather stationed cloud cover was recorded manually for the study period.

The wind directions, wind speed, temperature, rainfall and humidity recorded at site for

March 2018 to May 2018. are presented in Table 3.12. Graphical representation of wind

class frequency distribution pattern and wind rose for season Dec, 2013-March, 2014 and

March, 2018-May-2018 is provided in Figure 3.19 and 3.20.. Site specific wind rose

diagram for study period i.e. Dec, 2013-March, 2014 and (to May 2018 is presented in

Figure 3.24.

Table 3.12 : Site Specific Meteorological Data

Month/Year Temperature

(deg 0C)

Relative

Humidity, %

Average

Wind Speed

(m/s)

Predominant wind Direction (Blowing from)

Calm

Period,

% Min Max Min Max

March 2018 21 40 12 100

4.17

SSW

8.24 April 2018 20 41 19 100

May 2018 23 38 34 100

(Source: Field Survey)



Temperature –During the study period daily mean minimum temperature was 200C and

daily mean maximum temperature was 410C.

Relative Humidity –The maximum relative humidity during entire study period of March to

May 2018 was recorded as 100% and minimum was recorded as 12%. Highest relative

humidity was observed during night time and lowest relative humidity value was recorded

during day time.

Wind Speed–The wind speed was recorded between 1.0 to >6 m/sec during study period.

Average wind speed during the whole study period was observed as 4.17-m/sec. Wind class

frequency distribution is presented in Figure 3.19.

Wind Direction –The predominant wind direction at site is from SSW direction. Windrose

diagram presented in Figure 3.20.

Calm Periods – Calm period was observed more during night time comparatively day time.

Average Calm period is shown in windrose diagram.

March to May 2018

Dec-2013 to March 2014

Figure 3.19 : Wind Class Frequency distribution



March to May 2018



Dec-2013 to March 2014

Figure 3.20 : Windrose Diagram

3.8. Ambient Air Quality

CPCB guidelines were applied for selecting the appropriateness of monitoring locations. The

location and height of the stations were so selected (>5 m from base) to avoid the capture of

re-suspended road dust and fugitive domestic emissions due to burning. All the ambient air

analysis with respect to each parameter were analysed as per CPCB guidelines. AAQ

monitoring was done at eight (8) locations within the study area considering dominant wind

direction, populated area and sensitive receptors. Monitoring of baseline Environmental

quality of the study area has been done during December 2013- March 2014 and again

repeated March, 2018-May, 2018. The monitoring locations were selected based on the

wind pattern. AAQ monitoring was conducted in two different seasons hence there was

some change in AAQ locations in both season. Details of monitoring locations are shown in

Table 3.13 (Dec 2013- Mar 2014) and Table 3.14(March-2018-May-2018). Monitoring

Location map for season (March-2018-May-2018) is shown in Figure 3.6.The summary of

Ambient Air quality results is presented in Table 3.15 (Dec 2013- Mar 2014) and Table

3.16(March-2018-May-2018).A graphical representation of AAQ monitoring parameters is

shown in Figure 3.25, 3.26, 3.27, and 3.28.



Table 3.13 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (Dec, 2013-March,2014) Code Location

(2018)

Distance (Km) Coordinates Terrain Features

A01 Project Site 00 20°16'52.93"N

86°38'47.92"E

Flat, Industrial

A02 Trilochanpur 2.6, SW 20°15'20.88"N

86°34'56.12"E

Flat, Residential, close to

plant site

A03 Denkia 2.5, SW 20°14'41.32"N

86°35'6.64"E

Flat, Residential, close to

plant site

A04 PratapPura 4.24, W 20°16'1.12"N

86°34'2.74"E

Flat, Residential

A05 Mangrajpura 5.5, NW 20°18'18.89"N

86°33'58.58"E

Flat, Residential

A06 Nuagarh 4.7, N 20°19'16.21"N

86°37'8.10"E

Flat, Residential

A07 Bagdia 2.0, W 20°16'38.15"N

86°35'20.84"E

Flat, Residential

A08 Musadiha 3.84,NE 20°18'59.69"N

86°39'30.29"E

Flat, Residential

Table 3.14 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (March to May 2018) Code Location

(2018)

Distance Coordinates Terrain Features

A01 Project Site

00 20°16'36.93"N 86°38'3.30"E

Flat,Industrial

A02 PPL Township

00 20°15'51.42"N 86°36'41.89"E

Flat, Residential, inside the plant site

A03 Chaulipalanda

0.200,W 20°16'39.16"N 86°36'32.69"E

Flat, Residential, close to plant site

A04 Gopinath Colony

0.47,N 20°17'15.61"N 86°38'29.79"E

Flat, Commercial, close to plant site

A05 Udayabata

2.79,N 20°18'30.10"N 86°37'38.54"E


A06 Paradeepgarh

4.88,N 20°19'38.26"N 86°36'16.65"E


A07 Musadia

4.22,NE 20°19'0.75"N 86°39'41.12"E


A08 Jogidhankud 5.73,NE 20°19'10.26"N 86°41'22.83"E


Table 3.15 : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) (Dec,2013-

Feb,2014)

Location PM2.5 (µg/m³)

PM10

(µg/m³) SO₂

(µg/m³) NOx

(µg/m³) CO

(µg/m³) NH3

(µg/m³) HC(µg/

m³)

Project Site Max 52 72 24.8 17.8 600 45.9 <0.05

Min 44 65 19.2 12.2 468 40.3 <0.05



Location PM2.5 (µg/m³)

PM10

(µg/m³) SO₂

(µg/m³) NOx

(µg/m³) CO

(µg/m³) NH3

(µg/m³) HC(µg/

m³)

Mean 47.7 68.3 22.0 15.0 556 42.9 <0.05

98 Percentile

52.0 71.5 24.8 17.7 599 45.5 <0.05

Trilochanpur

Max 44 67 20.6 13.6 525 41.9 <0.05

Min 36 54 15.0 8.1 411 36.0 <0.05

Mean 40.0 60.7 17.4 10.9 486 38.7 <0.05

98 Percentile

44.0 65.6 20.5 13.5 523 41.9 <0.05

Denka Vill.

Max 38 60 18.6 11.6 493 39.9 <0.05

Min 32 51 13.0 6.1 401 34.0 <0.05

Mean 34.8 55.9 16.2 9.0 446 36.8 <0.05

98 Percentile

38.0 60.0 18.5 11.4 489 39.8 <0.05

Pratappur Vill.

Max 36 62 17.7 10.5 472 38.0 <0.05

Min 30 51 12.0 5.1 401 33.0 <0.05

Mean 33.1 55.0 14.4 7.8 426 35.7 <0.05

98 Percentile

36.0 60.6 17.6 10.4 466 38.0 <0.05

Bagdia Vill.

Max 48 69 22.9 15.6 586 43.0 <0.05

Min 40 60 17.0 10.1 442 38.0 <0.05

Mean 44.0 64.5 19.8 12.7 527 40.5 <0.05

98 Percentile

48.0 69.0 22.8 15.6 580 43.0 <0.05

Mangrajpur Vill.

Max 40 63 19.7 12.9 503 40.9 <0.05

Min 34 53 14.2 7.0 429 35.1 <0.05

Mean 36.9 57.3 16.8 9.6 463 37.9 <0.05

98 Percentile

40.0 62.5 19.6 12.7 493 40.9 <0.05

Musadia Vill.

Max 50 72 23.9 16.8 575 44.9 <0.05

Min 42 61 18.1 11.1 437 39.2 <0.05

Mean 46.2 66.6 20.9 13.7 541 42.0 <0.05

98 Percentile

50.0 71.5 23.8 16.7 574 44.8 <0.05

Nuagarh Vill.

Max 46 68 21.5 14.9 523 42.7 <0.05

Min 38 58 16.0 9.0 457 37.1 <0.05

Mean 42.5 62.3 18.9 12.2 487 39.8 <0.05

98 Percentile

46.0 67.5 21.4 14.9 520 42.5

Source: Primery Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory

Table 3.16 : Ambient Air Quality Data around the project site in 10 km radius (March-

May, 2018)



Location PM10 (µg/m³)

PM2.5(µg/m³) SO₂ (µg/m³)

NOx (µg/m³)

NH3 (µg/m³)

CO (mg/m³)

Project Site

Min 76 32 8.2 14.4 15 0.62

Max 96 47 20.2 38.0 24 0.95

Mean 85 38 13.7 25.3 19 0.77

98 Percentile

95 46 19.5 36.9 23 0.91

PPL Township

Min 64 29 7.2 13.2 13 0.51

Max 87 45 16.0 29.1 21 0.82

Mean 74 36 11.5 22.4 17 0.68

98 Percentile

86 43 15.7 28.4 21 0.81

Chaulipalanda

Min 60 25 7.6 14.2 14 0.56

Max 84 39 17.8 34.1 29 0.88

Mean 73 30 13.2 22.8 22 0.73

98 Percentile

83 37 16.9 32.6 28 0.87

Gopinath Colony

Min 64 29 7.0 12.4 14 0.45

Max 90 42 15.3 26.0 21 0.90

Mean 77 36 10.9 18.8 17 0.70

98 Percentile

89 42 15.1 25.0 21 0.89

Udayabata

Min 69 32 7.9 13.8 18 0.41

Max 93 46 19.2 29.8 36 0.75

Mean 78 36 13.0 20.4 25 0.58

98 Percentile

92 45 19.1 29.3 35 0.75

Paradeepgarh

min 71 35 8.0 14.4 11 0.68

Max 105

49 19.5 36.4 19 1.05

Mean 88 41 13.5 22.0 15 0.88

98 Percentile

104 48 18.8 33.7 19 1.04

Musadia

Min 57 25 6.4 10.8 18 0.48

Max 81 41 17.8 21.5 45 0.95

Mean 68 33 11.6 16.5 30 0.72

98 Percentile

80 41 17.4 20.9 43 0.92

Jogidhankud

Min 54 22 4.8 9.5 13 0.35

Max 75 37 14.0 18.4 20 0.73

Mean 65 28 9.1 12.7 16 0.59

98 Percentile

75 36 13.4 17.8 20 0.73




Graphical Presentation of AAQ PM2.5Concentration

Figure 3.21 : Statistical Comparison of PM2.5 Concentration

Observations:The average PM2.5 level in both the seasons was found within the NAAQS

levels for industrial, Residential, Rural and other Areas (60 µg/m3).

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Project Site Trilochanpur Denka Vill. Pratappur Vill

Bagdia Vill. Mangrajpur Vill

Musadia Vill. Nuragrah Vill.

µg/

m3

PM2.5 (season Dec 2013-March2014)

Max Min Mean 98 Percentile

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

µg/

m³

PM2.5 (Season Mar-May 2018)



Figure 3.22 : Statistical Comparison of PM10 Concentration

Observations: The average PM10 level was within the NAAQS levels for industrial,

Residential, Rural and other Areas (100 µg/m3).

The highest PM10 levels were found at Paradeepgarh (105µg/m3) while the lowest levels

was found at vill. Jogidhakud (54.0 µg/m3).

SO2 Concentration (Winter Season):

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80




µg/

m³

PM10 (Season Dec 2013-Mar 2014)


0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

Min

Max

Mea

n 98

…

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

µg/

m³

PM2.5 (Season Mar-May 2018)



Figure 3.23 : Statistical Comparison of SO2 Concentration

Observations: The SO2 level of the study area in both the seasons was found well

under the NAAQS Standard of 80 µg/m3. The main source of SO2 emission is

vehicular.

NOx Concentration:

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0




µg/

m³

SOx (Season Dec 2013-Mar 2014)


0

5

10

15

20

25

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

µg/

m³

SO2 (Season Mar-May 2018)



Figure 3.24 : Statistical Comparison of NOx Concentration

Observations: The NOx level of the study area was well under the NAAQS standard of

80 µg/m3. The main source of NOx emission is industrial & vehicular.

Overall the ambient air quality of the study area was found within the national ambient air

quality standards in all the monitoring locations. However, at one location, Paradeep garh,

the ambient air quality was fi=ound above NAAQS standards. HC (methane and non

methane) and HF were also monitored but not detected.

3.9. Noise Environment

Noise after a certain level can have a very disturbing effect on the people and animals

exposed to it. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the area in order

to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to the proposed project. Ambient

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

Project Site Trilochanpur Denka Vill. Pratappur Vill Bagdia Vill. Mangrajpur Vill


µg/

m³

NOx (Season Dec 2013-Mar 2014)


0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

Min

Max

Mea

n

98

Per

cen

tile

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

µg/

m³

NOx (Season Mar-May 2018)



noise measurements were undertaken at Eight (8) locations for season Dec, 13 to Feb,14

and season March-May, 2018, represented in Table 3.17.Location wise result for day time

and night time forseasonDec, 13 to Feb,14 and season March-May, 2018 are presented in

Table 3.18 and 3.19 respectively.

The monitored levels were compared against the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Rules 2000, as amended through the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Amendment

Rules 2010 dated 11th January 2010. The project site falls in designated industrial area and

the noise levels at all the locations were found within the ambient noise standards.

Table 3.17 : Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations (Dec, 2013-Jan,2014)

Code Location Distance (Km) Coordinates Zone N01 Project Site near ETP

- 20°16'50.17"N

86°38'29.23"E Industrial

N02 Trilochanpur 2.6, SW 20°15'28.38"N 86°34'48.03"E

Residential

N03 Denkia 2.5, SW 20°14'37.88"N 86°35'19.48"E

Commercial/ Mixed use area

N04 PratapPura 4.24, W 20°16'14.85"N 86°33'50.03"E

Residential

N05 Mangrajpura 5.5, NW 20°18'53.06"N 86°33'27.09"E

Residential

N06 Nuagarh 4.7, N 20°19'58.54"N 86°36'46.98"E


N07 Bagdia 2.0, W 20°16'42.31"N 86°35'8.38"E


N08 Musadiha 3.84,NE 20°18'41.99"N 86°39'1.95"E


(March-April, 2018) N01 Project Site (Plant

Gate) 00 20°16'36.93"N

86°38'3.30"E Industrial

N02 Near PPL Township 00 20°15'46.96"N 86°36'40.26"E

Residential

N03 NH 5A 3.47,N 20°18'38.31"N 86°37'27.26"E


N04 Niharunikandha 1.84,N 20°17'37.79"N 86°36'58.78"E

Residential

N05 Abhayachandapur 1.97,SW 20°14'34.70"N 86°36'40.6"E

Residential

N06 Paradeep Rly. Station 0.31,N 20°16'57.11"N 86°36'51.25"E


N07 Paradeep /SH-12 3.48,N 86°36'51.25"E 86°37'27.26"E


N08 Coast Guard/Connecting NH-

5A

0.74,SE 20°15'58.46"N 86°38'55.42"E


Table 3.18 : Ambient Noise Quality Results (Post monsoon Season, 2013-14)



Location Code

Surveyed Location

Present Category Day Time Leq dB(A)

Night Time Leq dB(A)

National Standard Day Time Leq dB(A)

National Standard Night Time Leq dB(A)

N-1 Project Site

near ETP

Industrial 62.8 45.9 75 70

N-2 Trilochanpur Residential 55.9 42.2 55 45

N-3 Denkia Commercial/ Mixed use area 51.5 39.9 65 55

N-4 PratapPura Residential 50.8 39.9 55 45

N-5 Mangrajpura Residential 52.9 40.9 55 45

N-6 Nuagarh Commercial/ Mixed use area 52.9 40.7 65 55

N-7 Bagdia Commercial/ Mixed use area 53.0 41.4 65 55

N-8 Musadiha Commercial/ Mixed use area 54.9 41.6 65 55

Table 3.19 : Ambient Noise Quality Results (Pre monsoon Season, 2018)

Location Code

Surveyed Location

Present Category Day Time Leq

dB(A)

Night Time Leq

dB(A)

National Standard Day Time Leq dB(A)

National Standard

Night Time Leq

dB(A)

N-1 Project Site (Plant Gate)

Industrial 65.0 58.3 75 70

N-2 PPL Township Residential 53.8 43.2 55 45

N-3 NH 5A Commercial/ Mixed use area

70.6 63.2 65 55

N-4 Niharunikandha Residential 52.5 45.2 55 45

N-5 Abhayachandpur Residential 52.6 42.5 55 45

N-6 Paradeep Rly. Station


63.6 59.7 65 55

N-7 Paradeep /SH-12 Commercial/ Mixed use area

68.2 57.9 65 55

N-8 Coast Guard/Connecting NH-5A


65.5 57.2.0 65 55

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis, EQMS

3.9.2. Observation on Ambient Noise Quality:

The noise level at all residential locations in both the seasons were found lower than the

ambient noise standards except PPL township where day time noise level was slightly high

than the standard this may be due to its closeness to Plant. Only at NH-5A

(commercial/mixed use area), the equivalent day noise level was found higher than the

standard noise level day equivalent, which may be due to heavy vehicular movement and

road traffic.



3.10. Water Quality

3.10.1. Ground Water Quality

Eight ground water samples and five surface water sample were collected from different

locations around the site during study period. The water samples were examined for

physico-chemical parameters and bacteriological parameters. The samples were collected

and analysed as per the procedures specified in Standard Methods. Samples for chemical

analyses were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analyses were

collected in sterilized bottles. Temperature, pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen were

measured at site itself. Surface water sample were analyzed for various parameters and

assessed using the CPCB‘s BDU Criteria.

The ground water sampling locations is presented in Table 3.20. The analysis results of

groundwater are presented in Table 3.21 and Groundwater monitoring locations with

analysis results from Dec, 2013-March, 2014 are presented in Annexure 17.

Table 3.20 : Ground Water Sampling Locations

Ground Water(March, 2018-April, 2018) GW1

Project Site 00 20°16'36.93"N

86°38'3.30"E GW2

PPL Township 00 20°16'18.54"N

86°37'36.16"E GW3

Denkia 2.5, SW 20°14'41.32"N

86°35'6.64"E GW4

Chaukimatha 1.85,NW 20°16'58.23"N

86°35'58.68"E GW5

Paradeep Port Trust 1.62,SE 20°16'39.15"N

86°39'55.65"E GW6

Musadia 3.84,NE 20°18'59.69"N

86°39'30.29"E GW7

Fatehpur 4.78,W 20°16'50.24"N

86°33'57.42"E GW8 Trilochanpur 3.66,W 20°15'37.86"N

86°34'26.48"E


EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. 181

Table 3.21 : Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Ground Water Samples (Post monsoon season 2018)

S.No. Parameters GW1

GW2

GW3

GW4

Method Desired Limit /Permissible Limit

1 pH Value 6.51 7.52 6.48 7.30 APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/ No relaxation

2 Temperature 0C 25.8 26.0 25.6 25.9 IS:3025:Part 9

--

3 Conductivity,

mhos/cm

1046 980 563 1164 APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) <1 <5 <1 <1 APHA-2030B

1-5

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l

680 637 366 756 APHA-2540B

500/2000

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l

<2 <2 <2 <2 APHA-2540D

--

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l

256 218 160 338 APHA-2340C

200/600 8 Residual Free

Chlorine as RFC mg/l

<0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 IS:3025: P26 0.2-1

9 Chloride as Cl mg/l

152 122 126 356 APHA-4500B

250/1000

10 Total Alkalinity mg/l

282 246 156 300 IS:3025:Part -23

200/600

11 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l

132.0 52.8 70.4 110 APHA-4500E

200/400

12 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l

7.2 5.0 2.7 9.0 APHA-4500 45/No relaxation

13 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.42 0.39 0.32 0.48 APHA-4500D

1/1.5

14 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.29 0.32 0.24 0.32 APHA-3111B

0.3/No relaxation

15 Zinc as Zn mg/l 1.32 1.10 0.86 1.48 APHA-3111B

5/15

16 Calcium as Ca mg/l

78.4 74.4 57.6 86.4 APHA-3500B

75/200

17 Magnesium as Mg mg/l

14.6 7.8 3.9 29.6 APHA-3500B

30/100

18 Sodium as Na mg/l

57 49 43 70 APHA-3500 --

19 Potassium as K mg/l

15 11 7.0 19 APHA-3500 KB

--

20 Cadmium as Cd mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

0.003/No relaxation

21 Copper as Cu mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

0.05/1.5

22 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 APHA-3111B

0.02/No relaxation 23 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.018 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-

3111B 0.01/No relaxation

24 Mercury as Hg mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112 0.001/0.001

25 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l

<0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

0.5/No relaxation

26 Arsenic as As mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3114 0.01/0.05

27 Phenolic compound mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025:Part 43

0.001/0.002



28 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l

0.64 0.48 0.57 0.82 APHA --

29 Manganese as Mn mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025:Part 59

0.1-0.3

30 Cyanide as CN mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025:Part 27

0.05/ No relaxation

31 Boron mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025:Part 57

0.5-1

32 Aluminum as Al mg/l

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 IS:3025:Part 55

0.03-0.2

33 Anionic Detergents mg/l

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 0.2-1

34 Total Coliform MPN/100ml

<2 <2 <2 <2 APHA-9230B

Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample

35 E-coli MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent APHA-9230B


Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Ground Water Samples (May 2018) Contd...

S.No. Parameters GW5

GW6

GW7

GW8

Method Desired Limit /Permissible Limit

1 pH Value 7.99 7.45 7.36 7.27 APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/ No relaxation

2 Temperature 0C 25.6 25.8 26.0 25.6 IS:3025:Part 9

--

3 Conductivity,

mhos/cm

1526 788 1175 656 APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) <1 <5 <1 <1 APHA-2030B

1-5

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l

992 512 763 426 APHA-2540B

500/2000

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l

<2 <2 <2 <2 APHA-2540D

--

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l

212 236 344 228 APHA-2340C

200/600

8 RFC <0.1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025: P26 0.2-1

9 Chloride as Cl mg/l

415 198 398 66 APHA-4500B

250/1000

10 Total Alkalinity mg/l

428 276 280 206 IS:3025:Part -23

200/600

11 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l

146 46.8 68.2 68 APHA-4500E

200/400

12 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l

11.0 6.8 9.0 3.8 APHA-4500 45/No relaxation

13 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.52 0.42 0.36 0.28 APHA-4500D

1/1.5

14 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.36 0.28 0.29 0.22 APHA-3111B

0.3/No relaxation

15 Zinc as Zn mg/l 1.56 0.98 1.10 0.92 APHA- 5/15



3111B

16 Calcium as Ca mg/l

67.2 62.2 76.8 52.8 APHA-3500B

75/200

17 Magnesium as Mg mg/l

10.7 19.4 36.9 23.3 APHA-3500B

30/100

18 Sodium as Na mg/l

78 57 57 39 APHA-3500 --

19 Potassium as K mg/l

11 5 5.9 3.7 APHA-3500 KB

--

20 Cadmium as Cd mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

0.003/No relaxation

21 Copper as Cu mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

0.05/1.5

22 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 APHA-3111B

0.02/No relaxation

23 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.062 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

0.01/No relaxation

24 Mercury as Hg mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112 0.001/0.001

25 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l

<0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

0.5/No relaxation

26 Arsenic as As mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3114 0.01/0.05

27 Phenolic compound mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025:Part 43

0.001/0.002

28 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l

0.72 0.30 0.46 0.24 APHA --

29 Manganese as Mn mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025:Part 59

0.1-0.3

30 Cyanide as CN mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025:Part 27

0.05/ No relaxation

31 Boron mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025:Part 57

0.5-1

32 Aluminum as Al mg/l

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 IS:3025:Part 55

0.03-0.2

33 Anionic Detergents mg/l

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 0.2-1

34 Total Coliform MPN/100ml

<2 <2 <2 <2 APHA-9230B


35 E-coli MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent APHA-9230B


Observation on Ground Water Quality

The pH value of drinking water is an important index of acidity or alkalinity. pH value was

found within desired and permissible limit, neutral to alkaline in nature.

Total dissolve solids was found in the range of 426 to 992 mg/l which is found well within

permissible range (2000 mg/l) of IS 10500:2012.

Chloride was found in the range of 66 to 415 mg/l which is found well within permissible

range (1000 mg/l) of IS 10500:2012



Total hardness values ranges between 160 to 344 mg/l which found well within the

permissible range of IS 10500:2012 except at the location Denkiya (160 mg/l).

Total Alkalinity values ranges between 156 to 300 mg/l which found within

thepermissible range of IS 10500:2012

Overall the ground water quality of the study area is found well within the permissible

limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500:2012. No metallic and bacterial contaminations were

observed in ground water samples.

3.10.2. Surface Water Quality

Santra nalla, Mahanadi River and Sea water are the source of surface water in the study

area. Eight (08) surface water samples were collected and examined for major physico-

chemical parameters and bacteriological parameters. CPCB best designated Use standards

are shown in Table 3.22. Sea water Sample was analysed for various parameters using the

Receiving Sea Water Standards for SW-II Category (ref Table 3.24). Surface water

sampling locations are presented in Table 3.23. Surface water and sea water results for

study period provided in Table 3.24 and Surface water monitoring locations with analysis

results from Dec, 2013-March, 2014 are presented in Annexure 17.

Table 3.22 : CPCB Best Designated Use Standard (Source-CPCB)

Designed Best Use Class of Water

Criteria

Drinking water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organized)

B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less pH between 6 to 9 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5 Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm Max.2250 Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26 and Boron Max. 2mg/l



Table 3.23 : Surface Water Sampling Locations

Surface Water (March, 2018-April, 2018)

Inland Water

SW1 Project Site discharge point 100 mtr up stream Near Abhayachandpur

5.6 km, SW 20°14'11.67"N 86°35'35.68"E

SW2 Project Site discharge point 100 mtr down stream Near Abhayachandpur

6.0 km, SW 20°13'51.29"N 86°35'36.12"E

SW3 Mahanadi River (Upstream)

5.25km,NE 20°19'30.34"N 86°39'1.23"E

SW4 Mahanadi River (Downstream)

5.32km,NE 20°18'29.05"N 86°40'52.19"E

SW5 Musadia (Pond) 4.76km,NE 20°19'8.67"N 86°39'10.74"E

Sea water & Creaks

SW6 Santra Nala (Upstream) 5.70km,W 20°16'24.89"N 86°34'31.03"E

SW7 Santra Nala (Downstream)

3.95km,SW 20°15'10.65"N 86°35'51.19"E

SW8 Paradeep (Beach) 5.34km,E 20°16'36.51"N 86°41'21.77"E

Table 3.24 : Surface Water Quality in the Study Area (Pre monsoon Season, 2018)

S.N. Parameters SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

SW5

Method

1 pH Value 7.84 7.58 7.68 7.32 6.85 APHA-4500

2 Temperature 0C 24.6 24.8 24.8 25.0 25.6 Part 9

3 Conductivity,

mhos/cm

4156 4376 368 376 1076 APHA-4500

4 Turbidity (NTU) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 APHA-2030B

5 Total Dissolved solids

mg/l

2701 2844 238 244 688 APHA-2540B

6 Total Suspended solids

mg/l

46 54 8 10 15 APHA-2540D

7 Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/l

1256 1392 146 152 166 APHA-2340C

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 1870 1998 32 36 320 APHA-4500B

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 246 218 122 126 346 Part -23

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 322 356 12.6 14.8 106 APHA-4500E

11 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 21 24 0.82 0.89 1.0 APHA-4500

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.86 0.22 0.88 0.22 0.69 APHA-4500D



13 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.42 0.46 0.26 0.46 0.56 APHA-3111B

14 Zinc as Zn mg/l 1.52 1.68 0.12 0.16 1.12 APHA-3111B

15 Calcium as Ca mg/l 356 392.8 52 55.2 56 APHA-3500B

16 Magnesium as Mg

mg/l

88.9 99.6 3.9 3.4 6.3 APHA-3500B

17 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

18 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

19 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

20 Lead as Pb mg/l 1.16 1.22 <0.01 <0.01 0.69 APHA-3111B

21 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112

22 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114

23 Phenolic compound

mg/l

0.012 0.016 0.008 0.010 0.006 IS:3025:Part 43

24 Phosphate as PO4

mg/l

1.68 1.74 0.38 0.32 0.87 APHA

25 Manganese as Mn

mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025:Part 59

26 Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025:Part 27

27 Chromium (Total as Cr)

mg/l

<0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

28 Aluminum as Al mg/l <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 IS:3025:Part 55

29 Anionic Detergents

mg/l

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA

30 Oil & Grease mg/l 6.7 6.8 ND ND <2 Part -39

31 Chemical Oxygen

Demand as COD mg/l

578 536 10 12 18 Part -58

32 Bio- Chemical Oxygen

Demand as BOD (for 3

Days 27 ˚C) mg/l

172 160 3.0 2.8 6.8 Part -44

33 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.6 6.8 7.0 7.0 APHA

34 Total coliform

MPN/100ml

1820 1850 1660 1690 5210 APHA-9230B




Physical and Chemical Characteristics of Surface Water Samples (Pre monsoon Season-

2018) contd...

Sl. No.

Parameters Units SW-6

SW-7

SW-8 (Sea

Water Quality)

1 pH Value - 7.98 8.05 7.82

2 Temperature 0 C 25.8 26.0 25.2

3 Turbidity NTU 7 8 <5

4 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 54 62 42

5 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 13698 14250 31112

6 Salinity % 24.6 25 34

7 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.9 6.4 7.2

8 B.O.D (27 0C, 3 days) mg/l 3.2 3.4 3.0

9 C.O.D. mg/l 12 15 10

10 Oil & Grease mg/l ND ND ND

11 Nitrite as N mg/l 0.26 0.28 0.42

12 Nitrate as N mg/l 0.14 0.16 0.18

13 Phosphates mg/l 0.12 0.14 0.32

14 Silicates mg/l 2.2 2.5 2.8

15 Total Coliform MF Count./100ml

120 165 180

Observation on Surface Water Quality

Surface water (SW1-SW5) in therds. pH value for all the surface water locations is found

within 6.5 to 8.5 range. Dissolved oxygen at all the locations is found more than 4mg/l.

Biochemical oxygen demand at all the locations is more than 3 mg/l except region has been

compared with respect to CPCB Best Designated Use Standard and Receiving Sea Water

Standa Mahanadi river. Overall the Mahandi water quality is meeting Class C i.e fit for

drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection. Other surface water

(SW-1, SW-2 and SW5) is meeting Class D of CPCB BDU criteria

Water quality of SW-6-to SW8 was assessed Receiving Sea Water Standards which is

meeting the SW-II category of receiving sea water standard

Table 3.25 : Receiving Sea Water Standards for SW-II Category

(Commercial Fishing, Contact Recreation, Bathing Water)

S. No. Parameter Criteria Rationale/ Remarks

1 pH range 6.5 – 8.5 Range does not skin or eye irritation and is

also

Conducive for propagation of aquatic lives

2 Dissolved

solids

4.0 mg/l Not less than 3.5 mg/ l at any time for

protection of aquatic lives

3 Colour and

Odor

No noticeable

color ,odor and

floating matters

Specially caused by chemical compound like

creosols Phenols, Naphtha , Benzene ,

Pyridine, Toluene etc. causing visible

coloration of water and tainting of and odor in



fish flesh

4 Floating

matters

Nothing obnoxious or

detrimental for use

purpose

None in concentration that would impair

usages specially assigned to the class.

5 Fecal

Coliform

100 per 100 ml The average value not exceeding 200/100 ml

in 20% of the sample in the year and in 3

consecutive samples in the monsoon months

6 Biochemical

Oxygen

Demand

(BOD 5 days

at 20 ˚C)

3 mg/l Restricted for bathing (aesthetic quality of

water) Also prescribed by IS:2296-1974

7 Turbidity 30 NTU (Nephelo-

Turbidity Unit)

Measured at 0.9 depth

Source: Water quality standards for coastal waters marine Outfalls (EPA Rule 1986).

Observation on Sea Water Quality:

The sea water quality parameters are compared with water quality standards for coastal

waters marine Outfalls (EPA Rule 1986) for locations Santara Nala and Paradeep Beach.

The sea water quality is not complying with the Class SW-II of coastal waters marine

Outfalls (EPA Rule 1986) which states that sea water does not suits for Bathing, Contact

Water Sports and Commercial marine fishing.

3.11. Ecological Environment

The Botanical and wildlife species in an area depend on the availability of suitable habitat for

survival. Habitat loss and increasing habitat fragmentation are the primary causes of species

decline in these environments. This section provides an overview of flora and fauna

observed in study area during site visit.

Vegetation at proposed site: The total land identified for establishing proposed plant is

about 83.26 acres. There is no forest land is involved with the proposed project. The

identified land is barren land with seasonal grasses. No trees are present on the identified

land. Photographs of the proposed land is provided in Figure 3.29.

3.11.1. Forest/Vegetation in Jagatsinghpur District

The district has a meagre forest area. The total forest area of the district is estimated to be

132.92 Sq. Kms. Out of the total forest area, the reserve forest area is only 1.23 sq. km and

demarcated protected forest area is 4.77 sq. kms. Un-demarcated forest area is 83.06 sq.

km. Unclassified forest area is 0.02 sq. km. and other forest area is 43.84 sq. kms. The

major forest produces of the district are mango, sopeta, kendu leaves, sal leaves and

tamarind. Important minor forest produces are sunari barks, arjuna barks, karanja seeds,

neem seeds, mushroom, sal leaves etc.

3.11.2. Vegetation in Study Area (10 Km study Area)

The study area forms a part of the Mahanadi delta plain on the east coast. Alluvial and fluvio

tidal settlements cover the area. The soil cover in the study area is mostly alfisols and



entisols formed in recent times. It has got moderate level of nutrients. The study area falls in

coast of Paradeep and vegetation type is coastal vegetation. Most of the land within 10 km

radius of the project site is under cultivation, waterbodies, open shrub and grasses and

settlement respectively. There is about 15.56% land is under open shrub & grass land. The

percentage landcover with different types of vegetations in the study area is about 8.3 %.

The vegetations include trees, as well as shrubs and herbs excluding grass cover. There is

a patch of the protected forest namely Jogidhankud P.F is present within the study area.

Jogidhankud P.F is present about 4.8 km south of the proposed plant site.

There are no protected areas of national ecological significance like Reserved Forests,

National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves and Ramsar Site within the study

area.

Most of the natural vegetation cover has been extensively damaged from time to time due to

natural calamities like cyclones, super cyclone in 1999, storm surge and inundation. The

vegetation in the study area is meagre and scanty. In few locations away from the coast is

extremely rich in vegetation the luxuriant green leaves covered. Different species of

pandanus species are very common by the side of village road.The dominant species found

is Albizia lebbeck (Sirish) and co-dominant species found are again Casuarina equisetifolia

(Jhau) and Anacardium Occidentale respectively. In the beach area Casuarina equisetifolia

form a beautiful green cover. The shrubs like piper betel, Calotropis, Datura, Solanum,

Acanthus, Opuntia andLantana etc.are also dominant in this areaareas.

The coastal area is few patches of mangrove were observed near Mahanadi estuary area

and Jatadhar creek. Typical among them as observed is Avicennia officinalis, Bruguiera

gymnorrhiza, Ceriops decandra etc. List of the flora observed in the study area is provided

in Table 3.26& Table 3.27.

Table 3.26 : List of Flora present in Study Area S. No. Scientific Name Family Common Name

1 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Bel 2 Alangium salvifolium Lecythidaceae Akar Kanta 3 Albiziz libbek Mimosaceae Sirish 4 Annona reticulate Annonaceae Nona ata 5 Atrocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae Kanthal 6 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Neem 7 Acacia euriculiformis Mimosaceae Akashmoni 8 Achrus zapota Sapotaceae Sabada 9 Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae Maharukk 10 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae Kalo Sirish 11 A. procera Mimosaceae Safed Sirish 12 Alstonia macrophylla Apocynaceae Match Stick Tree 13 Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae Kadam 14 Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae Black Babool 15 Anogeissus acuminate Combretaceae Dhaura 16 Barringtonia acutangula Lecythidaceae Hijal 17 B. racemosa Lecythidaceae Samudra 18 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Shimul 19 Butea monosperma Papillonaceae Palash 20 Carica papaya Caricaceae Pepe 21 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Caesalpiniaceae Krishnachura 22 Callistemon lanceolatus Myrtaceae Bottle Brush 23 Calophyllum inophyllum Clusiaceae Sultani Champa 24 Cassia biflora Leguminosae Cassia 25 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae Debdaru



26 Dillenia indica Dilleniceae Chalta 27 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Bandar Lathi 28 Cassia siamea Caesalpiniaceae Holud Sandal 29 Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Jhau 30 Crescentia cujete Bignoniaceae Calabus Tree 31 Coccoloba uvifera Polygonaceae Sea Grape 32 Diospyros kaki Ebenaceae Gab 33 D. Peregrina Ebenaceae Gab 34 Delbergia sissoo Fabaceae Shishu 35 Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae Radha Chura 36 Delbergia spinasa Fabaceae Red Wood 37 Erythrina ovalifolia Papillonaceae Harikakra 38 Eucalyptus globules Myrtaceae Blue Gum 39 Feronia limonia Rutaceae Kad Bel 40 Ficus benghalansis Moraceae Bat Gach 41 Ficus hispida Moraceae Fig 42 Ficus racemosa Moraceae Gular 43 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Ashwatha 44 Ficus benjamina Moraceae Javan Fig 45 Grewia asiatica Tiliaceae Phalsa 46 Holarrhena antidysenterica Apocynaceae Kurchi 47 Jacaranda mimosifolia Bignoniaceae Vila Gulmohar 48 Kandelia candel Rhizophoraceae Candel Tree 49 Leucaena leucocephala Mimosaceae Subabool 50 Lagerstroemia speciosa Lythraceae Jarul 51 Lagerstroemia indica Lythraceae Pharas 52 Lumnitzera racemosa Combretaceae Kripa 53 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Mango 54 Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Sajne 55 Mangolia grandiflora Magnoliaceae Barachampa 56 Michelia champa Magnoliaceae Champa 57 Morinda citrifolia Rubiaceae Achamia 58 Mymusops elangi Sapotaceae Bakul 59 Nactyanthus arbor-tristis Oleaceae Sheuli 60 Polyalthia suberosa Annonaceae Barachali 61 Pongamia pinnata Papilionaceae Karanja 62 Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Amrud 63 Pterocarpus indicus Papilionaceae Malay Paduka 64 Putranjiva roxburghii Euphorbiaceae Child Life Tree 65 Peltophorum Ferrugineum Caesalpiniaceae Radha Chura 66 Plumeria acutifolia Apocynaceae Garur Champa 67 Plumeria rubra Apocynaceae Garur Champa 68 Parkinsonia aculeate Caesalpiniaceae Vilayati Babool 69 Saraca indica Caesalpiniaceae Ashok 70 Sesbania grandiflora Papilionaceae Bak Phool 71 Spondius pinnata Anacardiaceae Amra 72 Streblus asper Moraceae Sheara 73 Strychnos nuxvomica Lagamiaceae Kuchila 74 Syzygium cuminii Myrtaceae Kalo Jam 75 Swietenia mahogani Meliaceae Mehagani 76 Tamarindus indica Caesalpiniaceae Tentul 77 Trema orientalis Moraceae Jibanti 78 Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae Pittuli 79 Tabebuia pallida Bignoniaceae Parul 80 Tecoma stans Bignoniaceae Chandra Prabha 81 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Sagaun 82 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Kath Badam 83 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae White Murdah



84 Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Palas Pipul 85 Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Kul

Table 3.27 : List of Herbs & Shrubs S. No. Scientific Name Family Common Name

1 Acalypha hispida Euphorbiaceae Acalypha 2 Abelmoschus manihot Malvaceae Bon Vendi 3 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Patari 4 Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Apang 5 Bryophyllum sp Crassulaceae Patharkuchi 6 Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae Akanda 7 Calotropis esculanta Asclepiadaceae Sweet Akanda 8 Canna indica Cannaceae Kalabati 9 Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karamcha 10 Carissa esculanta Apocynaceae Karamcha 11 Cassia tora Caesalpiniaceae Chakundi 12 Catharanthus roseus Apocynaceae Nayantara 13 Capparis spinosa Capparidaceae Kabra 14 Cestrum nocturnum Solanaceae Hasnuhama 15 Celosia cristata Amaranthaceae Morog Jhuri 16 Datura metel Solanaceae Dhatura 17 Euphorbia leucocephala Euphorbiaceae Pheeljhuri 18 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Chotra 19 Moringa pterygosperma Moringaceae Sajna 20 Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Karobi 21 Nerium oleander Apocynaceae Rose Bay 22 Opuntia dillenii Cactaceae Phanimansa 23 Ocimum sp. Labiatae Tulsi 24 Pandanus tectorius Pandanaceae Keya 25 Pandanus foetidus Pandanaceae Keya Kanta 26 Pandanus fascicularis Pandanaceae Keya 27 T. diuaricata Apocynaceae Tagar 28 Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae Kolkaful 29 Tephrosia purpurea Papilionaceae Ban Neel 30 Tridax procumbens Compositae Tridakshya 31 Piper betle Piperaceae Betel

3.11.3. Medicinal Plants

Ayurveda says ―There is no plant on the earth, which does not possess medicinal property‖,

this means that each and every plant is equally important for its biological activities, ecology

and environment. The conservation of medicinal plants means every species of plants in its

natural habitat should be protected and preserved. Conservation of invaluable biodiversity is

a national and international agenda. Because of continuous exploitation of medicinal plants

from their natural habitats, it is required to replant and regenerate them in other areas

having similar habitat or environment. Due to over exploitation of natural resources many

plant species have become extinct from the world.

During the field survey of the study area, it was observed that the medicinal plant species

occurred in a sporadic manner and only a few medicinal plant species could be identified.

Some of the medicinal plant species as could be recorded are Acalypha sps. (Muktajhuri).

Ocimum sanctum (Tulasi), Cassia fistula, Aegle marmelos (bel) etc are common varieties of

medicinal plant species.

3.11.4. Agricultural crop



The study area is under the agro ecological region of hot subhumid to semi-arid eco region

with coastal alluvium derived soils. The length of growing period of corps is 90–210 days.

The normal annual rainfall is about 1,600 mm. The soil is sandy clayey with medium nutrient

level. The microbial population indicates that the soil is favourable for the growth of

agricultural crops. The principal food crop is paddy followed by pulses, potatoes, oil seeds

and vegetables etc. Fruit trees are mango, jack fruit, guava, tamarind, banana etc. The

garden vegetables are onion, cucumber, tomato, beans, pea, cabbage, cauliflower etc.

3.11.5. Mangrooves

Mangrove vegetation together with mud flats traversed through a network of tidal creaks like

Jatadhar Mohan creek etc., except some areas which are Sandy shoreline. Mangrove

vegetation provides food for fishes, prawns and other animals. The mangrove plays a vital

role in the economy of the area both for human beings as well as for the fauna. Main flora of

mangroves are fonned of Avicennia officina/es, A. alba, A. marina, Rhizophora mucronate

which are more abundant on the banks of the Mahanadi river mouth and are characterized

by reddish and jo~nted pneumatophores.

3.11.6. Threatened Plant Species

Threatened taxa are those species which are vulnerable to endangerment in the near future.

Threatened status of any taxa is not a single category but is a group of there categories,

critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable. On the application of different criteria of

IUCN for the assessment of conservation status of taxa, no taxa were found threatened in

the study area. The reported taxa have also not been enlisted in the Red Data Book of

Indian plants (Nayar and Shastry, 1988).

Rare and Endangered Plant Species in the Study Area: No rare and endangered plant

species was observed in the study area (Source: Red Data Book of Indian Plants, N.P

Nayar and A. P. K. Sastry, B.S.I. 1988).

3.11.7. Faunal Biodiversity

Most of the land within 10 km radius of the project site is under cultivation, waterbodies,

open shrub and grasses and settlement respectively. There is about 15.56% land is under

open shrub & grass land. The percentage landcover with different types of vegetations in the

study area is about 8.3%. Such scanty vegetation coupled by speedy industrial development

has left the area devoid of any significant faunal species or wildlife. A faunistic checklist of

the study area has been prepared that brings out that the study area is not a habitat for wild

lives. The fauna species as observed during field survey and reported by the local people

are mostly of Schedule IV and V categories such as Funambulus pennant (Palm Squirrel),

Hystrix indica (Procupine), Naja naja (Indian Cobra), Vipera sp (Bora Snake) etc and are

also commonly sited. List of fauna found in the study area is presented in Table.3.28. The

listed fauna has been cross-checked with Red Data Book of Indian Animals (Zoological

Survey of India). There is no endangered or critical faunal species in the study area.

Table 3.28 : List of the Fauna Recorded in Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Conservation status as per Wildlife Protection Act

(1972) Mammals 1 Macaca mulatta Rhesus Monkey Sch-II 2 Presbytis entellus Langur Sch-II 3 Funumbulus pennant Palm Squirrel Sch-IV



4 Hystrix indica Procupine Sch-IV 5 Vulpes bengalensis Fox Sch-II

Reptiles & Amphibians 1 Gecko gecko Tucktoo Sch-IV 2 Hemidactylus leschenumti Tree Gecko Sch-IV 3 Hemidactylus flavivirids Wall Lizard Sch-IV 4 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard Sch-IV 5 Trimeresures gramineus Bamboo Pit Riper Sch-IV 6 Varanus sp Water Monitor Sch-IV 7 Ptyas mucosus Common Rat Snake Sch-II 8 Vipera russielli Ressell‘s Viper Sch-II 9 Naja naja Indian Cobra Sch-II 10 Bungarus Caeruleus Common Indian Krait Sch-IV 11 Bungarus Fasciatus Sakhamuti Sch-IV

3.11.8. Avifaunal Investigation

Avifauna is an important part of the ecosystem playing the various roles as scavengers,

pollinators, predators of insect, pest, etc. They are also one of the bio indicators of different

status of environment and affected by urbanization, industrialization and human

interference. They can be used as sensitive indicators of pollution and malfunction of

ecosystem. The study area is inhabited by thirty-seven species of birds. The list of avifauna

observed in the study area is given in Table 3.29.

Table 3.29 : List of the Birds Surveyed / Recorded in the Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Conservation status as per Wildlife Protection Act

(1972) 1 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sch-IV 2 Acrocephalus aedon Thick Billed Wrabler Sch-IV 3 Acrocephalus stentoreus Indian Great Red Wrabler Sch-IV 4 Apus pacifieus House Swift Sch-IV 5 Artamus tuscus Ashy Wood Swallow Sch-IV 6 C. macrorhynchos Large billed Crow Sch-IV 7 Centropus sinensis Coucal Sch-IV 8 Clamator Pied Cuckoo Sch-IV 9 Columba livia Rock Pigeon Sch-IV 10 Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin Sch-IV 11 Corvus splendens House Crow Sch-IV 12 Cuculum varius Common Hawk Cuckoo Sch-IV 13 Cypsiurus balasiensis Palm Swift Sch-IV 14 D. aeneus Bronzed Drongo Sch-IV 15 D. leucophaeus Ashy Drongo Sch-IV 16 Dendrocitta vagabunda Refous Treepie Sch-IV 17 Dicrurus macrocurcus Black Drongo Sch-IV 18 Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Sch-IV 19 Lanius tephronotus Gray Backed Shrike Sch-IV 20 Lenchura malacca Black Headed Munia Sch-IV 21 M. flava Yellow Wagtail Sch-IV 22 Milvus migrans Pariah Kite Sch-IV 23 Motacilla alba White Wagtail Sch-IV 24 O. xanthornus Black Hooded Oriole Sch-IV 25 Oriolus oriolus Eurarian Golden Oriole Sch-IV 26 Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailored Bird Sch-IV 27 P. cafer Red Vented Bulbul Sch-IV 28 P. krameri Rose ringed Parakeet Sch-IV



29 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Sch-IV 30 Pluvialis apricaria Golden Plaver Sch-IV 31 Psittacula cupatria Alexandrine parakeet Sch-IV 32 S. decaocta Collarded Dove Sch-IV 33 Streptopeliua chinensis Spotted Dove Sch-IV 34 Sturnus contra Asian Pied Myna Sch-IV 35 Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Sch-IV 36 V. indicus Red Wattled Lapwing Sch-IV 37 Vanellus cinereus Grey Headed Lapwing Sch-IV

Aquatic Environment

The land based water bodies in the study area occupy about 23.58 per cent comprising

ponds, standing flood water, rivers/streams and sea. The major water body is sea occupying

maximum part. The main land based water bodies present in the study area are Mahanadi

river, Santra nala, Mahanga nala, Taldanga canal, other streams and Jatadharmohan River

Creek.

Fisheries: Fishing is the main occupation of the fisherman. As per the informal consultation

with the fishermen at present more than 600 small fishing trawlers and about seventy large

fishing trawlers are engaged in coastal fishing and deep sea fishing through Paradeep Port

day in and day out. Presently, they are not directly operating through the Port but through

the Fishing Harbour connected to the Bay of Bengal through the river Mahanadi. Variety of

marine fishes catches reported from the study area. The marine fish catch comprises of

Rays, cat fishes, Clupeids, Crockers, Threadfin, Breams, Ribbon fishes, sole, Crabs,

Prawns and Stomatopod.

Inland water Fishery: The riverine resources of the study area comprises namely

Mahanadi river, Santra nala, Mahanga nala, Taldanga canal, other streams and

Jatadharmohan River Creek. Because of high salinity mostly estuarine fishes, prawn and

crabs are captured by various means of gears. The important fish varieties are Mysteus

guilio, Mugil cephalus, M. parsian, M macrolepi, Polyneuis spp. Glossogebius spp. Penaeus

indicus, P. mondon and crabs.

With reference to the fresh water culture fishes, the dominant catches are Catla catla, Lebeo

rohita, Lebeo bata, Catla catla, cyprinus carpio and cat fishes.

3.12. Socio-Economic Environment

Description of Social Environment

As per the Census Records of India 2011, the study area has a total of 84 revenue villages

including 2 towns namely, Paradeep (M) & Paradeep garh (CT) of Odisha. All revenue

villages/Towns are mainly under Six (06) Tehsils namely, Marsaghai & Mahakalapada of

Kendrapara District and Paradeep, Paradeep Lock, Kujang & Abhyachandpur of

Jagatsinghpur District in Odisha. About 60% area is under habitation and remaining 40%

part (NE to SW) is covered by Sea (Bay of Bengal).

The study area is laying mainly in two districts namely Kendrapara and Jagatsinghpur in

Odisha state. About 63 revenue villages and 2 towns belong to Jagatsinghpur District and

19 revenue villages belong to Kendrapara District of Odisha state.

Demographic & Socio-Economic Features



Demography is one of the important indicators of environmental health of an area. It

includes population, sex ratio, number of households, literacy, population density, etc. In

order to assess the Demographic & Socio-economic features of the area, Census data of

2011, for the concerned District Jagatsinghpur, in Odisha State was compiled and placed in

the form of tabulation and graphical representation.

As per the census records4 2011, Jagatsinghpur district has a population of 1,136,971

persons. The district has a population density of 682 inhabitants per square kilometre. Its

population growth rate over the decade 2001-11 was recorded as 7.5%. Jagatsinghapur

District also has a sex ratio of 968 females for every 1000 males, and an average literacy

rate of 86.6%. In terms of population per sq.km Jagatsinghapur is 2nd densely populated

district in the state.

Population Distribution within 2.0-km radial Zone of the Study Area

As per the census records 2011, the total population of the 2.0 km radial zone of study area

was recorded as 632 persons of Five (05) revenue villages of two tehsils named Paradeep

Lock & Abhayachandapur of Jagatsinghpur District of Odisha state. Total number of

‗Households‘ was observed as 149 in the 2.0-km radius study zone. Male-female wise total

population was recorded as 319 males and 313 females respectively. Scheduled Caste

(‗SC‘) population was observed as 112 consisting of 58 males and 54 females in the 2.0km

radial study zone. Scheduled Tribes (‗ST‘s) were found only 12 persons consisting of 7

males and 5 females respectively.

Caste wise population distribution of the 2.0-km radial study zone is shown in Table 3.30 as

follows;

Table 3.30 : Caste-wise Population Distribution of 2.0-km Radial Zone

Name of the

Village

No of

Househol

ds

Total Population

Scheduled

Castes

Scheduled

Tribes

Tahsil/

District

Person

s

Male Femal

e

Male Femal

e

Male Femal

e

Niharunikandh

a 58 251 129 122 29 26 0 0

Paradeep Lock

Niharuni 72 314 160 154 27 25 0 0

Chauliapalanda 6 30 13 17 0 0 0 0 Abhayachanda

pur Abhayachanda

pur 8 28 13 15 0 0 7 5

Kansaripatia 5 9 4 5 2 3 0 0

Sub-Total

(0-2km) 149 632 319 313 58 54 7 5

Source-Census Records 2011

Population Distribution within 10.0-km radial Zone of the Study Area

4(Source-https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jagatsinghpur_district)



As per the ‗Census Records of India, 2011‘ the total population of the study area is observed

as 181030 persons, the total number of Households (Families) are recorded as 41723.

Male-Female wise population in the study area was observed as 95108 (52.5%) and 85922

(47.5%) respectively. The child population of the study area is recorded as 19475 and

comprising of 10173 (52.2%) males & 9302 (47.8%) females respectively. Village-wise

details of population distribution are given in Table 3.31 and Village-wise SC/ST details of

population distribution are presented in Table3.32.

Table 3.31 : Village-wise Population Distribution of Study Area

Name of Village

No. of

Household

Total Population

Child Population

(0-6 Years)

Total Male Female Total Male Female

0-2km Radial Study Zone

Niharunikandha 58 251 129 122 39 15 24

Niharuni 72 314 160 154 44 25 19

Chauliapalanda 6 30 13 17 6 3 3

Abhayachandapur 8 28 13 15 5 3 2

Kansaripatia 5 9 4 5 0 0 0

Total (0-2km) 149 632 319 313 94 46 48

Musadia 810 2852 1625 1227 387 205 182

Paradeep (M) 17485 68585 37300 31285 7403 3984 3419

Baharatari 32 140 72 68 10 6 4

Bhutumundai 850 3933 2035 1898 422 218 204

Singitalia 170 880 457 423 81 48 33

Pipal 480 2573 1326 1247 244 132 112

Chakradharpur 180 851 432 419 94 44 50

Balidia 386 1972 989 983 228 116 112

Nuagarh 525 2565 1282 1283 309 166 143

Udayabata 449 1953 1008 945 291 150 141

Chunabelari 353 1717 878 839 195 99 96

Nimidhihi 261 1371 704 667 163 82 81

Katakulla 182 890 464 426 84 42 42

Katha-ada 107 417 243 174 35 27 8

Koladia 96 430 225 205 47 20 27

Jagati 245 1232 611 621 143 70 73

Nunukua 293 1380 696 684 148 79 69

Narendrapur 319 1442 750 692 151 82 69



Kothi 425 2074 1063 1011 187 92 95

Jhimani 595 2963 1502 1461 314 150 164

Siju 303 1531 776 755 172 85 87

Pitambarpur 143 680 343 337 77 31 46

Uchhabanandpur 157 908 467 441 102 55 47

Paradeep garh

(CT) 1006 4790 2425 2365 505 268 237

Kujanga 825 3686 1914 1772 367 188 179

Baidigadi 52 227 115 112 23 12 11

Krushnachandrapur 37 162 90 72 18 9 9

Santara 338 1683 872 811 166 95 71

Talapada 80 342 182 160 36 18 18

Mangarajpur 724 3314 1674 1640 309 150 159

Hasina 509 2252 1170 1082 182 103 79

Duadia 485 2282 1155 1127 248 136 112

Pangara 98 478 249 229 33 19 14

Fatepur 581 2840 1495 1345 330 174 156

Pratappur 223 945 455 490 109 48 61

Kharigotha 210 1057 538 519 121 62 59

Barunakandha 41 190 105 85 15 8 7

Gopiakuda 962 4293 2211 2082 451 245 206

Ghodamara 121 593 309 284 58 37 21

Panpalli 372 1591 791 800 168 90 78

Mallipura 147 686 366 320 69 39 30

Baulanga 300 1429 738 691 134 77 57

Badabandha 196 889 460 429 90 46 44

Parapada 71 360 189 171 35 19 16

Mulakani 47 238 127 111 23 16 7

Bamadeipur 710 3161 1592 1569 346 172 174

Chhatarakandha 124 524 268 256 64 33 31

Kuatarakandha 17 65 35 30 10 6 4

Banapatakandha 135 631 332 299 45 18 27

Kokakhandha 35 129 65 64 24 14 10

Balitutha 297 1231 598 633 138 65 73

Badabuda 149 688 353 335 54 27 27



Kankardia 445 2086 1050 1036 231 101 130

Sunadiakandha 90 342 183 159 44 22 22

Bagadia 544 2736 1422 1314 293 161 132

Nuagan 1248 5185 2674 2511 424 223 201

Panigadiakandha 4 12 6 6 1 0 1

Dhinkia 832 4141 2114 2027 365 172 193

Trilochanpur 554 2803 1436 1367 250 123 127

Jamukana 167 680 330 350 69 35 34

NaladiaSasan 154 648 336 312 53 24 29

Patalipanka 701 3132 1612 1520 304 153 151

Raghunathpur 122 579 300 279 60 35 25

Kodakan 131 628 337 291 77 44 33

Chhanda 214 998 517 481 109 61 48

Gararomita 454 1953 977 976 219 101 118

Rajendra Nagar 32 158 79 79 24 13 11

Nalitajori Pal 33 168 78 90 34 12 22

Dasarajapur 16 61 30 31 3 1 2

Akhadasali 35 174 89 85 26 12 14

Palli Garh 133 666 336 330 88 37 51

Bahakuda(Pitapat) 460 2159 1090 1069 339 166 173

Baraja Bahakuda 345 1690 846 844 232 118 114

Banabiharipur 1 6 3 3 0 0 0

Badatubi 230 1061 541 520 144 66 78

Nipania 69 331 168 163 46 21 25

Jogidhankud 13 63 60 3 0 0 0

Saralikud 16 146 140 6 0 0 0

Barakoli Khala 799 3697 1914 1783 488 249 239

Total (0-10km) 41729 181030 95108 85922 19475 10173 9302

Source-Census of India, 2011

Table 3.32 : Village-wise SC & SC Population Distribution of Study Area

Name of Village

Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes

Persons Males Females Persons Males Females


Niharunikandha 55 29 26 0 0 0



Niharuni 52 27 25 0 0 0

Chauliapalanda 0 0 0 0 0 0

Abhayachandapur 0 0 0 12 7 5

Kansaripatia 5 2 3 0 0 0

Total (0-2km) 112 58 54 12 07 05

Musadia 186 105 81 27 21 6

Paradeep (M) 7167 3884 3283 2924 1553 1371

Baharatari 40 20 20 1 0 1

Bhutumundai 811 422 389 4 2 2

Singitalia 100 55 45 0 0 0

Pipal 854 438 416 0 0 0

Chakradharpur 198 96 102 4 3 1

Balidia 66 29 37 4 2 2

Nuagarh 236 116 120 0 0 0

Udayabata 111 61 50 11 7 4

Chunabelari 82 44 38 4 2 2

Nimidhihi 151 73 78 5 3 2

Katakulla 42 22 20 0 0 0

Katha-ada 41 21 20 0 0 0

Koladia 352 186 166 0 0 0

Jagati 187 86 101 0 0 0

Nunukua 339 184 155 0 0 0

Narendrapur 478 256 222 0 0 0

Kothi 361 194 167 0 0 0

Jhimani 502 245 257 3 2 1

Siju 219 110 109 0 0 0

Pitambarpur 32 17 15 0 0 0

Uchhabanandpur 72 37 35 0 0 0

Paradeep garh (CT) 1807 913 894 48 25 23

Kujanga 312 160 152 4 1 3

Baidigadi 5 3 2 29 17 12

Krushnachandrapur 18 9 9 0 0 0

Santara 437 218 219 0 0 0

Talapada 41 20 21 0 0 0



Mangarajpur 1647 838 809 0 0 0

Hasina 1260 650 610 2 2 0

Duadia 1294 661 633 7 4 3

Pangara 182 90 92 0 0 0

Fatepur 928 485 443 0 0 0

Pratappur 15 7 8 0 0 0

Kharigotha 61 35 26 0 0 0

Barunakandha 16 10 6 0 0 0

Gopiakuda 3264 1676 1588 1 1 0

Ghodamara 359 188 171 0 0 0

Panpalli 179 89 90 0 0 0

Mallipura 58 37 21 0 0 0

Baulanga 196 100 96 1 1 0

Badabandha 98 55 43 6 3 3

Parapada 86 49 37 0 0 0

Mulakani 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bamadeipur 919 469 450 3 1 2

Chhatarakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kuatarakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0

Banapatakandha 57 32 25 0 0 0

Kokakhandha 0 0 0 0 0 0

Balitutha 320 154 166 0 0 0

Badabuda 74 37 37 0 0 0

Kankardia 240 116 124 0 0 0

Sunadiakandha 35 19 16 0 0 0

Bagadia 887 469 418 0 0 0

Nuagan 547 294 253 0 0 0

Panigadiakandha 3 1 2 0 0 0

Dhinkia 1649 831 818 2 2 0

Trilochanpur 935 475 460 0 0 0

Jamukana 358 173 185 0 0 0

NaladiaSasan 74 43 31 0 0 0

Patalipanka 1298 688 610 0 0 0

Raghunathpur 0 0 0 0 0 0



Kodakan 480 256 224 0 0 0

Chhanda 41 24 17 0 0 0

Gararomita 507 245 262 0 0 0

Rajendra Nagar 41 18 23 0 0 0

Nalitajori Pal 0 0 0 0 0 0

Dasarajapur 3 2 1 0 0 0

Akhadasali 6 5 1 0 0 0

Palli Garh 303 145 158 0 0 0

Bahakuda(Pitapat) 673 334 339 0 0 0

Baraja Bahakuda 176 88 88 464 220 244

Banabiharipur 0 0 0 0 0 0

Badatubi 27 15 12 0 0 0

Nipania 72 33 39 0 0 0

Jogidhankud 33 31 2 0 0 0

Saralikud 95 92 3 0 0 0

Barakoli Khala 16 7 9 0 0 0

TOTAL 34871 18148 16723 3566 1879 1687


Urban and Rural Population

As per the Census Records of India 2011, the study area has a total of 84 revenue villages

including 2 towns namely, Paradeep (M) & Paradeep garh (CT) of Odisha. Out of the total

no. of household as 41729, about 44.3% & 55.7% are recorded for Urban and Rural parts of

the study area. The total population was observed as 40.5% & 59.5% for Urban and Rural

parts respectively in the study area. Detailed compiled description of Urban and Rural

population distribution (Male-female and SC/ST Wise) is presented in Table 3.33 & 3.34 as

follows;

Table 3.33 : Male-female wise Urban & Rural Population Distribution in the Study Area

S. No.

Name of the Town No. of Households

Total Population Persons Males Females

1. Paradeep (M) 17485 68585 37300 31285

2. Paradeep Garh (CT) 1006 4790 2425 2365

Total Urban (0-10km) 18491

(44.3% )

73375 (40.5%) 39725

(41.8 %)

33650 (39.2%)

Total Rural (0-10km) 23238 (55.7%)

107655 (59.5%)

55383 (58.2%)

52242 (60.8%)

Grand Total (Urban+Rural)

41729 181030 95108 85922




Table 3.34 : SC & ST Population Distribution in the Urban & Rural Parts of the Study Area

S. No.

Name of the Town Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes Persons Males Females Person

s Males Females

1. Paradeep (M) 7167 3884 3283 2924 1553 1371 2. Paradeep Garh (CT) 1807 913 894 48 25 23

Total Urban (0-10km) 8974 (25.7%)

4797 (26.4%)

4177 (25.0%)

2972 (83.3 %)

1578 (84.0%)

1394 (82.6%)

Total Rural (0-10km) 25897 (74.3%)

13351 (73.6%)

12546 (75.0%)

594 (16.7%)

301 (16.0%)

293 (17.4%)

Grand Total (Urban+Rural) 34871 18148 16723 3566 1879 1687


Sex Ratio

The ‗Sex Ratio‘ of the study area is a numeric relationship between females and males of an

area and bears paramount importance in the present-day scenario where the un-ethnic pre-

determination of sex and killing of female foetus during pregnancy is practiced by

unscrupulous medical practitioners against the rule of the law of the country. It is evident

that by contrast the practice of female foeticide is not prevalent in the study area.

As per the census records 2011, the entire study area is falling in Jagatsinghpur district of

Odisha. The ‗Sex Ratio‘ was observed as 968 females per 1000 males in the District. The

same was recorded as 903 females for every 1000 males in the study area. The child (0-6

year age) sex ratio of the district was observed as 914 female children per 1000 male

children. The village wise male-female population distribution for the study area is depicted

and shown by graphical representation in Figure 3.30.

Figure 3.25 : Male-Female Wise Population Distribution

SC / ST Population

0

50000

100000

150000

200000

Total Population Male Population Female Population

Total Population, 0-10km



On the basis of the village wise SC & ST population distribution of the study area during

2011, the ‗Scheduled Castes‘ population was observed as 34871 persons consisting of

18148 males and 16723 females respectively in the study area which accounts as 19.3% to

the total population (as 181030 persons) of the study area. ‗Scheduled Tribes‘ population

was observed as 3566 persons, accounting as 2.0% to the total population of the study area

consisting of 1879 males and 1687 females. It implies that the rest 78.7% of the total

population belongs to the General category. Male-female wise distribution of ‗SC‘ & ‗ST‘

population in the study area is graphically shown in Figure 3.31 as follows.

Figure 3.26 : Percentage of SC/ST Population in Study Area

Literacy Rate

Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of an area or region.

Male-Female wise literates and illiterates population is represented in Table 3.35. Total

literates population was recorded as 138037 persons (76.3%) in the study area. Table 3.35

reveals that Male-Female wise literates are observed as 77178 & 60859 persons

respectively, implies that the ‗Literacy Rate‘ is recorded as 76.3% with male-female wise

percentages being 42.6% & 33.6% respectively. The total illiterate‘s population was

recorded as 42993 persons (23.8%) in the study area. Male-Female wise illiterates were

17930 (9.9%) and 25063 (13.8%) respectively. The Male-Female wise graphical

representation of literates & illiterates population in study area villages/town is shown in

Figure 3.32.

Figure 3.27 : Male-Female wise Distribution of Literates & Illiterates

Table 3.35 : Male-female wise Literates & Illiterates

05000

100001500020000250003000035000

Total SC Population,0-10km

01000200030004000

Total ST Population, 0-10km

020,00040,00060,00080,000

100,000120,000140,000

Literates and Illiterates Population, 0-10km



Name of Village

Total

Population

Literates Illiterates

Person

s

Male

s

Female

s

Person

s

Male

s

Female

s


Niharunikandha 251 196 110 86 55 19 36

Niharuni 314 221 118 103 93 42 51

Chauliapalanda 30 22 10 12 8 3 5

Abhayachandapur 28 13 7 6 15 6 9

Kansaripatia 9 7 3 4 2 1 1

Total (0-2km) 632 459 248 211 173 71 102

Musadia 2852 2205 1334 871 647 291 356

Paradeep (M) 68585 52575

3006

9 22506 16010 7231 8779

Baharatari 140 123 64 59 17 8 9

Bhutumundai 3933 3001 1676 1325 932 359 573

Singitalia 880 717 388 329 163 69 94

Pipal 2573 1991 1104 887 582 222 360

Chakradharpur 851 720 383 337 131 49 82

Balidia 1972 1506 809 697 466 180 286

Nuagarh 2565 2003 1056 947 562 226 336

Udayabata 1953 1308 719 589 645 289 356

Chunabelari 1717 1357 730 627 360 148 212

Nimidhihi 1371 1053 575 478 318 129 189

Katakulla 890 702 390 312 188 74 114

Katha-ada 417 332 194 138 85 49 36

Koladia 430 342 197 145 88 28 60

Jagati 1232 982 504 478 250 107 143

Nunukua 1380 988 538 450 392 158 234

Narendrapur 1442 1173 640 533 269 110 159

Kothi 2074 1644 909 735 430 154 276

Jhimani 2963 2166 1187 979 797 315 482

Siju 1531 1195 658 537 336 118 218

Pitambarpur 680 547 297 250 133 46 87

Uchhabanandpur 908 640 359 281 268 108 160

Paradeep garh

(CT) 4790 3709 1998 1711 1081 427 654

Kujanga 3686 3003 1631 1372 683 283 400

Baidigadi 227 167 88 79 60 27 33

Krushnachandrapu

r 162 125 72 53 37 18 19

Santara 1683 1351 731 620 332 141 191

Talapada 342 280 157 123 62 25 37

Mangarajpur 3314 2668 1432 1236 646 242 404

Hasina 2252 1674 945 729 578 225 353

Duadia 2282 1675 920 755 607 235 372

Pangara 478 388 222 166 90 27 63

Fatepur 2840 2145 1220 925 695 275 420

Pratappur 945 682 350 332 263 105 158



Kharigotha 1057 810 443 367 247 95 152

Barunakandha 190 162 94 68 28 11 17

Gopiakuda 4293 3281 1821 1460 1012 390 622

Ghodamara 593 443 238 205 150 71 79

Panpalli 1591 1232 660 572 359 131 228

Mallipura 686 521 297 224 165 69 96

Baulanga 1429 1148 618 530 281 120 161

Badabandha 889 752 407 345 137 53 84

Parapada 360 288 162 126 72 27 45

Mulakani 238 199 107 92 39 20 19

Bamadeipur 3161 2362 1282 1080 799 310 489

Chhatarakandha 524 407 226 181 117 42 75

Kuatarakandha 65 53 29 24 12 6 6

Banapatakandha 631 538 296 242 93 36 57

Kokakhandha 129 95 47 48 34 18 16

Balitutha 1231 970 501 469 261 97 164

Badabuda 688 553 298 255 135 55 80

Kankardia 2086 1566 856 710 520 194 326

Sunadiakandha 342 250 146 104 92 37 55

Bagadia 2736 1985 1135 850 751 287 464

Nuagan 5185 4143 2262 1881 1042 412 630

Panigadiakandha 12 10 6 4 2 0 2

Dhinkia 4141 3181 1750 1431 960 364 596

Trilochanpur 2803 2135 1156 979 668 280 388

Jamukana 680 499 259 240 181 71 110

NaladiaSasan 648 538 299 239 110 37 73

Patalipanka 3132 2461 1348 1113 671 264 407

Raghunathpur 579 472 249 223 107 51 56

Kodakan 628 434 261 173 194 76 118

Chhanda 998 788 426 362 210 91 119

Gararomita 1953 1468 798 670 485 179 306

Rajendra Nagar 158 108 63 45 50 16 34

Nalitajori Pal 168 124 64 60 44 14 30

Dasarajapur 61 51 28 23 10 2 8

Akhadasali 174 135 75 60 39 14 25

Palli Garh 666 451 268 183 215 68 147

Bahakuda(Pitapat) 2159 1179 669 510 980 421 559

Baraja Bahakuda 1690 956 543 413 734 303 431

Banabiharipur 6 5 3 2 1 0 1

Badatubi 1061 703 411 292 358 130 228

Nipania 331 228 137 91 103 31 72

Jogidhankud 63 54 52 2 9 8 1

Saralikud 146 105 103 2 41 37 4

Barakoli Khala 3697 2598 1491 1107 1099 423 676

TOTAL (0-10km) 181030 138037

7717

8 60859 42993

1793

0 25063


Economic Structure



The majority of people in rural sector are cultivators & agricultural labors which indicates

dominant agricultural economy. A small section of people are engaged as workers in

household industries. But in urban sector the existing scenario is completely reversed as

most of the people there are engaged in non-agricultural activity especially in local

hotels/restaurants and as drivers some people also operates their vans/jeeps/cars as tourist

vehicle.

Annual income helps in identifying families below poverty line. During the field survey,

income of a household through all possible sources was recorded. Agriculture and allied

activities was reported to be the major source of income followed by non-farm wage labor,

business, Government and Private Service etc. The other important sources of income

include government pension and income from selling of fodder.

Apart from agriculture, trade & commerce, transport, storage and communication,

manufacturing, processing and repairing services engage a major chunk of population in the

district.

Major Food, Commercial &Horticultural Crops Plantation

The Major food crop grown is paddy, sugarcane; turmeric and cotton are the major

commercial crops. The district enjoys rich fertile soil of the Mahanadi, enough water

resources and receives substantial rainfall, which are conducive for raising good crops.

Workers Scenario:

‗Occupational Pattern‘ was studied to assess the skills of people in the study area.

Occupational pattern helps in identifying major economic activities of the area. The main

and marginal workers population with further classification as casual, agricultural,

households and other workers is shown in Table 3.36. In the study area the Main and

Marginal Workers population was observed as 50878 (28.1%) and 11728 (6.5%)

respectively of the total population (181030) while the remaining 118424 (65.4%) persons

were recorded as non-workers. Thus, it implies that the semi-skilled and non-skilled work-

force required in study area for the project is available in aplenty.

Table 3.36 : Village-wise Occupational Pattern in the Study Area (0-10km)

Name of

Village

MAIN

WOR

K_P

MAI

N_C

L_P

MAIN

_AL_

P

MAI

N_H

H_P

MAI

N_O

T_P

MAR

GWO

RK_P

MAR

G_CL

_P

MA

RG_

AL_

P

MAR

G_HH

_P

MAR

G_OT

_P

0-2km Radius Study Zone

Niharunikandha 88 0 14 0 74 1 0 0 0 1

Niharuni 94 1 40 0 53 0 0 0 0 0

Chauliapalanda 12 0 8 1 3 0 0 0 0 0

Abhayachandap

ur 12 0 1 0 11 2 0 0 0 2

Kansaripatia 4 0 0 0 4 1 0 0 0 1

Total (0-2km) 210 01 63 01 145 04 0 0 0 4

Musadia 1168 19 14 5 1130 20 1 6 0 13

Paradeep (M)

2217

6 56 88 426

2160

6 1948 61 17 96 1774

Baharatari 45 4 0 3 38 2 0 1 1 0

Bhutumundai 1021 514 21 15 471 108 15 67 2 24



Singitalia 257 71 7 5 174 8 0 0 0 8

Pipal 520 235 30 17 238 253 14 97 25 117

Chakradharpur 253 45 1 0 207 11 2 8 0 1

Balidia 540 141 27 7 365 103 5 73 2 23

Nuagarh 662 171 29 55 407 16 3 6 0 7

Udayabata 464 18 111 22 313 162 6 53 10 93

Chunabelari 417 86 37 53 241 114 9 56 19 30

Nimidhihi 426 42 36 38 310 16 2 2 0 12

Katakulla 235 14 117 60 44 331 85 38 60 148

Katha-ada 29 6 3 2 18 101 5 7 18 71

Koladia 72 30 2 5 35 61 4 22 12 23

Jagati 319 159 3 53 104 42 6 8 9 19

Nunukua 220 52 2 1 165 183 12 60 3 108

Narendrapur 222 26 27 32 137 342 23 31 119 169

Kothi 615 218 35 23 339 58 8 13 5 32

Jhimani 780 230 40 133 377 122 9 7 3 103

Siju 380 134 5 7 234 129 3 21 12 93

Pitambarpur 68 5 6 0 57 141 61 69 1 10

Uchhabanandp

ur 285 82 77 5 121 19 0 7 2 10

Paradeep garh

(CT) 1321 173 116 156 876 427 16 74 22 315

Kujanga 1005 177 106 15 707 74 4 24 2 44

Baidigadi 63 16 7 2 38 22 1 0 0 21

Krushnachandr

apur 50 6 3 4 37 7 0 1 4 2

Santara 716 192 69 7 448 109 7 70 3 29

Talapada 119 93 16 0 10 1 0 0 0 1

Mangarajpur 974 227 237 48 462 241 16 203 5 17

Hasina 492 216 27 13 236 206 10 34 5 157

Duadia 710 201 136 29 344 196 6 179 1 10

Pangara 82 1 1 6 74 82 20 17 5 40

Fatepur 1010 178 254 9 569 346 198 36 4 108

Pratappur 288 170 42 1 75 46 1 37 0 8

Kharigotha 271 163 38 16 54 83 14 30 13 26

Barunakandha 46 32 3 0 11 20 3 9 0 8

Gopiakuda 973 193 87 116 577 358 67 75 14 202

Ghodamara 158 27 9 2 120 90 15 39 0 36

Panpalli 439 231 81 1 126 53 1 36 4 12

Mallipura 161 96 9 4 52 23 3 3 2 15

Baulanga 226 75 86 15 50 155 120 17 1 17

Badabandha 219 173 8 1 37 7 1 0 0 6

Parapada 62 50 1 2 9 67 9 50 0 8

Mulakani 46 31 1 4 10 37 0 33 0 4

Bamadeipur 655 274 145 10 226 392 66 257 3 66

Chhatarakandh

a 93 63 1 0 29 142 2 18 2 120

Kuatarakandha 18 18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3



Banapatakandh

a 215 73 80 1 61 15 1 11 0 3

Kokakhandha 8 2 2 0 4 33 2 30 0 1

Balitutha 206 25 12 2 167 165 25 109 4 27

Badabuda 44 19 1 0 24 167 1 155 2 9

Kankardia 418 230 136 11 41 270 94 90 35 51

Sunadiakandha 78 75 0 0 3 40 0 0 0 40

Bagadia 528 133 11 14 370 302 23 9 7 263

Nuagan 1207 790 116 27 274 583 152 310 12 109

Panigadiakandh

a 3 1 0 0 2 1 0 1 0 0

Dhinkia 1136 603 342 12 179 176 48 58 7 63

Trilochanpur 804 506 175 12 111 80 11 29 5 35

Jamukana 179 44 85 17 33 49 0 16 29 4

NaladiaSasan 103 21 2 2 78 94 49 12 1 32

Patalipanka 720 328 171 14 207 99 14 39 3 43

Raghunathpur 164 88 4 37 35 259 1 2 2 254

Kodakan 182 76 67 3 36 5 0 3 1 1

Chhanda 267 125 6 7 129 17 0 4 0 13

Gararomita 426 221 42 26 137 118 13 9 31 65

Rajendra Nagar 45 32 10 0 3 0 0 0 0 0

Nalitajori Pal 34 31 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0

Dasarajapur 18 17 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

Akhadasali 51 34 12 0 5 1 0 1 0 0

Palli Garh 185 95 62 0 28 3 1 2 0 0

Bahakuda(Pitap

at) 691 128 245 24 294 136 2 100 3 31

Baraja

Bahakuda 446 221 139 2 84 208 17 156 6 29

Banabiharipur 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Badatubi 239 85 86 1 67 237 0 207 0 30

Nipania 48 10 3 0 35 114 42 68 0 4

Jogidhankud 35 35 0 0 0 16 15 0 0 1

Saralikud 101 100 0 0 1 26 26 0 0 0

Barakoli Khala 713 228 203 4 278 1032 583 379 3 67

Total (0-10km)

5087

8 9811 4279 1645

3514

3 11728 2034 3712 640 5342


ABBREVIATIONS:

MAIN WORKERS POPULATION: MAIN WORK_P : Main workers total population, MAIN_CL_P :

Main cultivated labour population, MAIN_AL_P : Main agricultural labour population, MAIN_HH_P

: Main workers population involved in household industries, MAIN_OT_P : Main other workers

population

MARGINAL WORKERS POPULATION:

MARG WORK_P : Marginal workers total population, MARG_CL_P : Marginal cultivated labors

total population, MARG_AL_P : Marginal agricultural labors population, MARG_HH_P : Marginal

workers involved in household industries, MARG_OT_P : Marginal other workers Population



Distribution of work participation rate of the study area population is shown in Table 3.37 as

follows:

Table 3.37 : Distribution of Work Participation Rate

Occupation Class 2011

Main Workers 50878 (28.1%)

Male 46141(90.7 %)

Female 4737(9.3 %)

Marginal Workers 11728 (6.5%)

Male 7578(64.6 %)

Female 4150 (35.4 %)

Non-Workers 118424(65.4%)

Male 41389(35.0 %)

Female 77035(65.0 %)

Total Population 181030

Source: Census of India Records, 2011

Graphical representation of Workers Scenario is given below as Figure 3.33.

Figure 3.28 : Workers Scenario of Study Area

Composition of Main Workers:

The ‗Main Workers‘ were observed as 50878 persons (28.1%) to the total population of the

study area and its composition is made-up of Casual laborers as 9811 (19.3%), Agricultural

laborers as 4279 (8.4%), Household workers 1645 (3.2%) and other workers as 35143

(69.1%) respectively. Composition of Main workers is shown below as Figure 3.34.

Main Workers28.1%

Marginal Workers

6.5%

Non-Workers65.4%

Workers Scenario,0-10km



Figure 3.29 : Gender-wise Distribution of Workers

Composition of Marginal Workers:

The total marginal workers are observed as 11728 which constitute 6.5% of the total

population (181030) comprise of Marginal Casual Laborers as 2034 (17.3%), Marginal

Agricultural Laborers as 3712 (31.7%), Marginal Household laborers as 640 (5.5%) and

marginal other workers were also observed as 5342 (45.5%) of the total marginal workers

respectively. Details about marginal workers in the study area are tabulated in Table3.37.

Composition of Marginal workers is shown in Figure 3.35 as follows.

Figure 3.30 : Composition of Marginal Workers

Composition of Non-Workers:

MAIN_CL_P19.3% MAIN_AL_P

8.4%

MAIN_HH_P3.2%

MAIN_OT_P69.1%

Composition of Main Workers Population, 0-10km

MARG_CL_P17.3%

MARG_AL_P31.7%

MARG_HH_P5.5%

MARG_OT_P45.5%

Composition of Marginal Workers Population, 0-10km



The total Non-workers population was observed as 118424 which constitute 65.4% to the

total population (181030) of the study area. Male-female wise Non-workers population was

recorded as 41389 Males (35.0%) and 77035 Females (65.0%) respectively. Details about

Total Non-workers in the study area are compiled in Table 3.38. Graphical representation of

Non-workers population is shown in Figure 3.36 as follows;

Table 3.38 : Composition of Non-Workers

Non-Workers Population

Persons Males Females

118424 41389 (35.0%) 77035 (65.0%)

Figure 3.31 : Composition of Non-Workers

3.10.1 Basic Infrastructure Facilities Availability (as per the census records of 2011)

A review of Basic infrastructure facilities (Amenities) available in the study area has been

done on the basis of the Field survey and Census records, 2011 for the study area inhabited

revenue villages of Jagatsinghpur District in Odisha. The study area has an average level of

basic infrastructure facilities like educational, medical, potable water, power supply, and

transport & communication network. Entire study area is predominantly rural except one

town namely; Paradeep (M). Agriculture is the main occupation of the study area

inhabitants.

As per the Census Records of India 2011, the study area has a total of Eighty Four (84)

revenue villages including two (02) towns namely, Paradeep (M) and Paradeep garh (CT)

of Odisha. All revenue villages/Towns are under Six (06) Tehsils namely,Marsaghai &

Mahakalapada of Kendrapara District and Paradeep, Paradeep Lock, Kujang &

Abhyachandpur of Jagatsinghpur District in Odisha.

The study area is mainly laying in two districts namely Kendrapara and Jagatsinghpur in

Odisha state. About sixty three (63) revenue villages and two (02) towns belong to

Jagatsinghpur District and nineteen (19) revenue villages belong to Kendrapara District of

Odisha state.

3.13. Education Facilities

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

Total Non-Workers

Male Non-Workers

Female Non-Workers

Non-Workers Population, 0-10km



There are about ninety two (92) Primary Schools existing in the study area. Middle Schools

are forty (40 no‘s) in the study area villages. Only twenty two (22 no‘s) Higher Secondary

Schools are available in the study area. Senior Secondary School facility is available only in

two (02) revenue village named Kujanga & Jhimani village of the study area. The

educational facilities have been further strengthening now and a number of private public

schools and colleges are also functioning in the surroundings of the study area. Besides,

there are Engineering and Medical colleges available in Towns and District headquarters

only. Higher education facilities are available in Towns of the area. There is considerable

improvement in educational facility. The villages/towns of the study area have no such

facilities can reach within 5.0 to 10.0-km range.

3.14. Medical Facilities

The medical facilities are provided by different agencies like Govt. & Private individuals and

voluntary organizations in the study area. As per the district census handbook information of

2011, no primary health center exists in the study area; most of the study area villages

depend upon the towns / district HQ of the study area having such facility. Only 11 Primary

Health Sub-Centers are exists in the rural part of the study area. Mother & Child Welfare

Centre are not exists in the study area. No primary health centre (PHC) and family welfare

centre (FWC) exists in the study area. Medical dispensaries are observed in three (3)

villages of the study area. Overall study area villages are served by average type of medical

facilities. Specialized medical facilities are available only in towns and District Headquarter

(HQ) only.

3.15. Potable Water Facilities

Potable water facility is available in most of the villages/towns of the study area. The entire

study area has plenty of good potable water facilities. Most of the villages (about 82.0%

villages) having Hand Pumps (HP) as potable water facility. Out of total eighty four (84)

revenue villages including two towns named Paradeep (M) and Paradeep garh (CT), only

thirty six (36) villages (43.0%) are served with River/Canal water in the study area. As per

the census records of 2011, about fifty four (54) villages (64.3%) are being served with

Tank/Pond/Lake in the study area. In the majority of the villages, hand pumps are commonly

observed in the study area.

3.16. Communication, Road & Transport Facilities

Apart from Post &Telegraph (P & T) services, transport is the main communication linkage

in the study area. Only about ten (10) revenue villages (12.0%) out of eighty four (84) are

served with Post Office facilities in the study area, remaining villages are depending upon

these ten (10) revenue villages and towns of the study area. The study area has average rail

and road network, passes from the area. Only four (4) villages named Nimidhihi,

Mangrajpur, Badabandha and Bagadia itself are served with railway station facility in the

study area and remaining villages depend upon these villages and towns with this facility.

Nearest town/city is Paradeep (M) at about 6.0-km away from the project site. The East

Coast Railway (ECR) line also passes across the area as well as the District HQ and most

of the villages availing this facility through the nearest railway station. Nearest Railway

Station is Paradeep Railway Station located at 3.73-km away in West direction w.r.t., the

proposed project site. Bhubaneswar Airport is about 110-kms away from the proposed site

in West direction. Most of the villages (82.0%) are served with Pucca road facility in the

study area.



About twenty four (24) villages out of the total eighty four (84) villages/towns are being

served with navigable waterways facility in the entire study area. The villages in the study

area which do not have such facility can reach within 5 to 10-km range. Mainly two (02)

towns named Paradeep (M) and Paradeep garh (CT) are available within the study area.

3.17. Banking Facility

The study area has almost all the schedule commercial banks with ATM facility at urban

areas and the district HQ.

3.18. Power Supply

It is revealed from the compiled information on Amenities availability as per the census

record of 2011; most of the villages and towns (about 100%) are electrified as about 79

villages are observed electrified for domestic purpose and about thirty-five (35) villages

(41.7%) of the study area are electrified for the all, i.e. agriculture and commercial purposes.

Almost all (about 100%) villages and towns of the study area are electrified.

Village/town wise Basic Infrastructure and Amenities availabilities data for the entire study

area is compiled and presented in Table 3.39 as follows;



Table 3.39 : Village-wise details of Basic facilities in Study Area

Name of the Village Educational Medical Drinking Water Communication &

Transport

Approach to the

Village

Power Supply Nearest Town

Distance from

Village, km P M S

S

S

S

S

CHC PHSC D T W HP TW R Tk PO P

&

T

Mob

.

BS RS PR KR NW FP ED EA

g.

EC EA


Niharunikandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 9.0km

Niharuni 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 8.0km

Chauliapalanda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 Paradeep , 7.0km

Abhayachandapur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 8.0km

Kansaripatia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 Paradeep , 20km

Total (0-2km) 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Status for Availability and Non-Availability is shown as A (1) & NA (2) respectively

Musadia 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 6.0km

Paradeep (M) Urban Part Paradeep (M)

Baharatari 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 15.0km

Bhutumundai 3 1 1 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 15.0km

Singitalia 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 13.0km

Pipal 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 13.0km

Chakradharpur 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 13.0km

Balidia 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 8.0km

Nuagarh 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 8.0km

Udayabata 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 6.0km

Chunabelari 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 10.0km

Nimidhihi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 8.0km

Katakulla 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 10.0km

Katha-ada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 12.0km

Koladia 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 14.0km

Jagati 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 15.0km



Nunukua 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 15.0km

Narendrapur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 13.0km

Kothi 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 15.0km

Jhimani 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 13.0km

Siju 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 14.0km

Pitambarpur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 13.0km

Uchhabanandpur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 15.0km

Paradeep garh (CT) Urban Part Paradeep garh (CT)

Kujanga 3 2 2 1 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 20.0km

Baidigadi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 24.0km

Krushnachandrapur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 18.0km

Santara 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 Paradeep , 18.0km

Talapada 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Paradeep , 18.0km

Mangarajpur 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 18.0km

Hasina 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 17.0km

Duadia 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 23.0km

Pangara 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 31.0km

Fatepur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 24.0km

Pratappur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 26.0km

Kharigotha 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 24.0km

Barunakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 22.0km

Gopiakuda 3 2 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 25.0km

Ghodamara 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 23.0km

Panpalli 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 25.0km

Mallipura 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 25.0km

Baulanga 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 25.0km

Badabandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 25.0km

Parapada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 29.0km

Mulakani 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 28.0km

Bamadeipur 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 30.0km

Chhatarakandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 32.0km



Kuatarakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 Paradeep , 32.0km

Banapatakandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 31.0km

Kokakhandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 32.0km

Balitutha 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 30.0km

Badabuda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 30.0km

Kankardia 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 30.0km

Sunadiakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 30.0km

Bagadia 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 10.0km

Nuagan 4 2 1 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 40.0km

Panigadiakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep , 25.0km

Dhinkia 3 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

Jagatsinghpur,

40.0km

Trilochanpur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 Paradeep , 20.0km

Jamukana 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 Paradeep , 35.0km

NaladiaSasan 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 17.0km

Patalipanka 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

Kendrapara,

30.0km

Raghunathpur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 17.0km

Kodakan 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 16.0km

Chhanda 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 21.0km

Gararomita 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 18.0km

Rajendra Nagar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

Kendrapara,

32.0km

Nalitajori Pal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 11.0km

Dasarajapur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 9.0km

Akhadasali 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 12.0km

Palli Garh 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 16.0km

Bahakuda(Pitapat) 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 9.0km

Baraja Bahakuda 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 10.0km

Banabiharipur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 6.0km

Badatubi 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 10.0km



Nipania 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 11.0km

Jogidhankud 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 12.0km

Saralikud 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 14.0km

Barakoli Khala 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep , 10.0km

TOTAL

9

2

4

0

2

2

0

2 01 11

0

3

Status for Availability and Non-Availability is shown as A (1) & NA (2) respectively

Source-http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html Abbreviations:

Educational Facilities:P-Primary School, M-Middle School, SS-Higher Secondary Schools, SSS- Senior Secondary School

Medical Facilities:CHC- Community Health Centre, PHC-Primary Health Centre, PHSC-Primary Health Sub-Centre, MCWC-Maternity and Child Welfare Centre, H-Hospital, D- Dispensary, FWC-Family Welfare

Centre

Drinking Water Facilities:T-Tap Water, W-Well Water, HP-Hand Pump, TW-Tube Well Water, R-River Water, Tk-Tank Water, O-Other Drinking Water Facility

Communication and Transport Facilities: PO-Post Office, SPO-Sub-Post Office, PTO- Post & Telegraph Office, Tel. - Telephone Connection, Mob.- Mobile Phone Coverage, BS-Bus Services, RS-Railways

Services

Approach to Village:PR- Paved Roads, KR-Kuchha Road, FP-Foot Path

Power Supply:ED-Power Supply for Domestic use, E Ag.- Power Supply for Agricultural use, EC- Power supply for Commercial use, EA-Electricity for All Purposes



Brief Description of Places of Religious, Historical or Archaeological Importance and

Tourist interest in Villages and Towns of the District:

Sarala Pitha (Jhankad): Jhankad is the sanctum sanctorum of Goddess Sarala, regarded

as one of the most spiritually elevated expressions of Shaktism. Believed as a synthesis

of divine figure of Durga and Saraswati, the culture of Sarala is an amalgamation of three

principal Hindu cults namely Vedic, Tantrik and Vaishnavite. It is one of the eight most

famous Shakta shrines of Odisha. It is also associated with the first epic poet of Odisha,

Adikavi Sarala Dasa of 15th Century AD.

Gorakhnath Temple: Gorakhnath Temple is of among the famous Lord Shiva Shrines in

Odisha.

Paradeep: It is a major sea port of India for trade activities. The enchanting beauty of the

sea, a wonderful sea beach & marine drive, beautiful creeks, estuaries and evergreen

forests of estuarine islands of the river Mahanadi, make the place a major tourist

attraction.

Gada Kujanga: Famous for its presiding deity Kunja Behari, Garh Kujanga is also known

as Subhadra Kshetra, the Raghunath Jew Matha located near the temple of Kunja

Behari is an added attraction of this place.

Chandapur: At the end of the Village Mahilo in a typical rural atmosphere, the famous

temple complex of Lord Raghunath Jew and Lord Chandrasekhar stands around 30

years back. One can find a rare combination of Sri Ram known as Raghunath Jew and

Lord Siva known as Chandrasekhar in a single compound.

Jagatsinghpur: Alaka Ashram, better known as the Shabarmati of Odisha is located here.

Temples, beaches and sculptures of historic importance are the major drivers behind

tourist influx to Jagatsinghpur. The Somanath temple is famous for the Shiva Shrine. The

Shiva Linga was placed by Sri Muchukunda Swami and hence the image is popularly

called as Muchukunda Somanath.

Salajanga Ashram: This Ashram is located nearly 7.0-km from Naugaon hat.

Siali Beach: Siali Beach is about 20-km away from Balikuda block and the most

attracting beach of Jagatsinghpur district. It is a very good picnic spot and can be visited

during any seasons of a year.

Tulasi Gadi: Tulsi Gadi temple is located at Diasahi, approx 6.0-km from Jagatsinghpur

towards Balikuda is another place of attraction for public or family parties.

Jagannath Temple: Jagannath temple is considered as one of the oldest temples of

odisha and located in Ambasal which is about 2.0-km away from Balikuda Block.

Kunja Bihari Temple: Kunja Bihari Temple is located in Sadeipur at about 9.0-km away

from Jagatsinghpur.

Sidha Baranga Pitha: ‗Sidha Baranga Pitha‘ is located at Punanga and about 2.0-km

away from Jagatsinghpur town. It is famous for temples of Lord Janannath and Lord

Hanuman. It is also a good picnic spot of the district.

3.19. Traffic Study:



The main transportation of raw material and finished goods is via jettys and rail route.

Transportation route and sources for raw materials and the products is mentioned below:

Table 3.40 : Transportation route at Project Site

Sl.No. Raw Material Route Via

1 Sulphur Sea Jetty To B/L through Conveyor

2 Rock Phosphate Sea Jetty To B/L through Conveyor

3 MOP Sea Jetty To B/L through Conveyor

4 Sulphuric Acid Sea Jetty To B/L through Pipeline

5 Phosphoric Acid Sea Jetty To B/L through Pipeline

6 Alumina Road To B/L by Truck

7 Flurosilicic Acid - In-house

8 Ammonia Sea Jetty To B/L through Pipeline

9 Coal Sea + Rail Jetty/Rail To B/L through Conveyor

Product Route Via

1 NPK/DAP Rail/Road From B/L through Rail/Truck

2 Ammonia Road From B/L through Tanker Truck

3 Ammonium Nitrate Road/Rail From B/L through Rail/Truck

4 Nitric Acid Road From B/L through Tanker Truck

5 Alu. Fluoride Road From B/L through Truck

6 Urea Rail/Road From B/L through Rail/Truck

7 Sulphuric Acid Road From B/L through Truck

8 Phosphoric Acid Road From B/L through Truck

As the import and export of material at the PPL plant is demand based, so traffic study

can be taken tentative but not fixed. Monthly quantitative analysis for shipment, rail and

trucks was performed at site in the month of May, 2018 as mentioned below:

Table 3.41 : Quantitative Details of vehicle used for export and Import

Route No. (per month)

Shipment 4-6

Rail 30-40

Trucks 1200-1500

As the site is located close to NH-5A and all the material movement shall be done

through this highway. The NH-5A is multilane (6-lane) of very good design. Considering

total material transport from Paradeep Phosphates Limited i.e. one truck/month, the

existing highway is adequate to bear the additional load without any issue.

Traffic study was performed for minor road of PPL plant (~50 ft, 2 lane) connecting NH5A

(six lane), route for transportation and two and four wheeler of employees of PPL plant.



Table 3.42 :Traffic study at PPL Plant road

Date of

Monitoring

:

01.05.2018

Road Lane: 2

Lane 50 ft.

Location: PPL Plant Road

Time (Hrs.) Two

wheelers

Four wheelers Light

vehicles

Heavy

vehicles

Total

6:00 95 72 29 39 235

7:00 122 104 52 78 356

8:00 159 121 43 89 412

9:00 229 233 72 121 655

10:00 197 222 73 86 578

11:00 231 130 68 150 579

12:00 228 147 70 105 550

13:00 225 112 60 122 519

14:00 187 255 55 182 679

15:00 147 231 90 142 610

16:00 134 196 68 124 522

17:00 230 218 82 157 687

18:00 165 148 102 140 555

19:00 200 188 143 135 666

20:00 169 153 111 148 581

21:00 130 133 93 107 463

22:00 128 112 68 123 431

23:00 67 77 55 100 299

0:00 38 81 68 92 279

1:00 30 52 36 63 181

2:00 14 44 30 52 140

3:00 13 34 34 26 107

4:00 29 21 54 41 145

5:00 36 28 39 52 155

Total 3203 3112 1595 2474 10384



CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1. General

The possible impact on various components of environment due to the proposed

expansion of plant can be assessed in terms of:

Physical and Biological Environment and

Demographic and Socio-economic Environment.

For proper assessment of significance and magnitude of environmental changes due to

construction and operational phases of the plant, the impacts are analyzed on the 10 km

radius study area around the proposed plant site for each environmental parameter.

Impact assessment study for the existing PPL unit is carried out by predicting net

contribution of pollutants (qualitative as well as quantitative) on overall qualitative

assessment of various environmental indicators. Prediction of impacts is an important

component in environmental impact assessment process. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to existing and proposed

industrial development on physico-ecological and socio-economic components of

environment. Such predictions delineate contribution in existing baseline data for the

operational project and superimpose over the baseline (pre-project) status of

environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of the environmental

conditions due to the proposed project. The quantitative prediction of impacts lead to

delineation of suitable environmental management plan needed for implementation

during the construction, commissioning and operational phases of the proposed project

in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on environmental quality.

Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe the cause- effect

relationship between source of pollution and different components of environment

4.2. Air Environment

4.2.1. Construction Phase

The activities of proposed expansion program will be confined to the project site within

the boundary of Plant complex. Actually the expansion site is a piece of vacant land with

no tree cover and does not come under any forestry and agricultural activities. As such

no major excavation involved except foundation and all debris/ muck either will be

utilized for leveling and landscaping purposes within the plant. Core zone of project area

is not the habitat of any significant faunal species i.e. nests, dens etc. This area does not

constitute any specific ecosystem and does not support specific floral and faunal

species. Present primary study revealed the presence of very common species of

shrubs/herbs and seasonal grasses in the core area. These plant species are not

specific for this core zone area and also vigorously distributed in the buffer zone and

therefore, the present expansion activities will not cause any significant loss of any

important flora.

Gaseous pollution

Due to different vehicular movement and project operation activities, the concentration of

air pollutants can be increased. These pollutants can affect the surrounding vegetation

and nearby agricultural crops.



Dust Generation

Terrestrial flora can be affected by the dusty environment to be created due to vehicular

movement during construction and operation phase. Increment in the density of the dust

particles (SPM) in the atmosphere can affect the surrounding plant/crop vegetation in

following ways:

a) Blockage and damage to stomata

b) Reduction in chlorophyll content

c) Abrasion of leaf surface or cuticle

All these disturbances ultimately affect photosynthesis process and plant metabolism

which leads to reduction in plant growth up to some extent.

Noise Pollution

Noise level of the project area will be increased during construction and operation phase.

Although there is no specific noise-sensitive fauna has been recorded near to project site

but avifauna and small animals can be affected by increased noise level. In such cases

they can change their habitat.

Congregation of Labour

Construction activities often require a considerable workforce and associated support

services. The livelihood activities of this increased human population may contribute to

local environmental impacts in terms of collecting firewood and food as well as

enhancing recreational activities.

Mitigation Measures:

RET Species

Since there is no RET species recorded- no need to apply any mitigation measure.

Gaseous pollution

The SO2 in ambient air is reported in this study is low and the levels of other air

pollutants are also low. Development of multi-layer plantation (green belt) around the

proposed project area will help to mitigate gaseous pollution within and around the

project area.

Dust Generation

Dust generation will be managed through:

A periodic plantation of fast growing, evergreen, broad leaved, dust-resistant indigenous

plant species (proposed under Greenbelt Development Programme)

Effluent discharge

There will be a negligible discharge of effluent from the proposed plant which will be

directly treated inside the plant. Safe guard for rainy season runoff will be taken to

prevent any direct discharge from the plant to nearby water body. As such the river

ecology will not be affected.

Congregation of Labour

The impacts will be managed through:



No permanent camping in vegetation rich area and riverside

A provision of fuel for laborers engaged in construction activities

Restriction on poaching/hunting and removal of any vegetation

Restriction on fishing

Based on the field observations and interaction with local people and forest officials, it

was noticed that the project area does not associated with any National Park/Wildlife

Sanctuary/Conservation Reserve and there is no wildlife migratory routes present in the

project area. Primary study also confirmed that there is no removal of any significant

flora from the project area, no removal of praying with pray of predatory animals and no

noises disrupting breeding behavior or use of breeding grounds. Improvement in the

green cover under a regular plantation program (Greenbelt Development Program) will

not only increase the plant diversity in the area but also enhance the habitat for wildlife

especially for avifauna.

4.2.2. Operation Phase

Prediction of impacts of the proposed de-bottlenecking on air environment i.e. ambient

air quality was carried out using computer-based air quality simulation model known as

ISCST3 View 6.2 model of Lakes Environment.

In the present study, the mathematical model that has been used for predictions on air

quality includes steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple

point sources.

The impacts on air quality from any project depend on various factors like design

capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution

control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities

associated with any project, viz., construction phase (fugitive emission), operation phase,

transportation of raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material

handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.

The major air pollutants expected to be emitted from PPL proposed expansion project

are Nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur oxides (SOx), particulate matter less than 10 microns

(PM10), particulate matter less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5), acid mist, ammonia (NH3) and

Hydrogen Flouride (HF). The major sources of continuous emissions are from the

proposed project are Stacks attached to Auxilliary Boiler, Sulphur Recovery Unit, Urea

PT, Nitric Acid process, Ammonium Nitrate process, DAP process and granulation,

GSSP Ball Mill, Scrubber outlet and Hot Air Generator, Aluminium Flouride process and

new sulphuric acid plant.

The main sources of air pollution due to the operation of the existing plant are the stacks

attached to DAP process (4 stacks), PAP process, SAP process (2 stacks), Zypmite

plant cooler, dryer and granulator. PM10, PM2.5, SOx, acid mist and HF are the main air

pollutants generated from the existing plant.

4.2.2.1 Model Details

Air dispersion modeling can be used to predict atmospheric concentrations of pollutants

at specific locations (receptors) over specific averaging times (i.e. annual, daily, and

hourly). An atmospheric dispersion model accounts for the emissions from a source;

estimates how high into the atmosphere they will go, how widely they will spread and

how far they will travel based on temporal meteorological data; and outputs the pattern of



concentrations that will occur for various exposure periods, thereby providing the

exposure risks for different receptors.

In the proposed project, prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out

employingmathematical model based on a Steady State Gaussian Plume Dispersion

Model designed formultiple point sources for short term. In the present case, AERMOD

dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion, designed

formultiple point sources for short term and developed by United States Environmental

Protection Agency (USEPA) has been used for simulations from point sources.

The major air pollutants expected to be emitted from PPL proposed expansion project

are Nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur oxides (SOx), particulate matter less than 10 microns

(PM10), particulate matter less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5), ammonia (NH3) and Hydrogen

Flouride (HF). The major sources of continuous emissions are from the proposed project

are Stacks attached to Auxilliary Boiler, Sulphur Recovery Unit, Urea PT, Nitric Acid

process, Ammonium Nitrate process, DAP process, GSSP Ball Mill, Scrubber outlet and

Hot Air Generator.

The options used for short-term computations are:

The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to

that of the mixing layer

Stack tip down-wash is not considered

Buoyancy induced dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion

during the ascension phase

Calms processing routine is used by default

Wind profile exponents is used by default

Flat terrain is used for computation

Pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation

No pollutant removal by dry deposition

Universal Transverse Meter (UTM) coordinates have been used for computation

A uniform polar grid was used for the computation and extended to 10 km from the

center of the proposed project. In addition to that, receptors were also placed at the

sampling locations.

4.2.2.2 Emissions

The emission rates and stack parameters for the proposed expansion are listed in

Tables 4.1.

In order to estimate the worst-case scenario, the ground level concentration was

computed considering the plant emissions. 24-hourly average ground level

concentrations (GLCs) were computed for 24-hour mean meteorological data (March 1

through May 31, 2018).



Table 4.1 : Emission Data and Stack Parameters for Proposed Expansion

Plant

Stack

Stack Spec. Emission Load (kg/hr)

Stack

Height

(m)

Stack

Diameter

(m)

Exit

Temp.

(K)

Exit

Velocity

(m/s)

SPM SOx NOX F NH3

WHRU /

Auxiliary

Boiler

30 5.5 573.15 16.25 99.3 9 64.7 NA NA

Sulphur

Recovery

Unit

20 0.6 573.15 20.20 NA 0.8 NA NA NA

Urea PT 130 30 351.15 0.76 50

mg/Nm3 NA NA NA 148.40

Nitric Acid 50 1.25 380.15 44.76 NA NA 100 NA NA

Ammonium

Nitrate 40 1.8 318.15 17.17 20.25 NA NA NA 6.75

DAP-A 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

DAP-B 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

DAP-C 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

DAP-D 50 2.8 337 16.13 50 NA NA 5 50

GSSP Ball

Mill 40 0.8 313.15 15.21 3.6 1.8 NA NA NA

GSSP

Scrubber

Outlet

40 1.0 313.15 12.74 4.7 NA NA 0.68 NA

GSSP—

Hot Air

Generator

30 0.6 473.15 21.28 1.87 2.06 NA NA NA

4.2.2.3 Meteorological Data

The meteorological data consists of wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity, solar

radiation, cloud cover and rainfall recorded during the months of March 1through May

31, 2018, on an hourly basis. Wind speed, wind direction and temperature have been

processed to extract the 24–hour mean meteorological data for application in AERMOD.

4.2.2.4 Receptor Locations

A total of about 728receptors – 720 receptors of which were generated with a polar grid

from the center of the proposed project and extended to 10 km. Apart from these

receptors, the sampling locations were also taken into account to assess the incremental

load on the baseline environmental scenario.

4.2.2.5 Summary of Predicted GLCs

The summary of maximum cumulative ground level concentrations (GLCs) for the

proposed expansion and its impact on the study area under the worst meteorological

scenario is listed in Table 4.2.



In addition to the above-mentioned pollutants, HF was also modeled and the impacts

assessed in the study area. Due to the lack of NAAQS limit prescribed by CPCB and

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), prescribed standards from

North Carolina‘s Division of Air Quality (NCDAQ) Ambient Air Levels (AALs) have been

taken for HF (30 g/m3). Table 4.3 presents the summary of the GLCs for HF.

Table 4.2 : Summary of Maximum Cumulative 24 hr. GLC (Proposed Expansion Project)

Description Concentration (g/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SOx NOx NH3

Maximum Rise in GLC 74.76 30.04 24.46 31.22 311.38

Distance of occurrence

(km)* 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Direction of Occurrence NE NE WSW NW NE

Maximum Baseline

Concentration reported 105.00 49.00 20.20 38.00 45.00

Total Concentration (Post

Project Scenario) 179.76 79.04 44.66 69.22 356.38

Prescribed Standards 100 60 80 80 400

* The distance is measured from center of Plant Boundary to the receptor of

maximum GLC

Table 4.3 : Summary of Maximum 24-hour GLC for HF

Description Concentration (g/m3)

Maximum Rise in GLC 27.95

Distance of occurrence (km)* 0.5

Direction of Occurrence NE

Prescribed Standards 30

* The distance is measured from center of Plant Boundary to the

receptor of maximum GLC.

The above tables show that in the worst case scenario, the maximum GLC for the

proposed expansion will be below the prescribed standards for all pollutants modelled

except for PM10 and PM2.5. However, it should be noted that PM10background

concentration in the study area exceeds the prescribed NAAQS standard by itself.

Additionally, the cumulative impact of the proposed expansion project at the monitoring

locations within 10 km radius is provided in Table 4.4 and 4.5.

Table 4.4 : Summary of Maximum Cumulative GLC at Monitoring Locations

Location Rise in GLC

(g/m3)

Max.

Background

Concentration

(g/m3)

Impact from

Project

(g/m3)

NAAQS

(g/m3)

Project Site PM10 30.35 96.00 126.35 100

PM2.5 12.18 47.00 59.18 60




(g/m3)

Max.

Background

Concentration

(g/m3)

Impact from

Project

(g/m3)

NAAQS

(g/m3)

NOx 10.96 38.00 48.96 80

SOx 8.94 20.20 29.14 80

NH3 58.49 24.00 82.49 400

PPL

Township

PM10 3.15 87.00 90.15 100

PM2.5 1.27 45.00 46.27 60

NOx 1.24 29.10 30.34 80

SOx 0.95 16.00 16.95 80

NH3 11.18 21.00 32.18 400

Chaulipalanda

PM10 5.49 84.00 89.49 100

PM2.5 2.20 39.00 41.20 60

NOx 1.98 34.10 36.08 80

SOx 1.38 17.80 19.18 80

NH3 17.73 29.00 46.73 400

Gopinath

Colony

PM10 21.21 90.00 111.21 100

PM2.5 8.54 42.00 50.54 60

NOx 5.88 26.00 31.88 80

SOx 6.09 15.30 21.39 80

NH3 96.51 21.00 117.51 400

Udayabata

PM10 4.39 93.00 97.39 100

PM2.5 1.76 46.00 47.76 60

NOx 1.62 29.80 31.42 80

SOx 1.09 19.20 20.29 80

NH3 16.45 36.00 52.45 400

Paradeepgarh

PM10 3.20 105.00 108.20 100

PM2.5 1.28 49.00 50.28 60

NOx 0.95 36.40 37.35 80

SOx 0.68 19.50 20.18 80

NH3 11.08 19.00 30.08 400

Musadia

PM10 2.25 81.00 83.25 100

PM2.5 0.91 41.00 41.91 60

NOx 0.77 21.50 22.27 80

SOx 0.52 17.80 18.32 80

NH3 8.98 45.00 53.98 400

Jogidhankud

PM10 4.90 75.00 79.90 100

PM2.5 1.97 37.00 38.97 60

NOx 1.45 18.40 19.85 80

SOx 1.06 14.00 15.06 80

NH3 17.27 20.00 37.27 400



Table 4.5 : Summary of Maximum GLC at Monitoring Locations for HF


(mg/m3)

NAAQS

(g/m3)

Project Site HF 5.68 30

PPL Township HF 1.06 30

Chaulipalanda HF 1.60 30

Gopinath Colony HF 8.90 30

Udayabata HF 1.49 30

Paradeepgarh HF 1.01 30

Musadia HF 0.81 30

Jogidhankud HF 1.57 30

Discussion of the Cumulative Impacts at monitoring locations:

• PM10: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum PM10


baseline contribution of 96.00µg/m3.The total impact from the project exceeds the

stipulated standard of 100 µg/m3 for industrial as well as residential areas. However, it

should be noted that the GLC for PM10 from just the proposed expansion is 30% of the

NAAQS standard and the baseline concentration in the study area is very close to the

NAAQS Standard. The high PM10 in the study area is contributed mainly by industrial

emissions, vehicular emissions, re-suspected dust from paved/unpaved roads and open

areas as well as from industrial activities.

• PM2.5: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum PM2.5

concentration of 59.18 µg/m3 at Project Site with project impacts of 12.18 µg/m3 and

baseline contribution of 47.00µg/m3.The total impact from the project is within the

stipulated standard of 60 µg/m3for industrial as well as residential areas.

• NOx: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum NOx

concentration of 48.96 µg/m3 at Project Site with project impacts of 10.96µg/m3 and

baseline contribution of 38.00µg/m3.The total impact from the project is within the


• SOx: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum SOx


baseline contribution of 20.20µg/m3.The total impact from the project is well within the


• NH3: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum

NH3concentration of 117.51 µg/m3 at Gopinath Colony with project impacts of 96.51

µg/m3 and baseline contribution of 21.00µg/m3.The total impact from the project is well

within the stipulated standard of 400 µg/m3 for industrial as well as residential areas.

• HF: The total impact from the proposed expansion indicates maximum HF concentration

of 8.90µg/m3 at Gopinath Colony. The total cumulative impact from the project is well

within the stipulated standard of NCDAQ‘s AAL of 30 µg/m3.

The isopleths for the pollutants are provided in Figures 1.1 through 1.6.



Figure 4.1 : Isoplethsfor Cumulative PM10 GLC



Figure 4.2 : Isopleths for Cumulative PM2.5 GLC



Figure 4.3 : Isopleths for Cumulative SOx GLC



Figure 4.4 : Isopleth for Cumulative NOx GLC



Figure 4.5 : Isopleth for Cumulative HFGLC



Figure 4.6 : Isopleth for Cumulative NH3 GLC



4.3. Noise Environment

The sources of noise during the operational phase of the plant are mainly turbines

compressors, blowers, pumps and furnaces. The other sources of noise are the

movement of vehicles along the road. The proposed expansion project will be similar but

will have advanced technology and improved equipment both in terms of energy

efficiency and less noisy.

4.3.1. Impacts due to Transportation

Noise level contributed from light medium and heavy vehicles on the roads can be

considerable depending upon the traffic density. The area around the employees and

material gates is the traffic- affected areas due to transportation activities. The light

vehicles and two wheelers pass at the shift hours only except vehicles of the visitors,

which are limited only. The heavy commercial vehicles traffic is limited depending upon

the material receipt and dispatch of fertilizer through road transport. The large quantity of

fertilizer will be dispatched through railway rakes also.

4.3.2. Impact on Community

Equivalent sound levels are often used to describe community exposures to noise. Noise

survey was also carried out at eight locations outside the plant but within the study area.

Equivalent noise levels were measured for residential, commercial and industrial area

and also in other places in study areas (Chapter - 3). The Leq (day time) for these areas

is found to be well within ambient noise quality standards except three locations i.e

Paradeep railway station, near SH 12 and coast guard near NH5A where the noise

levels are above standard limits and similarly Leq (night time) for all locations was within

the prescribed limit of except three above locations. This may be due to heavy traffic due

to import and export at various industries located nearby.

The noise level norms in villages of study area are being met with respect to the norms

of ‗Ambient Air quality Standards in Respect of Noise‘.

The operation of PPL proposed expansion project will have some noise level and as

such will not have any adverse impact on the human settlement around it. The noise will

not be audible beyond its boundary limit, particularly due to natural green belt and other

attenuators.

4.4. Water Environment

Impact on water environment due to PPL proposed expansion project scheme will be in

terms of additional water consumption {water demand} and waste water / effluent

generation and discharge to environment.

4.4.1. Water Demand

4.4.1.1 Construction Phase

Since the PPL proposed expansion project will have water requirement both during

construction period as well as during operation through Canal Pump house is located at

canal side near village Bijay Chandrapur at a distance of 3 to 4 kms by road from the

plant. The requirement during construction period will be much less as compared to that

during operation. Also, water cess is being paid to Irrigation department regularly. As

such there will not be any additional water requirements for construction.

4.4.1.2 Operational Phase



Water during operational phase is normally required for:

Dust suppression in Coal Handling

Cooling Water

Boiler Feed Water

Process Water (DM water, scrubbing/washing etc.)

Domestic and Green Belt

Existing raw water requirement of the PPL is met from the Taladanda Canal flowing in

the west – north – north east direction of the project site.

Raw water intake pump house called as Canal Pump house is located at canal side near

village Bijay Chandrapur at a distance of 3 to 4 kms by road from the plant.

Water so drawn is pumped to a reservoir of capacity around 17 lac KL which then taken

to Water Treatment Plant, treated water then pumped to the plant side as well as to the

township area by two different distribution systems. Water cess is being paid to Irrigation

department regularly.

Permitted withdrawal of water from the Taladanda Canal is 5,000,000 Gallons per Day.

(22730 m3/day)

As per notice on demand dated 16/10/2012, water withdrawn was 16949 m3/day quite

lower than the permission level.

New SAP, CPP & DM Plant would require an extra volume of approximately 7260m3/day.

The total water requirement of the proposed expansion project is 1800.43 m3/hr, will be

made available from the existing source i.e. Taladanda canal.

Extra water required if any for the proposed upcoming plants will be clarified & resolved

and approvals and permissions would be taken for the same.

4.4.2. Effluent Generation and Discharge

Industrial wastewater after it is discharged into surface water body should not produce

significant deterioration in its water quality. The effects on surface water depend on

wastewater characteristics and quantity. The impact on surface water depends on the

characteristics and also on quantity of water in the receiving water body. Awareness

programs on EMS.

PPL will follow the philosophy of treating the effluents in the well designed ETP plant and

recycling the same in the process {process condensates/ cooling/ dust suppression etc.;

Refer water balance in Ch. 2}. PPL Proposed project will be nearly is zero effluent plant.

Treated domestic water is utilized in green belt development.

4.5. Land Environment

Essentially, the two major problems normally faced in impact on land environment due to

any development project are:

Diversion of land from designated use to the ‗project use‘.

Deterioration of land / soil in terms of soil fertility and toxicity.

4.5.1. Land Diversion



PPL expansion project is being located within the existing premises and as such no

additional land is required. Since there is no additional land required for PPL expansion

project, no soil erosion or diversion of land is involved.

4.5.2. Land Deterioration

Low soil fertility is attributable to either to low levels of nutrients {e.g. nitrogen,

phosphorus, potassium etc.} in the soil or their being made unavailable for plant intake in

some way. High levels of elements or compounds being present in the soil cause soil

toxicity. Some elements, which are essential and beneficial for crops at low

concentrations, become toxic to crops at higher concentrations. There can be slight

increase in phosphorus/sulphur/ nitrogen content of the soil due to limited plant emission

from DAP/Urea/GSSP plants and this elevated phosphorus / sulphur content will have

positive impact on the on the plant growing in the area. Proposed expansion project will

improve the Phosphorus availability in the area and consequently better crop yield.

The solid wastes (coal ash) generated in the plant will have intrinsic values and will be

sold to interested parties. The plant operations after PPL expansion project will be similar

emission and solid waste and as such not have any impact which is likely to affect soil,

or effluents release likely to affect soil. As such soil chemistry is not going to be affected

with PPL proposed expansion project.

4.6. Biological Environment

4.6.1. Flora

The quality of soils in the premises of the PPL shows that there is no adverse effect of

air, water and solid effluents on the soil system. A special thrust has been given right

from the beginning to develop the premises into a live green belt. Process effluents after

treatment are recycled back in process. The treated domestic effluent will be used for the

irrigation purposes to the maximum extent within the PPL premises in order to conserve

water.

The development of green belt will provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds,

small animals and insects. No rare or endangered species of fauna are reported to exist

in the area. Thus, no impacts on rare / endangered species are envisaged due to normal

operations. The PPL expansion project would not affect the soil and so the plant growth

in the study area.

4.7. Socio – Economic Environment

PPL plan to carry out lots of social work (as a part of its ‗CSR‘ objectives) through with

objectives of:

Natural Resource Management

Infrastructure Development for nearby inhabitants

Health and Hygiene of nearby inhabitants

With these objectives PPL is carrying out study with regard to:

Assessment of local needs within the study area and identification of focus areas

Preparation of phase wise and year wise action plan in consultation with local bodies based on identified needs

Appointment of community development officer and organize periodic meet with local people



Establishing open and transparent communication channel with locals

Work out modalities for sustainability of activities/programs

Establishing a well-designed grievance redressal / feedback forum

PPL expansion project will have some impacts also on socio – economic environment of

the study area- some are as given below:

4.7.1. Positive Impacts

Proposed expansion project of the plant would result in handling of more product and raw material, which will increase manpower requirement at some stages directly, or indirectly resulting in more income of people.

PPL expansion project would increase requirement from ancillary and auxiliary industries in the vicinity e.g. bagging units.

With more load on infrastructure facilities – roads and rails; these facilities would be improved.

More income to Government through more taxes on higher amount of production.

4.7.2. Negative Impact

Increased traffic on road due to more raw material requirement and more production

results in deterioration of road and increase likelihood of accidents.

However these can be handled and safety on roads can be ensured through increased

awareness and better management of resources.

4.8. Traffic Study

The site is located in planned notified industrial area having a good network of internal

roads which is further joining NH 5A highway. So, during construction phase, impact due

to movement of vehicles at the project site will be temporary and not significant.

During operation phase, the movement of vehicles from and to the site will be such that,

considering total material transport from PPL plant i.e. 1200 to 1300 trucks/month, and

other movement vehicles, the existing highway is adequate to bear the additional load

without any issue, so impact of vehicular traffic due to proposed expansion will not be

significant at the study area.



CHAPTER 5. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN &

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1. Introduction

Prediction of the potential adverse environmental and social impacts arising from

development interventions is at the technical heart of EIA process. An equally essential

element of this process is to develop measures to eliminate, offset, or reduce impacts to

acceptable levels during implementation and operation of projects. The integration of

such measures into project implementation and operation is supported by clearly

defining the environmental requirements within an Environmental Management Plan

(EMP).

Normally, potential impacts are identified early during the initiation of project, and

measures to avoid or minimize impacts are incorporated into the alternatives being

considered. In this respect, some of the most important measures to protect the

environment and local communities become integral to the project design, and may not

be reflected in a formal EMP.

PPL by way of EIA study propose to identify all the likely potential impacts, collect data

information and incorporate all the measures necessary to avoid or minimize impacts on

surrounding environment. Many of the mitigation measures are already in place as this is

the case of expansion of the plant. It is desirable to collect even such information in the

EMP to facilitate better assessment and communication as well as improve the systems

and technologies to improve mitigation for environmental components having moderate

residual impacts.

5.2. Objectives of EMP

Overall objective of EMP:

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental impacts and/or preventing such an occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect an environmental resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or duration of adverse impacts.

5.3. Components of EMP

EMP for PPL to enhance the fertilizer production capacity through expansion project

considers the following aspects:

Description of mitigation measures

Description of monitoring program

Institutional arrangements

Implementation schedule and reporting procedures

Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environmental management as

well as responsibilities for implementing environmental measures.



5.4. Central Pollution Control Board {CPCB} Guide Lines for Fertiliser

Industry

CPCB in its publication “Probe/97/2002 - 03”- ‗Environmental Management in Selected

Industrial Sectors Status / Needs‘, which also includes fertilizer sector has brought out

suggestions / recommendations and norms for fertilizer units. The suggestions /

recommendations and norms as applicable to PPL and their compliance status is

detailed below:

5.4.1. Emission and Effluent Standards

5.4.1.1 Emission

Emission from PT:

For units commissioned after January 01, 1986: 50 mg/Nm3 or 0.5 kg/t of product;

PPL Emission from existing PT‘s

50 (max.) mg/Nm3.‘

5.4.2. Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP)

PPL has adopted the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection

(CREP). The compliance of recommendation by charter for fertilizer industries has been

presented in detail in Chapter 2 (Section 2.3.15):

CPCB in its publication ―Probe/97/2002-03‖- ‗Environmental Management in Selected

Industrial Sectors Status / Needs‘, which also includes fertilizer sector has brought out

suggestions/recommendations and norms for fertilizer units. The

suggestions/recommendations and norms as applicable to proposed project and their

compliance status is detailed below in Table 5.1:

Table 5.1 : Compliance Status

S.No. Action Point Status / Proposed Plan

1. Conservation of water: PPL propose to implement with ―zero liquid‖

effluent for the proposed expansion project.

2. Conservation of

material:

The manufacturing process will generate gypsum

coal ash and effluents comprising of recovery of

Hydroflourosilicic acid, which will be sold and

recycled back into the process to produce

Aluminum Flouride.

3. Toxic substances:

All safety measures would be taken for

elimination of toxic substances, but the present

production process doesn‘t have any such toxic

substances.

4. Wastewater treatment: The generated wastewater will be treated and

recycled back in the process.

5. Management of Storm

water:

No wastewater generated would be directly

discharged in to the drains.

6. Emission Control: Emission control is met by installation of three

level control equipment that includes venturi

scrubber with three different working efficiencies.

7. Management of Management of the hazardous substances would



S.No. Action Point Status / Proposed Plan

hazardous chemical be made according to the MSIHC Rules 1989 &

Hazardous waste management rules 2008.

8. Solid Waste

management

All the solid waste generated would be

processed with proper disposable techniques

and proper monitoring and management plan.

9. Monitoring of Effluent,

Emission and Ambient

air quality

A detailed environmental monitoring plan already

exist and modified plan (due to proposed

expansion project) will be implemented

10. Environmental

Management Cell

Already Exists

5.4.3. Air Environment

The emission from PPL proposed expansion project shall be mainly from the various

stacks (in Ammonia plant, Urea plant, Acid Plants, DAP/GSSP, HRG and Auxiliary Plant)

and will be limited. Fugitive emissions while handling solid/ granular product will be

recovered and recycled (as PPL has experience of DAP dust collection and recovery

system in bagging plant) or leakages in the plant. In order to mitigate the adverse

environmental impact due to the operation proposed GSSP plant followingmeasures are

recommended:

The control measures (through proper up keep / maintenance) and good housekeeping will considerably reduce the fugitive emission.

AAQ monitoring system of air pollutants SOx, NOx, ammonia, acid mist, fluorides and SPM should be regularly carried out.

Regular monitoring of shop floor environment is to be carried out to control the fugitive emission as well as shop floor safety.

Leakages {of gases / liquids/ dust} should be checked and promptly attended.

5.4.4. Noise Environment

The statutory national standards for noise levels at the plant boundary and at residential

areas near the plant are being and are to be met. The following mitigation measures are

proposed to meet the objectives:

The selection of any new plant equipment is to be made with specification of low noise levels. Noise suppression measures such as acoustic enclosures / cabins, buffers and / or protective measures are be provided (wherever noise level is around +80 dB (A) and exposure limits to workers is likely to be more than 8 hours a day) to limit noise levels within occupational exposure limits. Areas with high noise levels are to be identified and segregated where possible and will include prominently displayed caution boards.

However, in areas where noise levels are high and exposure time is less, employees will be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers where exposure level is > 85 dB (A). The exposure of employees working in the noisy area should be monitored regularly to ensure compliance with the regulatory requirements.

The existing practice of regularly monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of maintenance schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.



The green belt around the plant to attenuate the noise level but instead of block plantation there should be variability in tree height and shape, as this would disperse the sound waves more efficiently. Plant that attenuate should be planted at the noise zone.

5.4.5. Water Environment

PPL plant should take ample precautions to reduce water consumptions and tackle

effluents problem. The philosophy of segregation of effluent streams and treatment near

the source and recycle back to the system will help in reducing the water consumptions

and effluent generation considerably. Efforts should continue and new efforts should

be directed to:

Possibility of increased use of treated effluents in horticulture and green belt developments.

Recycle of treated effluents in the system as far as possible.

The treated sewage should be effectively utilized in the plant or for irrigation in green belt.

The use of any chemical to check microbial activity should be avoided, as it would harm the human health and fauna.

Use of pesticide and herbicide should be avoided as they can cause ground water contamination.

PPL should install three or more piezo metric wells at selected places (one near treated effluent pond) to see and check the ground water contamination.

Water is a precious commodity and it should be conserved.

Rain water harvesting. [Since it is coastal area the sub soil water may be saline and rain water harvesting may not be useful].

5.4.6. Biological Environment

Greenbelt Development Programme

Increasing vegetation in the form of greenbelt is one of the preferred methods to keep

the pollution under control. Plants serve as a sink for pollutants, act as a barrier to break

the wind speed as well allow the dust and other particulates to settle out there. It also

helps to reduce the noise level up to some extent. The main objective of the green belt is

to provide a buffer/barrier between the sources of pollution and the surrounding areas.

The green belt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and attenuate the noise apart from

improving the aesthetics quality of the region. Of the total area of the proposed project

site (core zone) 33% area shall be developed as a green belt along the periphery of the

plant. The goal of installation a greenbelt would also be to maximize both ecological

functionality and scenic beauty of the project area. Some greenery is already existed in

the project area. The present greenbelt area will cover the 33% of the total project area

and this greenbelt of different thickness will be established systematically. Ideal size of

greenbelt shall be between 10 and 50 meter wide and run the length of roads, major

structures and open spaces. Width depends on the availability of land.

Selection of species

Local or indigenous species will be preferred under this programme and the species

those have dust & noise tolerant capacity, enhance aesthetics and develop a habitat for

wildlife especially for avifauna will be introduced. A plantation of sound and dust receptor

as well as aesthetically valuable species is proposed which will help in reduction of

pollution (both atmospheric & noise), reduction of stress and beautification of the area.

Hardiness, longevity, a minimum of wind through and breakage, attractiveness and



minimal maintenance requirement are some qualities of species which are to be taken

into consideration during selection. A standard spacing of 3m and 2m for tree and shrub

species respectively will be taken into consideration.

Selection of the plant species will also be based on the growth and morphological

characters i.e. height, crown cover and also on the basis of their adaptability in the

region. Following types of species are proposed under greenbelt development:

Native Plant Species- drought resistance

Species that can minimize noise level

Species that can absorb dust

Habitat Improvement Species

Fruit Species to enhance the Food Availability for Wildlife

By reviewing the various literatures, following plant species has been chosen for

greenbelt development listed in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2 : List of Plant species to be planted

Sl.

No.

Scientific Name Name Characteristics

Tree

1 Albezia lebbek Siris Habitat Improvement, Dust Removal, Drought

Resistant

2 Azadirachta indica Neem Noise Barrier, Drought Resistant, Dust Removal

3 Bahunia variagata Kachnar Habitat Improvement

4 Butea monosperma Dhak Noise Barrier, Drought Resistant, Dust Removal

5 Cassia fistula Amaltas Avenue Plant, Drought Resistant, Dust Removal

6 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Noise Barrier, Drought Resistant, Dust Removal

7 Delonix regia Gulmohar Avenue Plant

8 Emblica officinais Amla Medicinal Plant, Habitat Improvement

9 Ficus glomerata Goolar Habitat Improvement

10 Ficus religiosa Peepal Habitat Improvement, Drought Resistant, Dust

Removal

11 Syzygium cumini Jamun Drought Resistant, Dust Removal

12 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Avenue Plant, Indicator Plants (to monitor pollution

level), Dust Removal

13 Holoptelia integrifolia Kanju Drought Resistant, Dust Removal

Shrub



1 Bougainvillea sp Bougainvillea Avenue Plant, Dust Removal

2 Dodonea sp Dodonea Avenue Plant

3 Hibiscus rosasinenis Gudhal Avenue Plant

4 Nerium odorum Nerium Avenue Plant

(Source: Edited from Hocking 1993, Saxena 1991, Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi)

Greenbelt around the Project area

In the context of air pollution attenuation, greenbelts will be developed around the project

in a manner so as to effectively reduce the pollution caused by project activities. Design

of effective greenbelts involves consideration of meteorological, physico-chemical,

biological, and horticultural aspects relevant to pollutant source and the area where

greenbelt has to be established. Such plantation will be carried out in three different

layers. Species like Cassia fistula and Beutia monosperma will be planted inner side of

the greenbelt (Ist row), Albezia lebbek, Ficus species, Holoptelia and Jamun will be

planted in the middle of the greenbelt (II row) whereas species like Dalberzia sissoo, and

A. indica species will be planted outside layer (III row) of greenbelt.

Roadside plantation

The roadside plantation will be carried out with the species having the properties of

control dust pollution and maintain the aesthetic value. Butea monosperma, Holoptelia

integrifolia, Syzygium cumini and Albezia lebbek will be planted under this plantation.

Avenue plantation in adjacent residential colony

Tree species like Cassia fistula, Delonix regia, Emblica officinais, and Polyalthia

longifolia will be used for such type of plantation along with shrubs Bougainvillea sp,

Dodonea sp, Hibiscus rosasinenis, and Nerium odorum. The purpose of such plantation

is to fill the blank areas with greenery and strengthen scenic beauty.

5.4.7. Land Environment

The proposed expansion project will generate the solid wastes (coal ash and gypsum)

similar (in quality as well as increase in quantity) to the existing system. Mostly the waste

will be sold to actual users. However some wastes (oily sludge from machines/ empty

bags/ paper/cotton wastes etc.) will be similar and the proposed handling philosophy for

the same is to continue. No additional measures are required.

5.4.8. Socio-economic Environment

As a good corporate citizen and major industry PPL may consider adopting few more selected villages in developing them as model villages.

Awareness program are to be initiated in immediate neighbouring villages about PPL plant activities and the various EHS measures undertaken to make the plant safe and environment friendly.

PPL should finalise the study and start carrying out CSR activities in coordination with district authorities.



5.4.9. Environmental Management Cell

PPL already have an environment management cell headed by a senior executive

supported by Manager (EC) and other supporting staff. The laboratory is equipped with

necessary sophisticated instruments including:

Fine Particulate sampler (PM2.5)

Respirable dust sampler (PM10)

Digital Hygrometer

Stack Monitoring Kit

Personal dust sampler

Sound level meter

Multi Gas meter

On line weather monitor

Spectrophotometer

Electronic Balance

Electric oven

DO meter

PH meter

BOD incubator

COD digester

Oil & grease digester

Water bath

Water double distillation system

Multi parameter analyzer for water analysis A team of well-trained and experienced staff carries out tests in the laboratory.

EMP Budget:

It is necessary to include the environmental cost as a part of the budgetary cost

component. PPL proposes a 5 % (Rs 473 crores) of total capital cost of project to be

earmarked for environmental management plan as mentioned in section 2.11 of chapter

2.Funds is earmarked exclusively for environmental works. It is proposed to take up

protective measures like regular monitoring, storm water drain cleaning before monsoon,

plantation, etc. The management propose to undertake environmental works to achieve

the environmental quality as desired. A budgetary cost is allocated for conducting the

environmental works on a continuous basis. For the expansion phase, the same will be

followed.

5.4.10. Post – Operational Monitoring Program

PPL should carry out environment monitoring and with necessary equipment and

associated facilities. The monitoring plan proposed is as follows:

Table 5.3 : Environmental Monitoring Program

Discipline Location Parameter Frequency

Meteorology one Temp.{max.; min.}; Relative humidity; Rain fall; Wind speed and direction.

Daily

Ambient Air Quality

Four SPM,SOX, NOx, acid mist, Flourides, RPM and CO

Twice a week

Stack All continuous SPM, Once a



Discipline Location Parameter Frequency

Emission stacks NOx,SOx,NH3& CO (as applicable0

week; SOx is continuous

Effluents

Final effluents discharge point

pH, Free NH3, TAN; TKN; NO3;SS; PO4, Oil-grease; COD; BOD

As & when dischargeot Arabian sea or utilized for irrigation.

Sanitary TSS; BOD Weekly

Ground Water Quality

{PeizometricWells / Hand pumps}

pH, NO3, Floride,NH3& PO4

Monthly

Noise Plant area & neighbouring villages

Day & Night time noise level

Plant area – Monthly Villages - Annually

Health Check Up

All Plant Personnel

Disease of eyes, ears and chest

Annually



CHAPTER 6. Hazards Evaluation and Risk Assessment

6.1. Introduction

PPL would be handling all materials at the proposed plant. The storage of raw material is

planned at the site location itself, so, in an unlikely event of release emergencies, there

would be a potential risk to life and properties. Hence, the risk assessment study has

been conducted for various parameters that include identification of hazards, to calculate

consequence distances, to evaluate safety at the plant and to spell out risk mitigation

measures to enhance safety at the plant.

6.2. Hazard Identification

Hazard is defined as a chemical or physical conditions those have the potential for

causing damage to people, property or the environment. In this chapter the hazards

associated with only the proposed expansion project have been discussed.

The primary step of the Hazard identification is the risk analysis and entails the process

of collecting information on:

the types and quantities of hazardous substances stored and handled at the plant,

the location of storage tanks & other facilities, and

potential hazards associated with the spillage and release of hazardous chemicals.

6.2.1. Hazardous Materials to be Stored at the Plant

The major hazardous chemical to be stored at the PPL site will be dilute sulphuric acid

and Sulphuric Acid 98.5% with specific gravity 1.84,

The acid is stored in two separate tanks, with each tank capacity of 5000 T. Total acid

storage capacity will be 10000 MT.

6.2.2. Characteristics of Hazardous Materials

Table 6.1 : Characteristics of Hazardous materials

Material Storage Capacity (MT) Remarks

Ammonia 10000X 5+=50,000 Existing Ammonia Storage

Tanks (details in Ch-2)

Sulphuric Acid 4X10000+1X5000=45000

1X10000=10000

Existing

Proposed

Phosphoric Acid 6X10000=60000

2X5000=10000

Existing

Under commissioning

Nitric Acid

(conc.)

5000

Sulphuric Acid 10000 X 5 + 5000X1

Ammonium

Nitrate

3000 Bagged Storage

HFO /LSHS 18000X2= 36000KL

HSD 15X1=15KL Chlorine

Tonners

930X2= 1860 Kg



Important characteristics of the hazardous material (i.e. Ammonia, Chorine etc.) has

been presented below:

PPL will be using a number of raw materials but only few are stored in bulk and few

chemicals are listed under ―List of hazardous and Toxic Chemicals‖ category under

MSIHC Rules, 1989. The raw materials coming under hazardous category as specified

by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (including subsequent amendments) is given in Table below:

LPG 102

153

Industrial Cylinders

Domestic Cylinders

Sulphur 45000



Table 6.2 : Environmental Monitoring Program

S. No.

S. No & Threshold Quantity (TQ in MT) as per MSHIC Rules

Chemical Hazards Remarks

Schedule-1, Part-II

Schedule-2, Part-I

Schedule-3, Part-I

Hazards Toxic

1 Ammonia CAS No:7664-41-7

UN No:1005

31 2 TQ-1: 60 MT TQ-2: 600 MT

105 TQ-1: 50 MT TQ-2: 500 MT

Fire Hazards: Mixing of ammonia with several chemicals can cause severe fire hazards and/or explosions. Ammonia in container may explode in heat of fire. Health Hazards: Vapors cause irritation of eyes and respiratory tract. Liquid will burn skin and eyes. Poisonous; may be fatal if inhaled. Contact may cause burns to skin and eyes. Contact with liquid may cause frostbite.

ERPG-1: 25 ppm

ERPG-2: 150 ppm

ERPG-3: 750 ppm

IDLH: 300 ppm

2 Sulphuric Acid CAS No: 7664-93-9 UN No: 1830

591 --- Flammability: Will not burn Health Hazard: Extremely hazardous - use full protection; Reactivity: Violent chemical change possible

ERPG-1: 2.0 mg/m

3

ERPG-2: 10 mg/m

3

ERPG-3: 30 mg/m

3

IDLH: 15 mg/m

3

3 Nitric Acid

CAS No: 7697-37-2

Non-flammable Colorless to light yellow.Liquid; Odor: Acrid.

423 --- --- Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant,corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes

NFPA:

Health: 4 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0



S. No.



Schedule-1, Part-II

Schedule-2, Part-I

Schedule-3, Part-I

Hazards Toxic

Disagreeable and choking. (Strong.)

BP: 121 C

of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, 4choking, or s5hortness of breath. Prolonged exposure may result in skin burns and ulcerations. Over-exposure by inhalation may cause respiratory irritation. Severe over-exposure can Result in death.

4 Phosphoric Acid

CAS No.:7664-38-2

497 -- -- Non-flammable viscous colourless, odourless liquid

Oral (LD50): 1530 mg/kg [Rat]. Dermal(LD50): 2740 mg/kg DUST (LC50):;850 mg/m 1 hours

5 Chlorine

CAS No:7782-50-5

UN No:1017

A greenish yellow gas with a pungent suffocating odour. Toxic by inhalation.

119 5 TQ-1: 10MT TQ-2: 25 MT

108 TQ-1: 10MT TQ-2: 25 MT

(Gas); Non Combustible; May ignite other combustible materials (wood, paper, oil, etc.). Mixture with fuels may cause explosion. Health Hazards: Poisonous; may be fatal if inhaled. Contact may cause burns to skin and eyes. Bronchitis or chronic lung conditions

ERPG-1: 1.0 ppm ERPG-2: 3.0 ppm ERPG-3: 20 ppm IDLH: 10 ppm



S. No.



Schedule-1, Part-II

Schedule-2, Part-I

Schedule-3, Part-I

Hazards Toxic

6 Ammonium Nitrate

CAS No: 6484-52-2

White odourless prills, with strong disagreeable acrid taste. Ammonium nitrate is not flammable.

Gr. 3-Highly Reactive Substance

Decomposes from 170 °C before boiling

water

33 --- 126 TQ-1: 350 MT TQ-2: 2500 MT

Ammonium nitrate is moderately toxic if large amounts are swallowed; Highly Reactive When heated to decomposition (unconfined) ammonium nitrate produces nitrous oxides, white ammonium nitrate fumes. Ammonium nitrate is incompatible with copper, zinc, or their alloys (i.e., bronze, brass, galvanised metals, etc.), aluminium powder and mil

;



The petroleum products used in PPL plant and their hazardous nature are as below:

Table 6.3 : Petroleum Products in PPL and hazardous nature

Item Physical Impact on Man, Animal & Eco-System

Physical Chemical

HSD UN No.-1202 Flammable Liquid-Class-3 Hazardous Waste ID No.-17 Hazchem Code-3Y* NFPA Hazards Signals Health-0 Flammability-2 Reactivity/ Stabilty-0

BP- 150 – 400°C Vapour Pressure (35°C)- <1 mm at 38°C Specific Gravity-0.81 – 0.91 at 20°C

LEL -0.6% (V/V) UEL – 7.5% (V/V) Flash Point > 32°C Auto ignition Temp.-256°C Stable compound

Entry throughinhalation, ingestion and skin; Inhalation Effects:Dizziness and headache, Aspiration – Rapidly developing, potential fatal chemical pneumonities Ingestion Effect: Nausea and Vomiting; Contact Effects: Irritation, Eyes- Irritation; Dermatitis may develop on prolonged contact.

Solubility in water- Insoluble

Incompatible with oxidizing agents.

LD50 (oral rat)- 2800 mg/kg; LD50 -200;TLV(ACGIH)- 5 mg/kg; STEL- 10 mg/kg

LSHS/FO UN No.-1270 Flammable Liquid-Class-3 Hazardous Waste ID No.-17 Hazchem Code-3Y*E NFPA Hazards Signals Health-0 Flammability-2 Reactivity/ Stabilty-0

BP- 185 – 5000C

Vapour Pressure (35

0C)- <1 mm at

200C

Specific Gravity-0.8 – 0.9 -- 1.05 at 15.5

0C

LEL - 1% (V/V) UEL – 5% (V/V) Flash Point > 66

0C

Auto ignition Temp.-263

0 C

Stable Compound

Entry through inhalation, and skin; Inhalation: Dizziness and headache. Ingestion: Nausea and Vomiting Contact: Irritation, Eyes: Irritation. Dermatitis may result from prolonged contact.

Solubility in water- Insoluble in water

Incompatible with oxidizing agents.

Vapour Density (Air-1)-3 - 5

6.2.3. Associated Hazards

Hazards associated with the use and storage of hazardous new product namely

Ammonium Nitrate has been presented in the following sub sections:

As detailed in the above table out of 6 liquid materials stored in bulk all comes within

Schedule I part II (List of Hazardous and Toxic Chemicals) of MSIHC Rules but three

materials (Ammonia, Chlorine and Ammonium Nitrate) of them comes under Schedule 3

(list of hazardous chemicals for application of rules 5 and 7 to 15). Total Ammonia stored

in PLL is 50,000 Mt, much more than the threshold quantity and such PPL is coming

under "major accident hazards (MAH) installations" as per MSIHC rules. PPL has to

follow all norms as stipulated in MSIHC rules for MAH installtions.

Two material (Ammonium Nitrate, Ammonia) and fuel are inflammable. Ammonium

Nitrate is explosive also. Eight of these hazardous liquid materials are toxic. Two

materials namely Ammonia and Chlorine are toxic.



6.2.3.1 Ammonium Nitrate

Ammonium Nitrate is highly reactive substance. Though it has not been put as Explosive

substance in MSIHC Rules, it has been used as explosive by terrorist in making bombs.

Considering this Government of India has declared this as ‗Explosive‘. Hazardous nature

of Ammonium Nitrate is given below in brief.

Government Notification New Delhi: Concerned over the increased use of ammonium

nitrate by terror groups in making bombs, the government has finally declared the

chemical as an "explosive". But given the widespread use of the mixture as fertilizer, the

government notification came with a rider that its possession and use would invoke penal

action only if the composition had 45% or more ammonium nitrate content.

"The central government hereby declares that ammonium nitrate or any combination

containing more than 45% of ammonium nitrate by weight including emulsions,

suspensions, melts or gels shall be deemed to be an explosive," the commerce and

industry ministry said in a notification issued last week.

Hazardous Nature: Ammonium nitrate is not flammable under normal applications and

is not considered a fire risk, but will support combustion in an existing fire by liberating

oxygen – even if smothered. It is for this reason that fires involving ammonium nitrate

cannot be extinguished by the prevention or air ingress

Ammonium nitrate has a melting point of 1700C and decomposes from 170 °C before

boiling.. It is not in itself combustible but, as it is an oxidising agent, it can assist other

materials to burn, even if air is excluded.

Ammonium nitrate will not explode due to the friction and impact found in normal

handling, but it can be detonated under heat and confinement or severe shock. For

example, in a fire, pools of molten ammonium nitrate may be formed and if the molten

mass becomes confined (e.g. in drains, pipes, plant or machinery) it could explode,

particularly if it becomes contaminated.

In a fire, all types of ammonium nitrate may melt and decompose with the release of

toxic fumes (mainly oxides of nitrogen) which may be yellow or brown. Most types do not

continue to decompose once the fire has been extinguished. However, when some types

of ammonium nitrate fertilizers (cigar burners) are heated they undergo a smouldering

(self-sustaining) decomposition that can spread throughout the mass to give substantial

toxic fumes, even when the initial heat source is removed. The risk of fire or explosion is

greatly increased if ammonium nitrate is mixed with combustible or incompatible

materials, such as powdered metals, alkali metals, urea, chromium or copper salts,

organic and carbonaceous materials, sulphur, nitrites, alkalis, acids, chlorates and

reducing agents (consult data sheets to establish if a substance has reducing

properties).

The risk of an explosion is increased by a combination of the following:

Heating ammonium nitrate (e.g. in a fire);

Contamination;

Serious confinement (e.g. in drains or enclosed parts of equipment).

To minimise the risk of explosion it is therefore important to take precautions against

each of these situations.



6.3. Effect & Consequence Analysis

As a part of risk assessment study, maximum credible accident analysis (MCA) is carried

out to determine the maximum loss scenario from this analysis. It is an eventuality, which

is possible and will have maximum consequential distances for the particular hazardous

chemicals under evaluation.

The selection of the accident scenarios is based on the engineering and professional

judgment, accident descriptions of the past in similar type of plants & the expertise in risk

analysis studies.

6.3.1. Likely Scenarios

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of raw materials

and products properties and storage inventories. Failure scenarios selected are as given

in Table 6.4 below:

Table 6.4 : Different Failure Scenarios

S. No. Scenario Remark

Scenario – 1 Ammonia Tank [ 200 m Puddle]

Scenario -2 Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage

Scenario -3 Nitric (conc.) Acid Tank

Scenario – 4 Chlorine Cylinder/Pipe Line Leakage

6.3.2. Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire / heat radiation and GLC of

hazardous / toxic material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A high wind (turbulence)

can dilute the toxic material while stable environment can extend the reach of IDLH or IT

(inhalation LC50 rats for products) or AEGL (in absence of IDLH data) concentration to

long distance. Any inflammable gas / vapour release in turbulent weather will soon dilute

the hazardous gases below LEL and thus save the disaster.

Incidents Impacts

The identified failure scenarios (Table 6.4) have been analysed (Using ALOHA Module)

for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal and toxic impacts. Each

incident will have Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may

cross plant boundary. The impact zones for various scenarios are given in Table 6.5.

Table 6.5 : Hazards Scenario Impact

Scenario

No.

Scenario Impact Zone (m) Remarks

Material

Scenario-1 Ammonia Tank [200 m

Puddle]

IDLH~>10000

IDLH~>10000

Stability Class D Template

1

Stability Class F Template

2



Scenario

No.

Scenario Impact Zone (m) Remarks

Material

Scenario-2 Heavy Ammonia Leakage

and Spillage

IDLH>10000

IDLH>10000


3


4

Scenario-3 Nitric (conc.) Acid Tank

Leakage

IDLH ~ 188 Stability Class D Template

5

Scenario-4 Chlorine Cylinder/Pipe

Line Leakage

IDLH ~ 75

IDLH ~159


6


7

Figure 6.1 : Ammonia Tank [200 m Puddle]



Figure 6.2 : Ammonia Tank [200 m Puddle]

Figure 6.3 : Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage



Figure 6.4 : Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage

Figure 6.5 : Nitric (conc.) Acid Tank Leakage



Figure 6.6 : Chlorine Cylinder/Pipe Line Leakage

Figure 6.7 : Chlorine Cylinder/Pipe Line Leakage



6.3.3. Consequence Analysis

6.3.3.1 Toxic Hazards

Toxic hazards are mainly due to Ammonia, chlorine gases and Nitric Acid leakage.

Ammonia leakage impact can cross the plant boundary (> 10 km; if not controlled in

time). The impact due to chlorine and Nitric Acid is limited to 159 / 188 m (within plant

only.) products will go up to 7.7 km in worst case (Scenario 1).

The other hazards in the plant include (but not limited to):

Other toxic hazards due to acids / other toxic spillages (mainly limited to

spillage area only.).

Mechanical hazards due to machines / equipment‘s.

Hazards due to individual soft spots like walking casually and noticing a pit and falling or

colliding/ stumbling or slipping (not noticing a wet place etc.).

Acid spillage-its impact will be limited to spillage area. The spillage if comes in contact

with metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly flammable gas. Any person

moving in area and getting splash will get the injury. In addition the spillage will cause

pollution problem. The spillage is to be collected and neutralized for toxic contents before

disposal.

6.3.3.2 Fire Hazards

Fire hazards in the proposed expansion project are much less (Fuels-coal, FO/LSHS,

HSD (limited storage only)). These fuels are not highly combustible and their impacts

are limited only (within short distance). However process has fire hazards due to

hydrogen.

6.4. Recommendations

Based on the outcome of the risk assessment, following recommendation has been

made to avoid any risk associated with the storage and use of acids and other liquid

materials in the plant:

6.4.1. LDAR program :--

Chemicals are manufactured in multi-stages in batch/continuous mode. In the

manufacture of chemicals, various unit processes/operations/equipment are used in

industries.

The chemical industries are using pipelines, pumps, valves/ vessels and other fittings in

the transfer of materials from reactors and other ancillary facilities to other equipment. To

reduce fugitive emissions in the plant, proper Leak Detection &Repair (LDAR) program is

required in the industry.

The proposed LDAR program is as follows :--

Identification of sources: Valves, pipes, joints, pump seals, flanges etc.

Monitoring of gases/fluids is to be carried out regularly. Monitoring frequency

should be once in a quarter is required.

The industries handling small/large quantities of hazardous chemicals like

chlorine, SOx/NOx/Hydrogen (process) etc. can use simpler methods like

gas/vapour sensors.



Focus should be for prevention of fugitive emissions by having preventive

maintenance of pumps, valves, pipelines etc. A preventive maintenance

schedule should be prepared and it should be strictly adhered to

When monitoring results indicate hazardous gases/vapors/VOC above permissible limit

repairing should be done immediately. The repair should be conducted in such a way

that there is no fugitive emission from the particular component.

6.4.2. Fugitive Emission Control Guidelines :--

The following guidelines will be strictlyfollowed :--

Fugitive emissions over reactors, formulation areas, rotory machines,

chemical loading, transfer areas etc. will be collected through hoods and

ducts by induced draft and controlled by scrubber/ dust collector.

Scrubbers installed for channelized emissions are used for fugitive emissions

control also and sometimes dedicated scrubbers will be used.

Hazardous gaseous emissions (toxic and odorous) will be routed to activated

carbon beds or to incinerator, and for dust emissions cyclones/bag filters will

be provided.

Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emissions from loading of

raw materials, in particular, solvents through hoods and ducts by induced

draft, and control by scrubber/ dust collector will be ensured.

Vapour balancing, nitrogen blanketing, iso tanks etc, will be provided. Special

care will be taken for odorous chemicals.

6.4.3. Acid Spillage

Double drain valve will be provided to sulphuric acid storage tank.

Full body protection will be provided to operator.

Caution note and emergency first aid will be displayed

All employees will be trained for use of emergency first aid.

Safety shower and eye wash will be provided in storage tank area and plant

area.

Total close process will be adopted for Sulphuric acid handling.

Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank

Tanker unloading procedure will be prepared.

SOP will be prepared for sulphuric acid handling.

Training programme will be conducted for safe handling and emergency

handling of Sulphuric Acid

In Storage Tank Area, reaction with water generating fumes should be

displayed and avoided

Suitable extinguishing media-Extinguish with dry powder / sand. Do not use

water.

Fire and explosion hazards-Not flammable. May evolve toxic fumes in fire

(sulphur oxides).

Personal protective equipment-Fire fighter must use fresh-air helmet and

chemical protection suit

Personal protection: complete protective clothing including self-contained

breathing apparatus. Do Not let this chemical enter the environment.



Evacuate danger area do not absorb in saw-dust or other combustible

absorbents.

6.5. Occupational Exposure Mitigation Planning

To control any occupational health and safety impact a detailed planning for mitigation

measures has been done in the design stage of the project. Apart from the occupational

exposure mitigation plans for various activities and work areas of hazards, following

administrative control measures will be followed:

All the employees will be trained for EHS policies.

Health check-up for OSHA– Yearly

Health check-up for Employees- Yearly

All the OSHA peoples have been trained for Basic life support, first aid, Basic

fire safety and emergency preparedness.

Ambient air quality monitoring in every month at 3 locations

Monthly monitoring of environmental parameters.

Safety display boards provided throughout the plant.

Monthly fire extinguisher audit.

Work permit system

PPE adherence

Waste management and hazardous waste handling

Safe lifting operation

Industrial hygiene

6.6. Other Recommended Measures for Safe Operation of the Plant

In addition to the specific recommendations made in the above section for storage and

handling of sulphuric acid within the plant premises, for safe operation of the plant and

risk reduction, following suggestions and recommendations are made:

Personnel especially contractor workers at the plant should be made aware

about the hazardous substance stored at the plant and risk associated with

them.

A written process safety information document may be compiled for general

use.

The document compilation should include an assessment of the hazards

presented including (i) toxicity information (ii) permissible exposure limits. (iii)

physical data (iv) thermal and chemical stability data (v) reactivity data (vi)

corrosivity data (vii) information on process and mechanical design.

The process design information in the process safety information compilation

must include P&IDs/PFDs; process chemistry; maximum intended inventory;

acceptable upper and lower limits, pressures, flows and compositions and

process design and energy balances.

The adequate numbers of heat, smoke, detectors may be provided at

strategic locations in the plant and indication of detectors/sensors should be

provided in main control room.

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule should be prepared for

equipment, piping, pumps, etc. and thickness survey should be done

periodically as per standard practices.



Safe work practices should be developed to provide for the control of hazards

during operation and maintenance.

Personnel engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals should be trained to

respond in an unlikely event of emergencies.

The plant should check and ensure that all instruments provided in the plant

are in good condition and documented.

Safety measures in the form of DO and Don‘t Do should be displayed at

strategic locations especially in Hindi and English language.

The present DO‘s and DON‘T‘s followed in their other units/ factories is

checklist in the form of do‘s and don‘ts of preventive maintenance,

strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures.

6.6.1. Personal Protective Equipment

Personal protective equipment (PPEs) are devices that are fitted and issued to each

worker personally for his or her exclusive use. They are intended for temporary use and

emergency response action only. If a worker must enter a contaminated area, he must

wear adequate protective equipment. Employees should be taught when and how to use

respiratory apparatus (SCBA) provided, and how to recognize defects in the equipment.

Without SCBA entry into the contaminated area should not be attempted.

Keep personal protective equipment where it can be accessed quickly,

outside the hazardous material storage area and away from areas of likely

contamination.

Each employee should maintain his personal protective equipment in clean,

working condition at all times.

All equipment should be used and maintained in accordance with the

manufacturer‘s instructions.

Equipment installed for body and eye wash should be checked properly for

round the clock operation.

6.6.1.1 Handling of Hazards

Some of the measures employed in handling of hazards:

Personal protective equipment used by the workers during handling of

hazardous chemicals, should be replaced after getting defective.

If any spillage of hazardous chemicals, it should be cleaned and disposed as

per standard practiced.

Empty drums of hazardous chemicals should neutralize immediate.

Workers engaged in handling of hazardous chemicals should be made aware

of properties of hazardous chemicals.

6.6.1.2 General Working Conditions at the Proposed Plant

House Keeping

The House Keeping practices employed would be:

All the passages, floors and stairways should be maintained in good

conditions.

The system should be available to deal with any spillage of dry or liquid

chemical at the plant.



Walkways should be always kept free from obstructions.

In the plant, precaution and instructions should be displayed at strategic

locations in Hindi and English Languages.

All pits, sumps should be properly covered or securely fenced.

Ventilation

The Ventilation measures that would be employed:

Adequate ventilation would be provided in the work floor environment.

The work environment would be assessed and monitored regularly as local

ventilation is most effective method for controlling dust and gaseous

emissions at work floor.

Safe Operating Procedures

Other operation procedures followed would be:

Safe operating procedures will be available for mostly all materials,

operations and equipment.

The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe

operating procedures.

Work Permit System

Work permit system will be followed at the plant during maintenance.

Fire Protection

For fire protection the measures taken are:

The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per

relevant standards.

Smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and shall be calibrated and

maintained properly.

Static Electricity

The general instructions for working with static electric are:

All equipment and storage tanks/containers of flammable chemicals shall be

bounded and earthed properly.

Electrical pits shall be maintained clean and covered.

Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained.

Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record shall be

maintained.

Material Handling

For material handling the regulatory measures that are taken for workers handling

various materials would include:

The workers shall be made aware about the hazards associated with manual

material handling.



The workers shall be made aware and trained about the use of personal

protective equipment (PPE) while handling hazardous chemicals.

Communication System

Communication facilities shall be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

Safety Inspections

The system shall be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal

audit of the plant. Safety inspection team shall be formed from various disciplines and

departments.

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule shall be followed in religious manner.

Electrical Safety

For electric safety provisions to be taken care of are:

Insulation pad at HT panels shall be replaced at regular interval.

Housekeeping in MCC room shall be kept proper for safe working conditions.

Colour Coding System

Colour coding for piping and utility lines shall be followed in accordance with IS:

2379:1990.



CHAPTER 7. Additional Studies

7.1. Introduction

A detail report based on study regarding Risk assessment prepared covering

objective, methodology of HIRA, Identification of Hazards, details of Hazardous

material, bulk storages with QRA approach rules sets and assumptions, effect due to

incident radiation Intensity damage due to overpressure. Likely failure scenarios

have been given in Onsite Emergency Plan report attached as Annexure 29.



CHAPTER 8. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

8.1. Prelude

The present study was aimed at identifying the potential environmental impacts due to

the various project activities, assessment of impact with and without mitigation

measures, and at developing an environmental management and monitoring plans for

proper mitigation of any adverse environmental impact. In this study, the various

activities likely to take place during the construction and operation phases of the project

have been analysed in relation to the baseline condition of different environmental

components. The mitigation measures proposed for the contractors and the project

proponent have also been reviewed and the potential residual impacts discussed. The

key points considered in this study are described in the following sections:

8.2. Regulatory Compliance

The project is yet at its technical investigation stage. Prior to its implementation, it will be

necessary to acquire all the necessary clearance from the Government of India, as per

the applicable national regulations. Key clearances include obtaining the No Objection

Certificate from the Odisha PCB under The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and

Rules, 1982; and Environmental Clearance from the MoEF, under the EIA Notification,

2006, The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules, 1986. In addition to that

Authorization for Hazardous Waste Management will also be required under the

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008

from OSPCB.

8.3. Baseline Conditions

The monitoring of the existing environmental conditions of the proposed project site and

of its close vicinity have been established with respect to physical, biological and human

environment. The air quality of the area meets the prescribed National Ambient Air

Quality Standards applicable for the industrial, residential and rural Areas. The

background noise levels were also found within the standards as at present most of the

area is not developed.

The water quality also meets all standards for use in domestic and industrial

applications. The geology of the project area is of varied nature; however it is not prone

to floods. In addition to that there is no sensitive ecosystem in the vicinity. No

rehabilitation and resettlement issue is emerging with the selected project site.

8.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The project entails various impacts on the study area, some negative and some positive.

The impacts will be caused by the construction activities as well as by the other industrial

activities during the construction and operation phases, respectively. Various impacts

identified during the study have been provided mitigation measures for a better

environmental management. In addition to that the roles and responsibilities of the

developers have also been given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme to monitor

the implementation of the environmental management plan to ensure the mitigations of

adverse impacts.



8.5. Recommendations

Based on the environmental impact assessment conducted, the following

recommendations are made:

Systems of periodic auditing and reporting shall be adopted during the

construction period to ensure that the contractors adhere to the

Environmental Management Plan.

The project proponent and its team of consultants and contractors are urged

to develop a strategy for effective communication with local people.

The construction team/ developer should effectively follow the suggestions

made in the EMP and/ or any other environmental measures so as not to

damage the environment of the project area.

The industry shall have to adhere the conditions stipulated in the

environmental clearance as well as in consent/ authorization from OSPCB.

Since regulations are fast changing in India, the project proponent must keep hemselves

updated with respect to applicable laws and take appropriate actions in case the

provisions in some regulations undergo change.



CHAPTER 9. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP Report of Proposed Expansion

project of DAP and Proposal of Coal Handling Plant, Ammonia, Ammonium Nitrate,

Urea, GSSP, Ammonium Fluoride, Nitric Acid at Paradeep in Jagatsinghpur District,

Orissa by Paradeep Phosphate Ltd.

―I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that validated

this Report‖.

EIA Coordinator:

Signature

Name: Yashwant bordia

Period of involvement August 2016 to to finalization of report

Contact Information: 8890836012

Functional Area Experts

Functional Areas Name of the

Expert

Involvement (Period and Task**)

August 2016 to

finalization of report

Signature

Air Pollution

Monitoring &

Control (AP)

Y. Bordia

Site visit, assistance in

selection of monitoring

locations, checking air

quality data, evaluation

of results of Ambient

Air Quality Monitoring

(AAQM)

Air Quality Modeling

and Prediction (AQ)

Sanjeev Sharma

Assistance in air

quality modeling and

prediction: met file

generation and model

run

Noise Sanjeev Sharma


selection of sampling

locations for noise

level sampling,

interpretation of

monitoring results for

the project and

contribution to EIA




Expert


August 2016 to


Signature

documentation

Water Pollution

(WP) Y. Bordia



locations for surface

water sampling, water

balance for the project

and contribution to EIA

documentation

Ecology and Bio-

diversity

Conservation (EB)

Ratnesh Kotiyal



locations and

contribution to EIA

documentation

Solid and

Hazardous Waste

Management

(SHW)

Y. Bordia

Identification of waste

generated from the

industry, studying

adequacy of mitigation

measures for

management of

hazardous waste

Socio-Economics

(SE)

Anil Kumar

Site visit, contribution

to Baseline

environment and

contribution to EIA

documentation

Landuse (LU) Anil Kumar

Development of

landuse maps of study

area using GIS /

related tools, site visit

for ground truth survey,

finalization of landuse

maps

Risk and Hazards

(RH) S K Jain

Site visit, Identification

of modeling scenarios,

consequence modeling

using PHAST,

finalization of DMP,

contribution to RA /

DMP Documentation

and contribution to EIA




Expert


August 2016 to


Signature

documentation

*Following category ‘B’ FAEs have worked as support FAE to category ‘A’ FAEs.

Mr.Om Prakash for Air Environment (AP) ; Ms.Shweta Gupta FAE (B) for Noise &Water

Environment, and FAA for Solid and Hazardous Waste Management&Air Quality Modeling

and Prediction (AQ)

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization:

I, S K Jain, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts validated the EIA / EMP

Report for Expansion of existing plant of DAP and Proposal of Coal Handling Plant,

Ammonia, Ammonium Nitrate, Urea, GSSP, Ammonium Fluoride, Nitric Acid located at

Jagatsinghpur, Orissa by M/s Paradeep phosphate Ltd.

Signature :

Name : S K Jain

Designation : Technical Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : EQMS India Pvt Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. and Date : NABET/EIA/1619/SA 070; July 17, 2018